The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutSALT STORAGE FACILITY/2008SALT STORAGE FACILITY/ 2008 r-c~ic~- , ~ T ~.a~~- a~ 2~-A-p~. _d9_A~e- o~ ~`6-'(~ ~,~ -O 3 ,a'~w - o ~ l~ v~vr ~ 1~ac~ /i ~~~ /~~cz ns, ~~,~-GS, I~i'~ saw ~.z~ C~o~_7~rc~C-7~ / 1~~ ee ~s~e ~O/<~ ~~Q er S D n Sh.2 ~~~ ~^^ ~ o~ ~ (cw.s Ste cr +-: C.~: c7Yr's y ~pr»., ~ c~er~-~L-~- ~ E'S~, rr,4~z aT c~S'~" ~o r '!'~ ru.c-~ i oy a-~ ~~ie f~ ~.b Gc ~r ~'s~ S c,.! ~- S~- ~ac; ~;-~ ~~ ems'}- ~..; Eck. C.; C `er lL, --~ ~ ~: 5~, ~TV~"ice.. ~-f ~ ~ S Gt~ ~,2 a.r~ K~ ~ ~i r~~+K~. ~ ~ n ~ ~~ n ~e.sr ~ v ~ 14.ce_ -S 4;cj .~.. l~r- & on ~: (~. ~~ ~ ~ 6 1 .c , ns~.~e~-aio~ . __ ~-~ra --_c_--t- cz..,r~-o~- -~ l_ o~.~-s _ ~ ~ C~-Q ~a~ (~ I Lc~s '('~U~ O ~,~ ~ ~ ds __ _ _ ~so ~~~~ -,,, o ~ ~ ~ i o f a v; n~ ~ l.~s~ she s~ -~~ ~-~; o,~ --~i~rf-+-~ OT COn~-~r'RC'~' E eS.-~-, mcz~ ~-k CnS"'~_ ~Y '~jZ¢_ CvrtStY'~~~ ~ cry- __~- ~4 7u_~ ~;c ~Dr.~ SFtl~ ~f~f`~ ¢. t-tt~i_~ ~_.~' i rvl4~ _QS~_~_~,_S~u~--. t ,~ 11 ! ~ } r~.. ~~~j~ ~lfr~ ~O ~k~~'S~ _~~~_eY~~~+r'~~T` ~P!r .~~:_~S_ ~.__'~".!sYLn~. _. ___ IZ~ s cIK~~ ~+-. ~ 4- ~~ ~_ ~,~.~at ~~,._ c~~~_ ~ ~c t~ ~. _M_ ~__s ~ fir... s ~.~(.~ ~.'~ Clerk. ~i ~c~_.k__~r_a.~ ~tv~ C~yy~wtC,~i~..S7i` '~7~t__~K~r~~_ __- SAL.' ~j?A6E. ~.~ i...rt-~ ~~ t-~c~.J~v'~i5~vn~.-~. T- ~r' D: ~,$ - ~+ran~ d~ ~~b~;Ca1'~ rr-.~ ~~-F~a- I Q.~~p fmGy~c 2 ~' ~~ -'YP2V~ ~ T'nQIr~~2~e.wS ~.Qp~~ R~ s~ I ~-~-, a-,_, !2~ - ~a cc ,~- ~~ -~-~-+- c.JOr ,~ -~r 't7n ~ Pu b ~ ; c Wpr Ks S ~ l -,I- S~orc~q~ ~ac; l ~ ~-y ~~ e~~--~ DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING DIVISION PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, PROPOSAL AND CONTRACT FOR THE PUBLIC WORKS, SALT STORAGE FACILITY IOWA CITY, IOWA CITY OF IOWA CITY Salt Storage Facility Public Worlcs, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 000101 -PROJECT TITLE PAGE PROJECT MANUAL FOR PUBLIC WORKS SALT STORAGE FACILITY Iowa c~TY, iowA ISSUE DATE: APRIL 11, 2008 NM PROJECT NO: 07.022 AN IOWA STATE TAX EXEMPT PROJECT THIS PROJECT MANUAL INCLUDES PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PREPARED BY NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS PC 221 East College Street, Suite 303 Iowa City, !A 52240 0.022 PROJECT TITLE PAGE 00 0101 - 1 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07.022 SECTION 000103 -PROJECT DIRECTORY :~; .; OWNER: CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA Contact person: Kumi Morris, Architectural Services_:Coordinator,,Engineering Division. Telephone: (319) 356-5044 ' J ` ' , Fax: (319) 356-5007 e-mail: kumi-morris@iowa-city.org ARCHITECT: NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS PC 229 E College St, Suite 303, Iowa City, IA 52240 Telephone: (319) 338-7878 Fax: (319) 338-7879 Principal-in-Charge: Tim Schroeder Project Manager and Contract Administration: Brian Warthen e-mail: bwarthen@neumannmonson.com ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS: Civil: MMS CONSULTANTS, INC. 1917 Gilbert Street, Iowa City, IA 52240 Telephone: (319) 351-8282 Fax: (319) 351-8476 Project Engineer: Paul Anderson END OF DIRECTORY PROJECT DIRECTORY 00 0103 - 1 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 000107 -SEALS PAGE °°°°CSe1n'e~.ca't> ~•` ~ l ;t s n. 4 ~. 4. ~ ~~ ~ • ~p e ~~ • TS" ~Ti°'~~~ ~'~' G. ~ a..s ~ ~. ~, ~ W :~ ~~ ~: ,~ ~~'•. 1¢•'•••.....•••'••'~' °•'~ '~~~1/111 tttt4\j° i hereby certi that the portion of this t+epiznical sNbrnission desc ~ herein p~ by me or under my direct sup o nei charge. I am o duly rogi ~ _ ~# u of the State of laws. EOER 4. ~t .O~ s oam Rs~stration expires June 30, _~~~ ~.~--*-~ ~ g r 1 D '711131 '~ Wlv issued: `°°,~NI ~I nU11pq~, ~~.~` ~FESSIO ~•, •` QEL , q~ '•, ,,. ' ,'y~0., . t<y' `eu ~ • JON W. m ~= ,-"~ AUSTIN ~ __ 12481 ., ._.. ~. ~~''~. SOW P ~.~'° I hereby ae~~that the partian of this technical submieelan d hsre~ was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and respons charge. I om o duly iiceneed Profe~onol Engineer unc~r the lows of ~' Stote ~ ~" JON AUSTIN ..,~~ y/~los Yy r~ae renewd date ~ uewn~r 31, I hereby cedatx~bedhat the portion of btyhiame orhunder awbn~ion herea~ was pepaed FESSIp ~ mY ~~ supervhion and responei charge. I am a QPp~~....,...~~1/.~ tdhue~ tic~s~Profe~onal Engirroer under the laws of ~Q. •~~~ ~ P .ANDERSON P.E. v~: PAUf. :~; /~ 'Zi ANDERSON v; 12384 ; m~ / ~, ~ ~ 3!3 My li~ss rw»wd doh i. December 31. `•. ~.• ~~ rap.. «a1lte~t wwau ey ea. aem: ee ~ ~~" j3 +lt~!1ltQA11W END OF SEALS PAGE 07.022 SEALS PAGE 00 0107- 1 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, lawa City, Iowa TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION 00 0101 PROJECT TITLE PAGE 00 0103 PROJECT DIRECTORY 00 0107 SEALS PAGE 00 0110 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 02215 LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS 00 NP-1 NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING 00 AB-1 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS 00 NB-1 NOTE TO BIDDERS 00 IB-1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 2613 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 00 FP-1 FORM OF PROPOSAL 00 BB-1 BID BOND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 00 AG-1 FORM OF AGREEMENT 00 PB-1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT 80ND 00 CC-1 CONTRACT COMPLIANCEONTRACT COMPLIANCE (ANTI-DISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS) 00 6513 CONTRACTOR'S DECLARATION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 00 6515 CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF FINAL COMPLETION 00 GC-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS 00 SC-1 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00 R-1 RESTRICTIONS ON NON-RESIDENT BIDDING ON NON-FEDERAL-AID PROJECTS SUMMARY 011000 SUMMARY PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2000 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 012300 ALTERNATES ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3300 CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS Salt Storage Facility Public Works, [owa City, Iowa QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5713 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE 031000 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 2000 CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 3000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE DNISION 05 -METALS 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS :~,s -~-~ DIVISIOI~;1'~IVOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES ;,- ~~~~~ 06..100{3 ~ °~- _. - ~ ROUGH CARPENTRY - ~_ ~"-~ 0~1324~- `-~ 1 1 HEAVY TIMBER FRAMING _ ~.__ 0$173 ~, ~ WOOD I-JOISTS , ._ _~~. Q~1753 ~__) __ .., SHOP-FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES DIVISION 07 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 1319 BUILDING STORAGE LINER 07 2100 THERMAL INSULATION 07 4113 METAL ROOF PANELS 07 4213 METAL WALL PANELS 07 7100 ROOF SPECIALTIES 07 9005 JOINT SEALERS 07.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa DIVISION 08 -OPENINGS 08 1113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 3418 SLIDING INDUSTRIAL DOORS 08 3613 SECTIONAL DOORS 08 5313 FIBERGLASS WINDOWS DIVISION 10 -SPECIALTIES 10 4400 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES DIVISION 23 -HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) 23 5533 FUEL-FIRED UNIT HEATERS DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL 26 0519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES (600 V AND LESS) 26 0534 CONDUIT 26 2726 WIRING DEVICES 26 4113 LIGHTING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES 26 5100 INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 5600 EXTERIOR LIGHTING DIVISION 31 -EARTHWORK 31 1000 SITE CLEARING 312200 GRADING 312316 EXCAVATION 312316.13 TRENCHING 312323 FILL DIVISION 32 -EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 321123 AGGREGATE BASE COURSES 32 1216 ASPHALT PAVING 321313 CONCRETE PAVING 32 9219 SEEDING DIVISION 33 -UTILITIES 07.022 33 4111 SITE STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 000115 -LIST OF Df2AWfNG SHEETS GENERAL DRAWINGS G-101 TITLE SHEET AND DRAWING INDEX CIVIL DRAWINGS C-001 70POGRAHPIC SURVEY C-100 SITE LAYOUT PLAN C-101 SITE GRADING AND ERSOSION CONTROL PLAN C-102 SITE UTILITY PLAN STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS S-101 FOUNDATION PLAN AND GENERAL NOTES S-102 ROOF FRAMING PLANS ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS A-101 FLOOR PLAN A-111 ELECTRICAL AND LIGHTING PLAN A-201 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A-211 BUILDING SECTIONS A-501 DETAILS A~02 DETAILS A-503 DETAILS END OF LIST OF DRAWINGS 07.022 LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS 000115-1 NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING ON PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, FORM OF CONTRACT-,AND; ESTIMATED COST FOR PUBLIC WORKS SALT STORAGE FACILITY PROJECT IN` THE' CITY` ' ' ' ' ~ ~ i' OF IOWA CITY, IOWA TO ALL TAXPAYERS OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, AND TO OTHER INTERESTED`pERSdNS: . Public notice is hereby given that the City Council of the City of Iowa Ciiy, Iowa, will conduct a public hearing on plans, specifications, foml of contract and estimated cost for the construction of the Public Works Salt Storage Facility Project in said City at 7:00 p.m. on the 29th day of April, 2008, said meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall in City Hall in said City, or if said meeting is cancelled, at the next meeting of the City Council thereafter as posted by the City Clerk. Said plans, spec cations, form of contract and estimated cost are now on file in the office of the City Clerk in City Hall in fovea City, Iowa, and may be inspected by any interested persons. Any interested persons may appear at said meeting of the City Council for the purpose of making objections to and comments concerning said plans, specifications, contract or the cost of making said improvement. This notice is given by order of the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa and as provided by law. MARIAN K. KARR, CITY CLERK W:lwpdataU'W ENG1nph-saRstorage.DOC ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Public Works Salt Storage Facility ,~~ ~. Sealed proposals will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, before 2:00 P:M. on the 27th day of May, 2008. Sealed proposals will be opened immediately thereafter by the City Engineer or designee. Bids submitted by fax machine shall not be deemed a "sealed bid" for purposes of this Project' Proposals received after this deadline will be returned to the bidder unopened. Proposals wil[ be acted upon by the City Council at its next regular meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall at 7:00 P.M: on the 29th day of May, 2008, or at a special meeting tailed for that purpose. The Project is described in general as: A salt storage building approximately 57ft wide by 93 ft long with two additional equipment storage bays approximately 22 ft wide by the length of the building. The building structure consists of treated timber framing and wood roof trusses with plywood roof sheathing. The work includes structural design for wood plank containment walls supported by rectangular timber posts cabled to each other to withstand lateral load of internal pile. All work is to be done in strict compliance with the plans and specifications prepared by Neumann Monson PC, of Iowa City, Iowa, which have heretofore been approved by the City Council, and are on fife for public examination in the Office of the City Clerk. Each proposal shall be completed on a form furnished by the City and must be accompanied in a seated envelope, separate from the one containing the proposal, by a bid bond executed by a corporation authorized to contract as a surety in the State of Iowa, in the sum of 10% of the bid. The bid security shall be made payable to the TREASURER OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, and shall be forfeited to the City of Iowa City in the event the successful bidder fails to enter into a contract within ten (10) calendar days and post bond satisfactory to the City ensuring the faithful performance of the contract and maintenance of said Project, if required, pursuant to the provisions of this notice and the other contract documents. Bid bonds of the lowest finro or mare bidders may be retained for a period of not to exceed fifteen (15) calendar days until a contract is awarded, or until rejection is made. Other bid bonds will be returned after the canvass and tabula- tion of bids is completed and reported to the City Council. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price, said bond to be issued by a responsible surety approved by the City Council, and shall guarantee the prompt payment of all materials and labor, and also protect and save harmless the City from all claims and damages of any kind caused directly or indirectly by the operation of the contract, and shall also guarantee the maintenance of the improvement for a period of one (1) year{s) from and after its com- pletion and formal acceptance by the City. The following limitations shall apply to this Project: Specified Start Date: June 4~', 2008 Specified Completion Date: October 30'", 2008 Liquidated Damages: $500 per day The plans, specifications and proposed contract documents may be examined at the office of the City Clerk. Copies of said plans and specifications and form of proposal blanks may be secured at the Office of Nuemann Monson PC, Iowa, (Phone# 319.338.7878)by bona fide bidders. A $50 refundable fee is required for each set of plans and specifications provided to bidders or other interested persons. The fee shall be in the form of a check, made payable to Neumann Monson PC. Prospective bidders are advised that the City of Iowa City desires to employ minority contractors and subcontractors on City projects. Bidders shall list on the Form of Proposal the names of persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom the bidder intends to subcontract. This list shall include the type of work and approximate subcontract amount(s). The Contractor awarded the contract shall submit a list on the Form of Agreement of the proposed subcontractors, together with quantfties, unit prices and extended dollar amounts. If no minority business enterprises (MBE) are utilized, the Contractor shall famish documentation of all reasonable, good faith efforts to recruit MBE's. A listing of minordy contractors can be obtained from the Iowa Department of Economic Development at (515) 242-4721. By virtue of statutory authority, preference will be given to products and provisions grown and coal produced within the State of Iowa, and to Iowa domestic labor, to the extent lawfully required under Iowa Statutes. The AB-1 Iowa Reciprocal Preference Act applies to the contract with respect to bidders who are riot Iowa residents. The City reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, and also reserves the right to waive technicalities and irregularities. Published upon order of the City Council of Iowa City, Iowa. MARIAN K. KARR, CITY CLERK pweng4nastersladv bids.doc 6107 ~~ ~- ~-- ~! ~ ;Z .:i~ `_~. -~_, _ ~_~ =; ~`_ -r . _ ~~ ;.~ _~ - _ r_:~ _~, ~-~ _, -- AB-2 NOTE TO BIDDERS 2. The successful bidder and all subcontractors are required to submit at least 4 days. prior to_ award three references involving similar projects, including at least one ` ,rrtunicipal, reference. Award of the bid or use of specific subcontractors may be denied if sufficient favorable references are not verified or may be denied based on past experience on projects with the City of Iowa City_ References shall be addressed to the City Engineer and include the name, address and phone number of the contact person, for City verifcation. 3. Bid submittals are: Envelope 1: Envelope 2: Bid Bond Form of Proposal NB-1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ,} ~ ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS ' ' ' 1.1 Bidding documents include the bidding requirements and the contract documents. The- bidding requirements include the Advertisement or Invitation to bid, Instructions fo Bidders; the Bid Form, other sample bidding and contract forms, and the Con#ract Forms including addenda issued prior to receipt of bids. 1.2 The contract documents for the work consist of the Owner/Contractor Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (Genera! and Supplementary Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications and all addenda issued prior to and all modifications issued after execution of the Contract. 1.3 Definitions set forth in AIA document A201, "Genera! Conditions of the Contract for Construction", 1997 edition, or in other Contract Documents are applicable to the bidding documents. A. Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to execution of the Con#ract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by addition, deflection, clarifications or correction. B. A bid is a complete and properly signed proposal to do the work or designated portion (hereof for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the bidding documents. C. The base bid is the sum stated in the bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the work described in the bidding documents as the Base, to which work may be added, or from which work may be deducted for sums stated in alternate bids. D. An alternate bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the base bid if the corresponding change in the work, as described in bidding documents, is accepted. E. A unit price is an amount stated in the bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials or services as described in the bidding documents or in the contract documents. F. A bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid. G. Asub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a bidder for materials, equipment or labor for a portion of the work. ARTICLE 2 -BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 2.1 The bidder by making a bid represents that the bidder has read and understands the bidding documents, and the bid is made in accordance with those documents. 2.2 The Bidder has read and understands the bidding documents or contract documents, to the extent that such documentation relates to the work for which the bid is submitted. IB-1 2.3 The bidder has visited the site, has become familiar with local conditions under which the work is to be performed, and has correlated the bidder's personal observations with the requirements of the contract documents. 2.4 The bid is based upon the materials, equipment and systems required by the bidding documents without exception. ARTICLE 3 -- BIDDING DOCUMENTS 3.1 Copies A. Complete sets of the bidding documents may be obtained from the office of the Architect for the deposit sum as indicated. The deposit will be refunded to plan holders who return the bidding documents in good condition within 30 days after receipt of bids. The cost of replacement of missing or damaged documents will be deducted from the deposit. A bidder receiving a contract award may retain the bidding documents, and his deposit will be refunded. Successful sub-bidders, including material suppliers, may retain their bidding documents, and their deposit will be refunded if the Architect receives written notification within the 30 calendar day period following receipt of bids. B. Bidders shalt use complete sets of bidding documents in preparing bids. Neither the Owner nor the Architect assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of bidding documents. No partial sets will be issued. C. In 'making copies of the bidding documents available on the above terms, the Owner and the Architect do so only for the purpose of obtaining bids for the work, and do nor confer license or grant permission for any other use of the bidding documents. ~~ ,_ ,w Q. , = _ Copies of the reports and drawings that are not included with the Bidding Documents ~__ ; - ~.~ may be examined at Engineering Division at City Hall, Iowa City, Iowa during regular "- `-~-; y business hours, or may be obtained from the Owner at Owner's reproduction cost, .._ .~ __- , -- ~ _ ~ - plus handling charge. These reports and drawings are not part of the contract j `;~'~ °~ ,-..~ U documents, but the °technical data" contained therein upon which, the bidder may .~~F ~ ~ ~.: ~ ~ rely as identified and established above, are incorporated therein by reference. S._. J 3.~; Intciretation or Correction of Bidding Documents A. The bidder shall carefully study and compare the bidding documents with each other, and with other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to the work for which the bid is being submitted, shall examine the site and local conditions, and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered. B. Bidders and sub-bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the bidding documents shall make a written request which shall reach the Architect at least nine days prior #o the date for receipt of bids. C. Interpretations, corrections and changes of the bidding documents will be made by addendum. Interpretations, corrections and changes to the bidding documents made in any other manner will not be binding, and bidders shalt not rely upon them. IB-2 3.3 Substitutions A. The materials, products and equipment described in the bidding documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. Refer to AIA Substitutions form for substitution requirements. B. If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of bids, such approval will be set forth in an addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. 3.4 Addenda A. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all who are known by the Architect to have a complete set of bidding documents. B. Copies of addenda will be made available for inspection wherever bidding documents are on file for that purpose. C. No addenda will be issued later than seven (7) days prior to the date for receipt of bids, except for any one or more of the following reasons: 1. An addendum withdrawing the request for bids. 2. An addendum which includes postponement of the date for receipt of bids. 3. An addendum issued after receipt of bids and prior to execution of the contract. D. Each bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a bid that he has received all addenda issued, and the bidder shall acknowledge their receipt in the proper location on the bid form. ARTICLE 4 -BIDDING PROCEDURES 4.9 Form and Style of Bids A. Submit bids in duplicate on forms identical to the form bound into the project manual. Separate copies of the bid form are contained within the back cover of this document. B. Fill in all blanks on the bid form by typewriter or manually in ink. C. Where so indicated by the makeup of the bid form, sums shall be expressed in both words and numerals, and in case of discrepancy between the two, the amount written in words will govern. D. Interlineations, alterations or erasures shall be initialed by the signer of the bid. E. All requested alternates shall be bid. If no change in the base bid is required, enter "No Change°. IB-3 F. Where two or more bids for designated portions of the work have been requested, the bidder may, without forfeiture of the bid security, state the bidder's refusal to accept award of less than the combination of bids stipulated by the bidder. The bidder shall make no additional stipulation on the bid form, nor qualify the bid in any other manner. G. Each copy of the bid shall include the legal name of the bidder and a statement that the bidder is a sole proprietor, a partnership, a corporation or some other legal entity. Each copy shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the bidder to a contract. A bid by a corporation shall further give the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed. A bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind the bidder. H. No bid may be withdrawn for a period of 30 calendar days after the date of opening. 4.2 Bid Security A. Each bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the amount of ten percent {10 %) of the base bid and in the form of surety bond pledging that the bidder wilt enter info a contract with the Owner on the items stated in his bid and will, i# requested, fumish bonds covering the faithful performance of the contract and the payment of all obligations arising there under. Should the bidder refuse to enter into such contract or fail to fumish such bond if required, the amount of the bid security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. A cashier's check, cash or certified check will not be an accepted bid bond. r,».~ t._. _J e ~ , .: _, 1_I.._ B. Surety bond shall be written on enclosed "Bid Bond" form bound within the project manual and the attomey-in-fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the bond a certified and current copy of power of attomey. e~,a C. ,- The Owner will have the right to retain the bid security of bidders to whom an '~;- _ ; award is being considered until either: '~ -% 1. The contract has been executed and bonds have been furnished. ~~- ' -; ~,~ 2. The specified time has elapsed so that the bids may be withdrawn. --- :_.~ `._= 3. All bids have been rejected. ,,~ r T `-.._ 4.3,-- fission of Bids -°:~ ~-:~ ~~~ A. ` ~ AN copies of the bid, the bid security and other documents required to be submitted with the bid shall be enclosed in sealed opaque envelopes as instructed in Section NB -Note to Bidders. Both envelopes shall be addressed to the party receiving the bids ("City Clerk, City of Iowa City', and shall be identified with the project name, the bidder's name and address, and the envelope's contents. If the bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelopes shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BlD ENCLOSED" on the face of that envelope. B. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of bids. 1. Location: Office of City Clerk, City Hall, 410 East Washington Street, Iowa City, Iowa 52240 2. Time and Date: Before Bids received after the time and date for receipt of bids will be returned unopened. IB-4 C. The bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of bids. D. Oral, telephonic, or telegraphic bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. 4.4 Modification or Withdrawal of Bid A. A bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled the bidder after the stipulated time and date designated for the receipt of bids, and each bidder so agrees in submitting his bid. B. Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of bids, a bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to the party receiving bids at the place designated for receipt of bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the bidder or by telegram. if by telegram, written confirmation over the signature of the bidder shall be mailed and postmarked on or before the date and time set for receipt of bids, and it shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original bid. C. Withdrawn bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. D. Bid security shall be in an amount suffcient for the bid as modified or resubmitted. ARTICLE 5 -CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 5.1 Opening of Bids A. The properly identified bids received on time will be opened publicly and will be read aloud. 5.2 Rejection of Bids A. The Owner will have the right to reject any or all bids, and to reject a bid not accompanied by the required bid security or by another data required by the bidding documents, or to reject a bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular. 5.3 Acceptance of Bid (Award) A. It is the intent of the Owner to award a contract to the lowest responsible bidder provided the bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the bidding documents, and does not exceed the funds available. The Owner will have the right to waive informalities or irregularities in a bid received, and to accept the bid which, in his~judgment, is in his own best interest. B. The Owner wilt have the right to accept bid alternates in any order or combination, and to determine the low bidder on the basis of the sum of the base bid and the accepted alternates. IB-5 ARTICLE fi -POST-BID INFORMATION 6.1 Submittals A. The bidder shall, within seven (7) days of notification of selection for the award of a contract for the work, submit the following information to the Architect: 1. A designation of the work to be performed by the bidder with the bidder's own forces. 2. The proprietary names and the suppliers or principal items or system of materials and equipment proposed for the project. 3. A list of names of the subcontractors or other persons or entities proposed for the principal portions of the work. B. The bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect and the Owner the reliability and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed #o furnish and perform the work described in the bidding documents. C. Prior to the award of the contract, the Architect will notify the bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonabfe objection to any such proposed person or entity. If the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objection to such proposed person or entity, the bidder may, at the bidder's option: 1. Withdraw the bid. 2. Submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in the bid price to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution. D. The Owner may accept the adjusted bid price or may disqualify the bidder. [n the event of either withdrawal or disqualification, bid security will not be forfeited. ARTICLE 7 -PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR Sti MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 7.1 Bond Requirements `'~''A. '~"he bidder shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of contract and ~' ' ;-the payment of all obligations arising there under. Bonds may be secured through ~' ,y~ ~~he bidder's usual sources. The cost of famishing such bonds shall be included in ~.~ ~ ~_ -; ~~lie bid. -- z ':a B ~- _,~If the Owner requires that bonds be obtained from other #han the bidder's usual . ~; ~--' ~=source, all change in cost will be adjusted as provided in contract documents. ~_., C-~ r ~.~ 7.2 The Time of Delivery and Form of Bonds A. The bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three {3) days following the date of execution of the contract. If the work is to be commenced. prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the bidder shall, prior to commencement of the work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be famished and delivered. B. The bonds shall be written on the "Performance and Payment Bond" form bound within the project manual, or a copy thereof. Both bonds shall be written in the amount of the contract sum. C. The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the contract. IB-6 D. The bidder shall require the attorney-in-fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix a current and certified copy of power of attorney. IB-7 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07.022 SECTION 002613 -SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM PROJECT: IOWA CITY SALT STORAGE BUILDING MAKE SUBMITTAL DURING THE BIDDING PHASE TO: NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECT P.C., 221 E College St, Suite 303, Iowa City, IA 52240 BID DATE: 2008. REQUEST FROM: DATE: _/ 108. SPECIFICATION SECTIONlTITLE: Description: Proposed Substitution: Manufacturer. _ Trade Name: ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND ATTACHMENTS Article/Paragraph: Model: In submitting this Request, the Undersigned acknowledges and represents that: Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified product. Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified product. Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable, is available. Proposed substitution wil! have no adverse effect on other trades and will not affect or delay progress schedule. Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances. Payment will be made for changes to building design, including design, detailing, and construction costs caused by the substitution. Attachments: The following attachments are considered an integral part of this Request: Product Data, descriptions and specifications necessary for evaluation. Drawings necessary to indicate proper installation in the Work. Tests and Reports consistent with specified performance requirements. Samples: SUBMITTED BY: ,(Title) Firm name: Telephone: F, ARCHITECT'S REVIEW AND ACTION Substitution approved -Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01 3300 - Construction Submittals. Substitution rejected -Use specified materials. Reviewed by: END OF SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Date: SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM 00 2613 - 1 TO BIDDERS: i. PLEASE DO NOT USE THE FORM OF PROPOSAL INCLUDED IN THE BOUND VOLUME OF THE PROJECT MANUAL. SEPARATE COPIES OF THIS PROPOSAL ARE CONTAINED WITHIN THE BACK COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. 2. ALL BLANKS TO BE COMPLETED. 3. ONLY BIDS ON THESE FORMS WILL BE ACCEPTED. FORM OF PROPOSAL PROJECT CITY OF IOWA CITY Name of Bidder: Address of Bidder: ~ ~ BIDS RECEIVED BEFORE: C} ~~` ~ -- `T'y TO: City Clerk ~ ~"' r-ri -~ ~,-j City of Iowa City ,~ ~~ ~ r ~ t` City Hall ~' • .~ 410 East Washington Street ~ -- Iowa City, Iowa 52240 ` In response to your request for bids, and in compliance with the Procurement and Contracting Requirements, the undersigned proposes to furnish all labor, materials and equipment, afl supervision, coordination, and all related incidentals necessary to perform the work to complete PROJECT in strict accordance with the Project Manual and the Drawings dated ,including Addenda numbered and ,inclusive, prepared by ,for the Base Bid Lump Sum of BASE BID Dollars ($ ) The undersigned bidder submits herewith bid security in the amount of $ ten percent (10%} of the Base Bid amount. BID ALTERNATES: Alternate No. 1: Add or Deduct the Sum of: Dollars ($_ ) FP-1 The following names of those persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom we intend to enter into a major subcontract, together with the type of subcontracted work and approximate dollar amount of the subcontract. This list will not be read at the Bid Opening. Carpentry: $ HVAC: ~ $ Plumbing: $ Temp. Control: $ Electrical: $ Tile: ti.~, _.r _~ __ i _/ ~E,.._~_.;t .1..~ 1 ~ ~~k~ =~ ~ ~_~ __ n e,> .~,~ -- ., FP-2 NOTE: All subcontractors are subject to approval by City. The undersigned bidder certifies that this proposal is made in good faith, and without collusion or connection with any other person or persons bidding on the work. The undersigned bidder states that this proposal is made in conformity with the Contract Documents and agrees that, in the event of any discrepancies or differences between any conditions of this proposal and the Contract Documents prepared by the City of Iowa City, the more specific shall prevail. In submitting this Proposal, The undersigned agrees that the Bid will not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) consecutive calendar days following the date of the Bid Opening. Further, that if a Notice to Proceed or a prepared Agreement provided by the Owner is received at the business address identified below within the thirty (30) day period, the undersigned will, within ten {10) days of receipt, acknowledge acceptance of the contract award- The undersigned will then execute and deliver to the Owner address the Agreement, the Procurement, Labor and Material Payment Bonds, and the cert~cates of insurance, and will proceed in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents for this project, and have the Project at Substantial Completion on or before __ Firm: Signature: Printed Name: Title: O ~' ~n =~ ~ -~, `~ C 7 ° _. _ r, ~ -., D'~ Address: - Phone: Contact: FP-1 B1D BOND as Principal, and as Surety declare that we are held and are firmly bound unto the City of Iowa Ci#y, Iowa, hereinafter called "OWNER," in the sum of Dollars {$ ) to pay said sum as herein provided. We as Principal and Surety further promise and declare that these obligations shall bind our heirs, executors, administrators, and successors jointly and severally. This obligation is conditioned on the Principal submission of the accompanying bid, dated Project. NOW, THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate, for (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the form specified, and the Principal shall then furnish a bond for the Principal's faithful performance of said Project, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the Project, as agreed to by the City's acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void. Otherwise this obligation shall remain in full force-and ef~ct, provided that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no e~n~ exc~d the amount of the obliga#ion stated herein. ~ ~..~ ~ "~ ~ By virtue of statutory authority, the full amount of this bid bond shall be fa ta~he ~-- Owner in the event that the Principal fails to execute the contract and provide ond,~as ~-~ j provided in the Project spec cations or as required by law. ;,~ ~~ ~ ~ The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the oblig~'ions of-said Surety and its bond shall in no way be impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Owner may accept such Bid or may execute such contract documents, and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such time extension. The Principal and the Surety hereto execute this bid bond this day of A.D., 20_ (Seal} Witness Principal gy (Title) (Seal) Surety By Witness (Attorney-in-fact) Attach Power-of-Attorney BB-1 FORM OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into by and between the City of Iowa City, Iowa ("City"), and ("Contractor"). Whereas the City has prepared certain plans, specifications, proposal and bid documents dated the day of 20,.,r, 'for the Project ("Project"), and Whereas, said plans, specifications, proposal and bid documents accurately and fully describe the terms and conditions upon which the Contractor is willing to perform the Project. NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED: 1. The City hereby accepts the attached proposal and bid documents of the Contractor for the Project, and for the sums listed therein. 2. This Agreement consists of the following component parts which are incorporated herein by reference: a. Addenda Numbers ; b. "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction" AIA DOC A201-1997, as amended; ~ ~:~ `'~ ~ ~ ~'~~ c. Plans; d. Specifications and Supplementary Conditions; ...~~ ~.', ~-~ ~. -..- 1 ~1 ~~ e. Notice to Bidders; ~ %'` c ~ ._ ~,, -` . f. Note to Bidders; ~ g. Performance and Payment Bond; h. Restriction on Non-Resident Bidding on Non-Federal-Aid Projects; i. Contract Compliance Program (Anti-Discrimination Requirements}; j. Proposal and Bid Documents; and k. This Instrument. The above components are deemed complementary and should be read together. In the event of a discrepancy or inconsistency, the more specific provision shall prevail. AG-1 3. The names of subcontractors approved by City, together with quantities, unit prices, and extended dollar amounts, are as follows {or shown on an attachment}: 4. Payments are to be made to the Contractor in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions. DATED this day of , 20 ~( Contractor By By Mayor tTitle) ATTEST: ATTEST: Title) City Clerk (Company Official} PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND as (insert the name and address or legal title of the Contractor} Principal, hereinafter called the Contractor and (insert the legal title of the Surety) as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Iowa City, Iowa, as obligee, hereinafter called the Owner, in the amount of Dollars ($ )for the payment for which Cantractor and Surety hereby bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally. WHEREAS, Contractor has, as of ,entered into a (date) written Agreement with Owner for Project; and WHEREAS, the Agreement requires execution of this Performance and Payment Bond, to be completed by Contractor, in accordance with plans and specifications prepared by ,which Agreement is by reference made a part hereof, and the agreed-upon work is hereafter referred to as the Project. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are ~ch the if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said Agreement, then the obligation phis end _~ ~ ~ shat{ be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect until satisfacte~y~ campl~tion Tl =~ ~~_, of the Project. ---< r-" rn ~ ~.~~ A. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of time ~ja~e bathe ~~ -- ~"` r- Owner. ~ -- B. Whenever Contractor shall be, and is declared by Owner to be, in default under the Agreement, the Owner having performed Owner's obligations thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly: 1. Complete the Project in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, or 2. Obtain a bid or bids for submission to Owner for completing the Project in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement; and upon determina- tion by Owner and Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and Owner, and make available, as work progresses (even though there may be a default or a succession of defaults under the Agreement or subsequent contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph), sufficient PB-1 funds to pay the cost of completion, Less the balance of the Contract Price, but not exceeding the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term "balance of the Contract Price," as used in this paragraph, shat! mean the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor under the Agreement, together with any addenda and/or amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor. C. The Contractor and Contractor's Surety shall be obligated to keep the improvements covered by this bond in good repair for a period of (~) years from the date of formal acceptance of the improvements by the Owner. D. No right of action shall accrue to or for the use of any person, corporation or third party other than the Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, administrators or successors of Owner. IT IS A FURTHER CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION that the Principal and Surety, in accordance with provisions of Chapter 573, Code of Iowa, shall pay to all persons, firms or corporations having contracts directly with the Principal, including any of Principal's subcontrac- tors, all claims due them for labor performed or materials furnished in the performance of the Agreement for whose benefit this bond is given. The provisions of Chapter 573, Code of Iowa, are a part of this bond to the same extent as if it were expressly set out herein. SIGNED AND SEALED THIS DAY OF za 1N THE PRESENCE OF: (Principal) (Title) Witness (Surety) (Title} (Street) (City, State, Zip} (Phone} PB-2 Contract Compliance Program ~~, -~ -~,. ~c-~~ _~~p~ ~_~ ~~. ~~ a~. -~-, -~~ ~.~ CITY OFIOWA CITY ~~~ SECTION I -GENERAL POLICY STATEMENT It is the policy of the City of towa City to require equal employment opportunity in all City contract work. This policy prohibits discrimination by the City's contractors, consultants and vendors and requires them to ensure that applicants seeking employment with them and their employees are treated equally without .regard to race, cobr, creed, religion, national origin, sex, gender identity, sexual orierrtatian, disability, marital status, and age. it is the City's intention to assist employers, who are City contractors, vendors or consu , in designing and implementing equal employment oppodun'iiy so that all cfizens will be afforded equa~~ssi~ty and opportunity to gain and maintain employment. ~'' C? - PROVISIONS: ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~ 1. All contractors, vendors, and consultants requesting to do business with the C~~st s~bmi~ra' Equal Opportunity Policy Statement before the execution of the contract. ~ ~. 2. All City contractors, vendors, and consu{tants with contracts of $25,000 or more (or less if required by another governmental agency) must abide .by the requirements of the City's Contract Compliance Program. Emergency contracts may be exempt ftam this provision at the discretion of the City. Regardless of the value of the contract, all contractors, vendors, and consultants are subject to the City's Human Rights Ordinance, which is codfied at Article 2 of the City Cade. 3. Contracting departments are responsible for assuring that City contractors, vendors, and consultants are made aware of the City's Contract Compliance Program reporting responsibilities and receive the appropriate reporting forms. A notification of requirements will be included in any request for proposal and notice of bids. 4. Prior to execuCwn of the contract, the completed and signed Assurance of Compliance (located on pages CC-2 and CC-3) or other required material must be received and approved by the City. 5. Contracting departments are responsible for answering questions about contractor, consultant and vendor compliance during the course of the contract with the City. 6. All contractors, vendors, and consultants must refrain from the use of any signs or designations which are sexist in nature, such as those which state "Men Working" or "Flagman Ahead," and instead use gender neutral signs_ 7. All contractors, vendors, and consultants must assure that their subcontractors abide by the City's Human Rights Ordinance. The City's protected classes are listed at Iowa City City Code section 2-3-1. CC-1 SECTION It -ASSURANCE OF COMPLIANCE The following sets forth the minimum requirements of a satisfactory Equal Employment Opportunity Program which will be reviewed for acceptability. PLEASE RETURN PAGES CC2 AND CC3 OF THIS SECTION TO THE CONTRACTING DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO THE EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT. With respect to the pertormance of this contract, the contractor, consultant or vendor agrees as follows: (For the purposes of these minimum requirements, "contractor" shall include consultants and vendors.) a. The cantractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment and will take affirmative efforts to ensure applicants and employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability, marital status, and age. Such efforts shall include, but not be limited to the following: employment, promotion, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other fomtis of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. b. The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that it is an equal opportunity employer. Note: Contracts that are federally funded are subject to Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, and the regulations (see generally 29 U.S.C. § 1608 et sew.) and relevant orders of the U.S. Secretary of Labor. The Secretary of Labor, and not the City, enforces said regulations and orders. 3. Provide a copy of your written Equal Employment Opportunity policy statement. Where is this statement posted? 4. What is the name, telephone number and address of your business' Equal Employment Opportunity Officer? (Please print) Phone number Address 5. The undersigned agrees to display, in conspicuous places at the work site, all posters required by federal and state law for the duration of the contract. NOTE: The City can provide assistance in -.Abtaining,the necessary posters. y,~ '- ,, .... __~ ..- ___ ~._ .. -_ CC-2 Business Name Phone Number Signature Print Name Title Date _ O w ° ~ ~a ~ C7 ~ ~~ _ ~~ 3 fTl U .C` CC-3 SECTION III -SUGGESTED STEPS TO ASSURE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES COMPANY POLICY Determine your company's policy regarding equaf employment opportunities. Document the policy and past it in a conspicuous place so that it is known to all your employees. Furthermore, disseminate the policy to all potential sources of employees and to your subcontractors asking their cooperation. The policy statement should recognize and accept your responsibility to provide equal employment opportunity in all your employment practices. In regard to dissemination of this policy, this can be done, for example, through the use of letters to all recruitment sources and subcontractors, personal contacts, employee meetings, web page postings, employee handbooks, arid advertising. 2. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY OFFICER Designate an equal employment opportunity officer or, at minimum, assign someone the responsibility of administering and promoting your company's Equal Employment Opportunity program. This person should have a position in your organization which emphasizes the importance of the program. 3. INSTRUCT STAFF Your staff should be aware of and be required to abide by your Equal Employment Opportunity program. All employees authorized to hire, supervise, promote, or discharge employees or are involved in such actions should be trained and required to comply with your policy and the current equal employment opportunity taws. 4. RECUITMEIV, •T {a) __ Let -po~entiaf employees know you are an equal opportunity employer. This can be done by f T- ~-- ident+fy_~ng yourself on all recruitment advertising as "an equal opportunity employer". ' fib) ,..w. U~errie~ruitment sources that are Eikely to yield diverse applicant pools. Word-of--mouth recruitment ~~=- ~~" wiN,.ofatji perpetuate the current composition of your workforce. Send recruitment sources a letter ---- ~ ~ anheta_N~r which reaffirms your commitment to equal employment opportunity and requests their ~', assist~tlce in helping you reach diverse applicant pools. (c) ~ Analy~ and review your company's recruitment procedures to identify and eliminate discriminatory barriers. (d) Select and train persons involved in the employment process to use objective standards and to support equal employment opportunity goals. (e) Review periodically job descriptions to make sure they accurately reflect major job functions. Review education and experience requirements to make sure they accurately reflect the requirements for successful job performance. (f} Review the job application to insure that only job related questions are asked. Ask yourself "Is this information necessary to judge an applicant's ability to perform the job applied for?" Only use job-related tests which do not adversely affect any particular group of people. (g} Monitor interviews carefully. Prepare interview questions in advance to assure that they are only job related. Train your interviewers on discrimination laws. Biased and subjective judgments in personal interviews can be a major source of discrimination. {h) Improve hiring and selection procedures and use non-biased promotion, transfer and training policies to increase and/or improve the diversity of your workforce representation. Companies must make sure procedures for selecting candidates for promotion, #ransfer and training are based upon a fair assessment of an employee's ability and work record. Furthermore, a!I companies should post and otherwise publicize all job promotional opportunities and encourage all qualified employees to bid on them. CC-4 ~'"~'~,~ ~~ _______. ~ C-ty ot~ C~ Attached for your information is a copy of Section 2 - 3 --1 of the lowa~ City Code of Ordinances which prohibits certain discriminatory practices in employment. Please note that the protected characteristics include some not mandated for protection by Federal or State law. As a contractor, consultant or vendor doing business with the City of Iowa City you are required to abide by the provisions of the local ordinance in conjunction with your performance under a contract with the City. C~ -.~ n -. a -~ ~' -7-1 -- ____ !~`7~ .~- CC-5 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa o7.ozz SECTION 006513 -CONTRACTOR'S DECLARATION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROJECT: SALT STORAGE BUILDING OWNER: CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA Representative: ~' TO {ARCHITECT): NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS ~ ~ ~„„ 221 E College St, Suite 303, Iowa City, IA 52240 ~' `~? ~`' C~ ' -- Attn: FROM : {CONTRACTOR) r- ~j ^ (Address) '~ ~ ~ Y r -- Representative: DATE: .2008 p,ECLARATION AND REQUEST FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: As of the above date, the construction of the Work of the abave Project has progressed sufficiently that the Project (or designated part thereof) can be occupied by the Owner and utilized for its intended purpose. We understand that occupancy and use of the Work designated as substantially complete shall not constitute Owner acceptance of the Work or portions thereof. The Work to which this Declaration of Substantial Completion applies includes the following: CONTRACTOR'S PRE-INSPECTION AND INITIAL PUNCH LIST: In accordance with provisions of the Conditions of the Contract, We have conducted an inspection of the designated Work for conformance with the Contract Documents. A comprehensive list of incomplete work and items needing correction includes the following: ?~i t CONTRACTOR'S DECLARATION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 00 6513 - 1 07.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa We understand that failure to include an item on the above list does not alter Our responsibility to complete all Work in conformance with the Contract Documents- The above items will be completed or corrected within days of the date of this Notice. Please schedule and conduct the Architect's inspection as required to verify the status of the Work. DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL: The undersigned hereby certifies that demonstration and training of the Owner's personnel has been fully completed in accordance with requirements of Section 01 7900: Owner's Representative: (Name) BY Date ATTACHMENTS: We have attached evidence of Inspection and Acceptance of the following Authorities having Jurisdiction: Building Inspector: _Y ^N Fire Marshal: Y N Y N SUBMITTED BY: (Contractor's Name) By. ,(Authorized Representative) (Title) ~.,~ END.~F DOCUMENT i ._. 1 -, ._ -: F , ...... L..,,.... -. ".... 1. ~ ..: ti_, ~ ~_~ Date CONTRACTOR'S DECLARATION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 00 6513 - 2 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 006515 -CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF FINAL COMPLETION PROJECT: SALT STORAGE BUILDING OWNER: CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA Representative: TO (ARCHITECT): NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS 221 E College St, Suite 303, Iowa City, IA 52240 Attn: SUBMITTED BY: (CONTRACTOR) (Address) O N Representative: ~~ ~ `` CONTRACT FOR: General, Mechanical, and Electrical Construction C~ - CONTRACT DATE: , 200 = ~ ~-~ ` i ~ -*~ ~ ~~.i CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF FINAL COMPLETION: Y -°°- We, the undersigned, do hereby certify that: The Work provided pursuant to the Contract Documents for the above Project has been inspected and determined to be complete and in compliance with provisions of the Contract Documents. The following Supporting Documents have been fully executed (in duplicate) and are incl uded with this Statement: FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DE13TS AND CLAIMS (AIA Doc. G706) AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS (AIA Doc. G706A) CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT (AIA Doc. G707) INSURANCE CERTIFICATE FOR COMPLETED OPERATIONS (ACORD Form 25-5) (Contractor's Name) ay. Date (Authorized Representative) (Title) ARCHITECT'S RECOMMENDATION FOR ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK: The undersigned, Architect of the above designated Project, hereby states that: The Work performed by (Contractor) under this Contract has been reviewed and found, to the Architect's best knowledge, information and belief, to be in substantial compliance with provisions of the Contract Documents. The Certificate for Final Payment is a complete and accurate summary of the Work performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, including all changes and modifications thereto. The total cost of the Work as completed is $ I recommend, under the provisions of the Contract Documents, that the Work be accepted and that CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF FINAL COMPLETION 00 6515 -1 o~.o2z final payment be made. Neumann Monson Architects P.C. By Date (Authorized Representative) (Title) OWNER'S ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK: The undersigned, on behalf of the City of Iowa City, hereby affirms that the Work performed by pursuant to the above referenced Contract is accepted and final payment has been author'~zed in accordance with provisions of the Contract. By, (Authorized Representative) END OF DOCUMENT ~~ ,.~,~ - -- ... .... F . _, ...., .,' i..,r ~.....1 • Sait Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa (Title) Date CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF FINAL COMPLETION 00 6515 - 2 GENERAL CONDITIONS FORM OF GENERAL CONDITIONS AIA Document A201, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, 1997 Edition, is not bound within this project manual but is part of the contract documents, and shall apply except as amended in the Supplementary Conditions. Refer to Document 00 SC-1 Supplementary Conditions, for amendments to these General Conditions. The General Conditions may also be supplemented elsewhere in the Contract Documents by provisions located in, but not necessarily limited to, Sections in Division 1 of the~pecific~ions. ~... ~~ ~_~ ~ --~: ""-" ~'1 i-r -t? f ~- . W i ---- GC-1 DOCUMENT 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS PART '! -GENERAL 1.1 INTRODUCTION A. The following supplements modify the "Genera{ Conditions of the Contract for Construction", AIA Document A201-1997. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. B. Terms used in these Supplementary Conditions will have meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings indicated below, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. C. Deletions from the AIA A201 are indicated as s#ike-s~+t and additions to the AIA A201 are indicated as "bold italic". D. The OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise such rights orremedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. Disputes shall be resolved by legal ar equitable proceeding a cou~of appropriate jurisdiction. Under no circumstances shall binding arbitratione~r~equ~d as to any dispute arising between the parties or under the Contract Documerff~.-, ~i E. Delete all references to mediation and arbitration in their entirety. ~ ;~-~~ h'"'- 1.2 ARTICLE 1 -GENERAL PROVISIONS ~~ ' -~ A. Add the following paragraph 1.1.1.1 Contract Documents to read as follows: y 1.1.1 Any reference within the Contract Documents of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor should be substituted with of the Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement). The Form of Agreemenf is listed as AG in the project manual. B. Change paragraph 1.1.3 to read as follows: 1.1.3 The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, tools, materials, equipment, transportation, services, taxes, insurance and al! other services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. The Contractor shall provide all work and materials which any parf of the Contract Documents require him to provide. C. Add the following paragraph 1.2.4: 1.2.4 Sections of Division 7 -General Requirements, govern the execution of al! sections of the specifications. 1.3 ARTICLE 2 -OWNER A. Change paragraph 2.4.1 to read as follows: 2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to cant' out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within aseven-day period after feeei~s# written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may fletise-te without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-1 In such case the Owner may deduct from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the entire cost of correcting such deficiencies, including compensation for the Architect's additional services and expenses and heatJng, engineering, accounting, consulting services and attorneys' fees and expenses made necessary by such default, neglect, or failure. . if payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The Owner's actfons pursuant to this Subparagraph shall not operate as a re/ease of any obligation of a surety. 1.4 ARTICLE 3 -CONTRACTOR A. Change paragraphs 3.2.1 through 3.2.2 to read as follows: 3.2.1 The Contractor shaft carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with each other and with information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.2 and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damage resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized such error, inconsistency or omission and ~ewiAgly failed to report it to the Architect. If the Contractor pertorms any construction activity #flewiflg~es involving a recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without such. notice to the Architect, the Contractor shall assume appfepr-late responsibility for such performance and shall bear art ~-' Hate-arias ~ costs for correction. The ContractorshaU perform no ~~s po _ on of the Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where required, approved Sfipj~ Drawings, Product Data or Samples for such portion of the Work. ._ .... - _. ~.~. ~" `~ B.y fyh~p~ge paragraph 3.3.2 to read as follows: j -~=~~ ~ 3:'3: The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the - - Co1r ractor's employees, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, materia/men and suppliers .. their agents and employees, and other persons performing portions of the Work under a "~_~=' cor+~ract with the Contractor. ,._- C. Change paragraph 3.4.1 to read as follows: 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. Should the Contract Documents require work to be pertormed after regular working hours or should the Contractor elect to perform work after regular hours, the additional cost of such work shall be borne by the Contractor. D. Add the following paragraphs 3.4.4. through 3.4.6: 3.4.4 Whenever any provisions of the Contract conflict with any agreements or regulation of any kind in force among members of any trade association, unions or councils, which regulate what work shall be included in the work of particular trades, the Contractor shall make al! necessary arrangements to reconcile any such conflict w/thout delay or cost to the Owner and without recourse to the Architect or the Owner. 3.4.5 After the Contract has been executed, the Owner and the Architect will consider a formal request for the subsfitution products in place of those speclRed only under the conditions set forth in Section 0160 00 -Post Bid Substitutions. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-2 3.4.5 By making requests for substitutions based on Subparagraph 3.4.4 above, the Contractor: .1 represents that the Contractor has personally invesfigafed fhe proposed product and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified. .2 represents fhaf the Contractor will provide the same warranty for the substitution fhaf the Contractor would for fhaf specified. .3 certifies that the cost data presented is complete and fncludes all related costs under this Contract except fhe Archifect's redesign costs, and valves all claims for• additional costs related to the substitution which subsequently become apparent; and .4 will coordinate the installation of the accepfed substitute, making such changes as maybe required for the Work to be complete in all respects. E. Change paragraphs 3.5.1 to read as follows: 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents, that the Work will be free from defects ^^+ ~°fi^~°^+ :., +~e and that the Work will conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or norms-wear ar~~tear under normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish ~sfactor evidence as to the kind and uali of materials and a ui ment. `~ ~_ ~" q tY q p ~r~ - t:~ F. Change paragraph 3.7.2 to read as follows: - ,-~., ~ ~ _-- 3.7.2 The Contractor shall ser~ly pertorm the Work in compliance with ari~give notices ~--~-~ required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public au~r~i~s be~nng;eA-, performance of the Work. ~ ,-~, ~. ~ ~.. G. Change paragraph 3.7.4 to read as follows: r•.; 3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for such Work and shall bear the attestable costs and expenses of correcting or replacing such Work. H. Change paragraph 3.11.1 to read as follows: 3.11.1 The Contractor sha{I maintain at the site for the Owner, one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to record changes and selections made during construction, and in addition all approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work. I. Change paragraph 3.13.1 to read as follows: 3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. The Contractor acknowledges that the property on which the Project and Work are located will be occupied and in use by the Owner during the execution of the Work. The Contractor shall pertorm and coordinate its work in such a manner that the portions of the property occupied and in use will not be encumbered or the use interfered with or interrupted. J. Change paragraph 3.17.1 to read as follows: 3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-3 loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or foss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect and the Owner in writing. K. Change paragraph 3.18.1 to read as follows: 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent claims, damages, losses or expenses are not covered by Project Management Protective Liability insurance purchased by the Contractor in accordance with paragraph 11.3, the Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including, but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property'^'"^~ +"^^ +"° `",^~~ ~•°°"' including loss of use resulting there from, but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by intentional or negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liabl , Such obligation shalt not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph 3.18. Nothing in the foregoing Paragraph 3.78.1 is intended or shall be deemed to constitute an indemnification by the Contractor against the negligence of any of the parties to be othe-wise indemnified pursuant to Paragraph 3.18.1. ~` a 3.18.2.,Contractor is not, and shall not be deemed to be, an agent or employee of the City of • == Iowa City, Iowa . „';J' „_,. _~ 4 ~..T ' ,. ...,_ ! o L. ~"-- Cha'rlg~ 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES paragraph 3.3.4 to read as ~_ ._ fafT©v,G ._ __~ s; .. =,- -- ~ --- _ i:Cgntractor shall maintain a gualKied and responsfble person available 24 hours per - .day, seven days per week to respond to emergencies which may occur after hours. .~ CONTRACTOR shall provide to Owner and Architect the phone number and/or paging } %s~rvice of this individual. .'` , - M. Change TAXES 3.6 paragraph 3.6.1 to read as follows: Confractors and approved subcontractors will be provided a Sales Tax Exemption CerfiFcate to purchase building materials, supplies, or equipment in the performance of the contract. The Contractor shall submit the Information necessary for the certificates to be issued. 1.5 ARTICLE 4 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT A. Change paragraph 4.1.2 to read as follows: 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of author~r of the Architect as set forth in the , Contract Documents shaft not be restricted, modfied or extended without wrrtten consent of the Owner, Ssr}tKaster: and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. B. Change paragraph 4.2.1 to read as follows: 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-0 Documents, and will be the Owner's representative~as provided herein (1) during construction, and (2) with the Owners concurrence, from time to time during the correction period described in Paragraph 12.2. The Architect will advise and consult with the Owner. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified by written instrument in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. C. Change paragraph 4.2.3 to read as follows: 4.2.3 The Architect and the Ownerwill not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect and the Owner will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. D. Change paragraphs 4.2.5 through 4.2.6 to read as follows: 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and seFtify recommend to the Owner the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable for implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect will have authority to recommend fo the Owner to require.additional inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is fabricated, instalEed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to..exerciseg~ not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Archi#ect~t Coiractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, r pe~,ons--~ performing portions of the Work. ,..... -" ~~ ~, r~ E. Change paragraphs 4.2.14 through 4.2.12 to read as follows: ,--L ~, .. ~.__~ 4.2.14 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or mare pra,jeb~j ~' ~..J representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site. ~~I ~: , 42.11 The Architect will interpret and make recommendations to the Owner regarding decide matters concerning performance under and requirements of the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made with reasonable promptness and within any time limits agreed upon. If no agreement is made concerning the time within which recommendations irrte~etat}~ required of the Architect shall be furnished in compliance with this Paragraph 4.2, then delay-shall--petbe . The Architect shall famish such recommendations within such reasonable time after the request is made that allow suffrcfent time in the professional judgment of the Architect for review. 4.2.12 Interpretations and recommendations desisieAS of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawing. When making such interpretations and recommendations desisiens, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and wilt not be liable for results of interpretations or recommendations desisier~s so rendered in good faith. F. Change paragraphs 4.3.1 through 4.3.5 to read as follows: 4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the Parties seeking, as a matter SUPPLEMENTARY CONDtTtONS DOCUMENT 00800-5 variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors shall similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub-subcontrac#ors. All warranties provided by the Subcontractors, including all express and implied warranties in the Contract Documents and the agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors and all warranties provided bylaw, shalt run to and be for the benefit of the Owner, and the Owner shat! have a direct right of action against the Subcontractors for any breach of said warranties. 1.7 ARTICLE 6 -CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS A. Delete paragraph 6.1.4 in its entirety. B. Change paragraph 6.2.4 to read as follows: 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage filly caused by the Contractor to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. 1.8 ARTICLE 7 -CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Change paragraph 7.2.1 to read as follows: 7.2.1 A Change Order~is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Contractor and approved by the Architect, stating their agreement upon all of the following: _ B. Add para raph 7.2.3 as follows: ~ `~`' 9 ~~ 7.2.3 A Change Order is conclusively presumed to include all adjustments iir{Corriract Time and Contract Sum necessary to complete the change to the Work a~ relate arts_~ of the Work. -=+ C`:: -- ~.~ `~1~ C. Add paragraph 7.2.4 as follows: ,- ~ 7.2.4 In all Change Orders or Construction Change Directives, the allowa'for -~ Overhead and profit to be included !n the total cost to the Owner shall no~exceedthe following amounts: rv .7 Far the Contractor, for any Work performed by the Contractor's own forces, fifteen percent (15%) of the cost. .2 For the Contractor, for Work performed by his Subcontractor, ten percent {10%) of the amount due the Subcontractor. .3 For each Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor involved, for any Work performed by such contractor's own forces, fifteen percent (15%) of the cost. .4 For each Subcontractor, for Work performed by his Sub-subcontractors, five percent {5%) of the amount due the Sub-subcontractor. .5 In order to facilitate checking of quotations for extras or credits, all proposals, except those so minor that their propriety can be seen by inspection, steal! be accompanied by a complete itemization of costs including labor, materials and Subcontracts. In no case will a change involving over $200.00 be approved without such itemization. .6 Unless otherwise agreed, costs to which overhead and profit are to be applied shall be those costs listed in Subparagraph 7.3.6. 1.9 ARTICLE 8 -TIME A. Change paragraph 8.2.3 to read as follows: 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract time. The Contractor shall bear all costs for overtime and all additional expense which may arise in order to achieve Substantial SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-7 Completion within the Contract Time. B. Add paragraph 8.2.4 to read as follows: 8.2.4 If, upon the recommendation of the Architect, it becomes necessary at times during construction for the Owner to accelerate the work, each Contractor or subcontractor when ordered and directed by the Owner, shall cease work at any point and shall transfer his men to such poinfs and execute such portion of his work as maybe required to enable others fo properly engage in and carry an their work. C. Change paragraph 8.3.1 to read as follows: 8.3.1 1f the Contractor is delayed at any time in progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, delay; then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Owner, with the advice of the Architect, may determine. Such delays shall not be a basis for damages. An extension of the Contract Time is the Contractor's sole remedy for such delay. D. Delete paragraph 8.3.3 in its entirety. 1.10 ARTICLE 9 -PAYMENTS AND COMPL.ETlON A. Add the following paragraph 9.3.1.3. .3 The brst payment application shall be accompanied by Contractor's partial waiver of lien only, for the full amount of the payment. Each subsequent monthly payment ._ ~, application shall be accompanied by the Contractor's partial waiver and by the partial ~ waivers of Subcontractors and Suppliers who were included in the immediately preceding .. ', payrment application to the extent of that payment. Application for final payment shall be . ';, -- a~ic~panied by final waivers of lien from the Contractor, Subcontractor and Suppliers '-• wNd have not previously furnished such final waivers. -LL~ W 8. ~'~" Cf3arlg~ paragraph 9.4.1 to read as follows: V 9 ~-: ,rThe Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractors Application for Pay}nent, either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for ~> such~nount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in "'' writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1. Nothing herein shall be construed as requiring the Architect to reduce the retainage to be applied to payment applications. All certifications and payments, including those pursuant to a pending claim, shall be tentative and conditional and it shall not be necessary for the Archltect to make any statement to this effect: C. Add paragraph 9.4.2.1 as follows: 9.4.2.1 The Architect's determination as to the issuance of or withholding of or the amount of payment reflected on Certificates of Payment shall subject the Architect to no liability whatsoever to the Owner, Contractor, Surety, or any other person. D. Change paragraph 9.6.1 to read as follows: 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make partial payments fo the Contractor on or about the 15th day of each month. To insure proper performance of the Contract, the Owner will retain 5% of each payment amount or such larger amount as wfll insure that there always remains a sufficient balance to complete the work, such retainage to be held until Final Acceptance of Work and shall so notify the Architect. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-8 E. Change paragraph 9.10.3 to read as follows: 9a-1~3 ]f, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion there of is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall. upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. Ttae F. Add paragraph 9.10.5 to read as follows: Nofwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Contract, fins! payment of the retainage due the Contractor will be made not earlier than 39 days from the final acceptance of the work by the Owner, subject to the conditions and in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 573 of the Code of Iowa, 2005, as amended 1.11 ARTICLE 10 -PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A. Add paragraph 10.1.1.2.: . The Contractor will provide Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for ap haza~ chemicals or materials that will be at the job site. The Material Safety Data S ~uvill submitted to the Owner prior to the start of construction and supplemented ~ ~re~cesshry l~ throughout the project. This data is being provided for informational purposes ~y aim 1----- doesnot relieve the contractor of any obligations for compliance with applica~ileTOSHA and`T-~ r~ State laws regarding hazardous chemica/s and right to-know. ~-~ ~8 ;~--~~ ~ _ ~...~ ~` ~. B. Add paragraph 10.2.4.1: rJ . When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary, the Contractor shall give the Owner reasonable advance notice. C. Add paragraph 10.2.8: 10.2.8 When required by law or for the safety of the Work, the Contractor shall shore up, brace, underpin and protect foundations and other portions of existing structures which are in any way affected by the Work. The Contractor, before commencement of any part of the Work, shall give any notices required to be given to adjoining landowners or other parties. 1.12 ARTICLE 11 -INSURANCE AND BONDS A. Change paragraph 11.1.1.5 to read as follows: .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including explosion, collapse and damage to underground utilities and loss of use resulting therefrom; B. Change paragraph 11.1.2 to read as follows: 11. i 2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-9 liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverage w#ethef shat! be written on an occurrence basis and shall be maintained without interruption from date of commencement of the Work until date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment. C. Change paragraph 11.1.3 to read as follows: 11.1.3 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work, and to be in efifect for the full contract period. The name, address and phone number of the insurance company and agent must accompany the ce~cate. The Liability limits required hereunder must apply to this Project only. These Certificates and the insurance policies required by this Paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverage afforded under the policies wilt not be canceled or allowed to expire until at feast 30 days prior written notice has been given to the Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after final payment and-are an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application far Payment as required by Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in D. Add the following paragraphs 11.1.4 through 11.1.12: 99.9.4 Any policy or policies of insurance purchased by the Contractor to satisfy his/her responsibilities under this contract shall include contractual liability coverage, and shaA be in the following type and minimum amounts: Type of Coverage Comprehensive General Laabflity Fach Occurrence 2.Aggregate Bodily Injury & Properly Damage' $1,000,000 $2,000,000 Automobile Liability Combined Single Limit ~:~ Bodily Injury & Property Damage $1,000,000 `.t=xcess L~~bdrty $1,000,000 $1,000,000 a.~7' ~'~` _ .- Worlier'~ compensation Insurance as required by Chapter 8S, Code of Iowa. ` l` __..~ ' I _ •P..wper(yT.~amage liability insurance must provide explosion, collapse and underground coverage when .___! determint;d~:liy City to be applicable. I' . --- _- ,: `~ 11.9f.5~The City requires that the Contractor's Insurance carrier be A rated or better by ~~" A.M. Best. In addition, the Contractor shall be required to comply with the following provisions with respect to insurance coverage: 11.1.6 The entire amount of Contractor's liability insurance policy coverage limits, identified in the policy and in the Certificate of Insurance, must, under the policy, be available to pay damages for which the insured Contractor becomes liable, or for which the insured assumes liability under the indemnity agreement herein contained, and such coverage amount shalt not be subject to reduction or set aff by virtue of investigation or defense costs incurred by Contractor's insurer. 19.1.7' The entire amount of fhe Confractor's liability insurance policy coverage limits shalt be payable by the Contractor's insurer, with no deductible to be paid by, or self-insured retention to be attributed to, the Contractor unless this requirement is waived by the City. Contractor's Certificate of Insurance must set forth the nature and amount of any such deductible orself-insured retention. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-10 11.1.8 if Contractor's liability insurance coverage is subject to any special exclusions or limitations not common to the type of coverage being provided, such exclusions or limitations shall be noted on the Certificate of Insurance. 11.1.9 The Contractor shall include the City as additional insured on ail policies except workers compensation. 11.1.10 The City prefers that Contractor provide it with "occurrence form" liability Insurance coverage. K Contractor can only provfde "claims-made" insurance coverage, then the Contractor must comply with the following requiremenfs: A. if the Contractor changes insurance carriers, or if Contractor's insurance coverage is canceled, during the contract period or within two years after City's acceptance of the work, Contractor agrees to immediately notify the City of such event. B. If Contractor's insurance is canceled or is allowed to lapse during said period, Contractor shat! be required to obtain replacement insurance coverage to fu>rll its obligation hereunder. C. lf, during said period, Contractor voluntarily changes insurance carriers or is required to obtain replacement coverage from another carrier, Contractor shall either {1) purchase "fail" coverage from its first carrier effective for a minimum of two years after City Council accepfance of the work, or (2) purchase "prior acts" insurance coverage from its new carrier, covering prior acts during the period of this Contract from and after its inception. ~~ ~~ n ~. .. " " D. Tail" or prior acts coverage so provided shaii have the same eblEer~ge,itlt -1-, the same limits, as the insurance specified in this Contract, and ~a7tnot be ~--- subjecf to any further limitations or exclusions, or have a higher d$iductib7~or ~ } .~ self-insured retention fhan the insurance which it replaces , ~' ~ -{ -; -Yf, ~; _.- 11.1.10 The City reserves the right to waive any of the insurance regi~ir~ment~herein provided. The City also reserves the right to reject Contractor's insuranc~'If not ir~- compliance with the requirements herein provided, and on that basis to eitheraward the contract to the next low bidder, or declare a default and seek specific performance or termination, as the case may be. 11.1.11 !n the event that any of the policies of insurance or insurance coverage identifed on Contractor's Certificate of Insurance are canceled or modifted, or in the event that Contractor incurs liability Josses, either due to activities under this Contract, or due to other activities not under this Contract but covered by the same insurance, and such Losses exhaust the aggregate limits of Contractor's liability insurance, then in that event the City may in its discretion either suspend Contractor's operations or activities under this Contract, or terminate this Contract, and withhold payment for work performed on the Contract. 11.1.11 Jn the event that any of the policies or insurance coverage identified on Contractor's Certificate of Insurance are canceled or modified, then in that event the City may in ifs discretion either suspend Co»tractor's operations or activities under this Contract, or terminate this Contract, and withhold payment for work performed on the Contract. 11.1.12 Contractor shalt be responsible for any deductible amounts; including but not SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-11 limited to the owner`s deductible on the owner's builder's risk. E. Delete paragraphs 11.4.1 through 11.4.12; add paragraphs 19.4.1 through 11.4.5 as follows: ~ 1.4.1 OWNER shall purchase and maintain properly insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as maybe provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 7. include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Owner's Engineering Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an additional insured; 2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, false work, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debrfs removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; 3. include expenses incurred in fhe repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); 4. include $ 500,000 for materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such inateria-s and equipment have.been included in an Application for Payment recommended by OWNER; 5. allow for partial utilization of the Work by OWNER; 6. include testing and startup; and 7. be maintained in effect until final payment is made. 8. Such coverage shall not Include coverage for loses or damage caused by the r„~ negligent acts or omissions of Contractor or Subcontractors, or for damage to material or ,; equipment while under the control of or stored by Contractor prior to installation or prior tq itfclusion of such material or equipment in construction. Contractor shall maintain r~ "' a~opriate insurance for such risks or occurrences 4 i ~ .~ ___ fi~~42 OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance which ~~~--~ ~-°- °shaall specifically cover such insured objects or additional property insurance as may be ~°- - = required by Laws and Regulations which will include the fnterests of OWNER, °~ CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, OWNER's Engineering Consultants, and any other ~~ =7 individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is `°` deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured. 11.4.3 All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence Ihereo~ required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with paragraph 5.06 wiH contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisfons. 11.4.5 ff CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance be included in fhe property insurance policies provided under paragraph 5.06, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, OWNER shall In writing advfse CONTRACTOR whether or not such other SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-12 insurance has been procured by OWNER. F. Change paragraph 11.5.1 to read as follows: 11.5.1 The Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond from a surety using the form included in the Contract Documents, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price. Cost of such Bonds shall be included in the base bid. Each alternative bid shall include the additional Bond cost Contractor shall deliver the required Bonds to the Owner prior to the signing of the Agreement G. Delete paragraph 11.5.2 in its entirety. H. Add the following paragraphs 11.5.1.1 through 11.5.1.6: .1 The Performance, Labor and Material Bond shall be executed in conformity with the American institute of Architects Document A-312 (1984 Edition}, with coverage provided by a surety having a policy holder's rating of "A" and a minimum class of 15 financing rating in the Best Insurance Guide, latest edition. .2 Whenever the Contractor shall be and is declared by the Owner to be in default under the Contract, the Surety and Contractor are each responsible to make full payment to the Owner for any and all additional services of the Architect as defined in the Owner/Architect Agreement which are required as a result of the Contractor's default and in protecfing the Owner's right under the agreement with the Contractor to remedy the Contractor's default or honor the terms of the Performance Bond. .3 ~ These Bonds shall be maintained by the Contractor and shall remain in full force and effect until final acceptance of the Work by the Owner. The Confractor agrees and will cause the Surety to agree to be bound by each and every provision of all the Contract Documents. T"..,~ .4 The Surety shall give written notice to Owner, within seven (7) day er rept of a declaration of default, of the Surety's election either to remedy the defa~~rjdef~Its promptly or to perform the work prompfly or to pay to Owner the penal suAr of thend; ~--~ time being of the essence. In said notice of election, the Surety shall indiFa~efhe date on~--- which the remedy or performance will commence, and it shall then be the- of the °' Surety to give prompt notice in writing to Owner immediately upon comp-"eti~t of (~ the`°~_ ~' remedy and/or correction of each default, (b) the remedy and/or correctio~f~aclT-"~= ~~, , omitted item of work, (c) the famishing of each omitted item of work, and ~t}rfhe -~; performance of the work. The Surety sha/! not assert solvency of its Princ~ial or its- Principal's denial of default as justification for ifs failure to promptly remedy the d~f7ault or defaults or perform the work. .5 The Principal and Surety further agree as part of this obligation to pay all such damages of any kind to person or property that may result from a failure in any respect to perform and complete the Work including, but not limited to, all repair and replacement costs necessary to rectify construction error, architectural and engineering costs and fees, all consultant fees, all testing and laboratory fees, and all legal fees and litigation costs incurred by the Owner. .6 The Surety agrees that other than as is provided in the Bond it may not demand of the Owner that the Owner shall (a) perform any thing or act, (b) give any notice, (c) famish any clerical assistance, (d) render any service, (e) furnish any papers or documents, or (!) take any other action of any nature or description which is not required of the Owner to be done under the Contract Documents. Add the following paragraph 11.5.3: SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-13 11.5.3 Surety shall be satisfactory to the Owner and shall be authorized to do business fn the state of Iowa. 1.13 ARTICLE 13 -MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. Change paragraph 13.3.1 to read as follows: 13.3:1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered-a~eF sent by registered or certified mail fo the last business address known to the party giving notice. B. Change paragraph 13.5.1 to read as follows: 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by Eaws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Architect may observe such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not become requirements.until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. Copies of all reports, data and other documents related to tests, inspections and approvals shall be provided to the Architect as soon as practicable. C. Delete paragraphs 13.7.1 through 13.7.1.3: D. Add the following to Article 13: 13.8.1 The Contractor shall maintain policies of employment as follows: .1 The Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors shat! not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, sex, age, disability or national origin or otherwise as maybe required by local or state ordinance. The Contractor shall take affirmative action to insure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated durfng employment without regard to their race, religion, "~=~ color, sex, age, disability or national origin or otherwise as maybe required by Iota! or sta~e ordinance. Such action shall fnclude, but not be limited to, the following: °~~ '~r{aployment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; ......., f _.. .._ 1 --~ (~yoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for .,_ ,._~- . -tt`aln`mg, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, --.-~ "~~ 'aiiadable to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the policies i-J, _ ; ~f non-discrimination. =~._-~ The Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors shall, in all solicitations or aa~eirtisements for employees placed by them or on their behalf, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, religion, color, sex, age, disability or national origin ar otherwise as maybe required by local or state ordinance 13.9.1 The Contractor steal! maintain CONTRACT COMPLIANCE PROGRAM (ANTI DISCRIMINATION REQUtRENTS) as foltows: 1. For al! contracts of $25,000 or more, the Contractor shall abide by the requirements of the City's Contract Compliance Program, which is fncluded with these SpecitTcatfons beginning on page CG1. 1.14 ARTICLE 14 -TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-14 A. Change paragraph 14.2.1.4 to read as follows: .4 Otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents; or B. Add the following paragraph 14.2.1.5: .5 fails or refuses to provide insurance or proof of insurance as required by the Contract Documents. C. Change paragraph 14.2.4 to read as follows: 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby. such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. if such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon application, and this obligation for payment shalt survive termination of the Contract. The Contractor shat! bear all testing, engineering, accounting, and legal expenses made necessary as a result of termination of the Contract. END OF DOCUMENT 00800 _ ~_~ i CJ .__'' tiL~ ~1~';~ C~ ~_.F ...,.. _~ w .1.~ ~ ~ -~-e ~ ! ~ _.,..~ r..._. ~°°° -~-- t'J SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT 00800-15 RESTRICTION ON NON-RESIDENT BIDDING ON NON-FEDERAL-AID PROJECTS PROJECT NAME: TYPE OF WORK: DATE OF LETTING: A resident bidder shall be allowed a preference as against anon-resident bidder from a state or foreign country which gives or requires a preference to bidders from that state or foreign country. That preference is equal to the preference given or required by the state or foreign country in which the non-resident bidder is a resident- "Resident bidder" is defined as a person authorized to transact business in this state and having a place of business within the state, and has conducted business for at least six months prior to the first advertisement for the public improvement. In the case of a corporation, the above requirements apply as well as the requirement that the corporation have at least fifty percent of its common stock owned by residents of this state. This qualification as resident bidder shall be maintained by the bidder and his/her contractors and subcontractors at the work site until the project is completed. I hereby certify that the undersigned is a resident bidder as defined above and will remain such from the start of the project until its completion. ~.~ COMPANY NAME: T-i.. ,-, ~ ~` --~ `~' ~., ~~ -; ~ `~ ~~ -~ ~ , CORPORATE OFFICER: ~ C ' _~ TITLE: ~ )' ...~. ' ~, DATE: ~ , ~~ .- ra S:tEnpLgRCHITECTI-RE FILEWdritedue MasterspecificationslFomleNroMend for [ormal ardldecture projects 02 29 t78.doc R-1 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 011000 -SUMMARY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 PROJECT A. Project Name: Salt Storage Building. B. Owners Name: City of Iowa City, Iowa. C. Architect's Name: Neumann Monson Architects P.C., Iowa City, Iowa. D. The Project consists of the construction of a Salt Storage Building with additional equipment storage bays along each side of the building. Site construction and related mechanical and electrical work is included. 1.02 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION A. Contract Type: A single prime contract based on a Stipulated Price as described in Document 00 5200 -Agreement Fonn. 1.03 STRUCTURAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Engineering: 1. Designer Qualifications: Perform design by or under direct supervision of a Professional Structura! Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in Iowa. 2. Sand/Salt storage capacity: 3000 tons of material based on a pile height of 10 feet along interior containment wafts and maximum pile height based on internal friction angle of 32 degrees. Use 110 pcf for weight of stored material. B. Design building structural components to resist latera! load of internal material pile; comply with requirements of municipal and State codes and ordinances. Provide written calculations and load diagrams. 1. Proposed structural frame: . a. Vertical rectangular, treated timber posts set on 4 ft centers to a minimum depth of 6 ft below finished grade. Posts shall be cabled to each other (minimum 3/ ch diameter, galvanized tension cables) to withstand lateral load without t use of external wall bracing; posts sha{I be long enough to provide interior cle ~ het shown on Drawings. Refer to Drawings and Specification Section 06 ,'I-3~24for =~ r ~-~ additional requirements. F b. Containment of material pile to height of 10 feet along side and end wall be ~ ~ _~ provide by treated bridge plank (surfaced one edge to 11-5/8 inch) se ~oritall)r-_._, to inside face of timber posts. Refer to Drawings and Specification S o~-:06 1324 ~...~` for additional information. ~ .~; 2. Roof structure: N a. Shop-fabricated wood trusses specified in Section 06 1753. b. Provide knee bracing of roof trusses, special connectors, and diagonal wall bracing necessary for stability of structural framing. 3. Miscellaneous beams and headers: a. Overhead sectional doors: Opening width -14 feet. b. Main entrance for vehicular loading/unloading: Opening width - 20 feet. 1.04 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Cooperate with City of Iowa City, Iowa to minimize conflict and to facilitate City of Iowa City, Iowa's operations. B. Schedule the Work to accommodate City of Iowa City, Iowa occupancy. 1.05 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES SUMMARY 01 1000 -1 0.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa Ciry, Iowa A. Construction Operations: Limited to areas noted on Drawings. B. Arrange use of site and premises to allow: 1. City of Iowa City, Iowa occupancy. 2. Use of site and premises by the public. C. Provide access to and from site as required by law and by City of Iowa City, Iowa: 1. Emergency Building Exits During Construction: Keep all exits required by code open during construction period; provide temporary exit signs if exit routes are temporarily altered. 2. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or other public ways without permit. D. Utility Outages and Shutdown: 1. Do not disrupt or shut down life safety systems, including but not limited to fre sprinklers and fire alarm system, without 7 days notice to City of Iowa City, Iowa and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Prevent accidental disruption of utility services to other facilities. 1.06 WORK SEQUENCE A. Coordinate construction schedule and operations with City of Iowa City, Iowa. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION ~,., . t ':~ ~ ~~ I l -- .. ~ _ ~I '-_ ~ ' ~~ ~ -_r (.^~ C SUMMARY 01 1000 - 2 -. ~- Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 012000 -PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 00 5200 -Agreement Form: Contract Sum, payment period. B. Section 00 7200 -Genera! Conditions and Document 00800 -Supplementary Conditions: Additional requirements for progress payments, final payment, changes in the Work. C. Section 00 7313 -Supplementary Conditions: Percentage allowances for Contractor's overhead and profit. 7.03 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard form specified; submit sample to Architect for approval. B. Forms filled out by hand wilt not be accepted. C. Submit a printed schedule on AIA Form G703 -Application and Certificate for Payment Continuation Sheet. Contractor's standard form or electronic media printout will be considered. D. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 15 days after date established in Notice to Proceed. E. Format: Utilize the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the specification Section. Identify site mobilization, bonds and insurance, and Contractor's overhead and profit. _ ~., F. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application For Payr~t. ~; ~) 9.04 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ~ --r? --~ -j A. Make applications for progress payments in amounts equal to ninety-five percent ~~, value of ~-=- Work completed, including cost of materials and equipment properly stored at the~ai~site, less j--~-i the amount of previous payments. ~ ` -~' 1. The five percent contract retainage shall become payable upon issuance ot~~iGertif~cate ~--'` of Substantial Completion. Refer to Section 01 7700 for additional requirerr~nts. ,~ B. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement. ~ C. Electronic media printout including equivalent inforrrration will be considered in lieu of standard form specified; submit sample to Architect for approval. D. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted. E. Present required information in typewritten form. F. Form: AIA G702 Application and Certfcate for Payment and AIA G703 -Continuation Sheet including continuation sheets when required. G. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer. H. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed and for stored Products. I. List each authorized Change Order as a separate line item, listing Change Order number and dollar amount as for an original item of Work. PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2000 - 1 07.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa J. Submit three copies of each Application for Payment. K. Include the following with the application: 1. Construction progress schedule, revised and current as specified in Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements. 2. Partial release of liens from major Subcontractors and vendors. 3. Affidavits attesting to off-site stored products. !. When Architect requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Show application number and date, and tine item by number and description. 1.05 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES A. Submit name of the individual author'~zed to receive change documents and who will be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ or subcontractors of changes to fhe Contract Documents. B. For minor changes not involving an adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Time, Architect will issue instructions directly to Contractor. C. Architect will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum or Contract Time as authorized by the Conditions of the Contract by issuing supplemental instructions on Architect's form. D. For other required changes, Architect will issue a document signed by City of Iowa City, Iowa ' instructing Contractor to proceed with the change, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. The document will describe the required changes and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. 2. Promptly execute the change. For c nges for which advance pricing is desired, Architect will issue a document which - inclus a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised drawings _,..~ aricf ~j~ecifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change with a stipulation of any { auertime work required and the period of time during which the requested price will be ~C_F .._ c~~ered valid. Contractor shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within i 5 days. i_-~F~ ;~E, (fontr~etor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to Architect, describing '.A~ the. ~'vposed change and its full effect on the Work, with a statement describing the reason for ~-~ ttie nge, and the effect on the Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation and a ~~-~ ~:~~ stat ent describing the effect on Work by separate or other contractors. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01 6000. G. Computation of Change in Contract Amount: As specified in the Agreement and Conditions of the Contract. 1. For change requested by Architect for work falling under a fixed price contract, the amounf will be based on Contractor's price quotation. 2. For change requested by Contractor, the amount will be based on the Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by Architect. 3. For pre-determined unit prices and quantities, the amount will based on the fixed unit prices. 4. For change ordered by Architect without a quotation from Contractor, the amount will be determined by Architect based on the Contractor's substantiation of costs as specified for Time and 1iAaterial work. H. Substantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation. 1. On request, provide following data: a. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment. b. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2000 - 2 __ --- Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07.022 c. Overhead and profit. d. Justification for any change in Contract Time. e. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented. 2. Support each claim for additional costs with additional information: a. Origin and date of claim. b. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. c. Time records and wage rates paid. d. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly documented. 3. For Time and Material work, submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. I. Execution of Change Orders: Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract. J. After execution of Change Order, promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum. K. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revise sub-schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents. 1.06 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT A. Final Payment shad be the remaining unpaid balance of the final contract sum. B. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specifed for progress payments, identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. C. Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following have been accomplished: 1. All closeout procedures specified in Section 01 7700 -Closeout Procedures. 2. Owner's written acceptance of the completed Work. D. Final Payment shall become due upon the Owner's written acceptance of the completed Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED O ~'N `~ ~ ~ PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED - _ END OF SECTION '-m=~ ~~ = - -- . r~._ ~ ~ _ ~_ _ ~ , J ~ a ~y ;-~--, ~.,~ .. -„,, fV PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2000 - 3 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 012300 -ALTERNATES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Aiternate submission procedures. B. Documentation of changes to Contract Sum and Contract Time. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Document 00 2113 - Instructions to Bidders: Instructions for preparation of pricing for alternatives. B. Document 00 4113 -Bid Form: List of alternates with respective pricing. 07.022 C. Document 00 5200 -Agreement Form: Incorporating monetary value of accepted alternatives. 1.03 ACCEPTANCE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at City of Iowa City, Iowa's option. Accepted altemates will be identfed in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. B. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work to integrate the Work of each alternate. 1.04 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. 1 (Add) -Paving: 1. Description: Provide rigid paving, curbing, related grading, and subgrade compaction for areas identified an the Drawings as Alternate No.1 work.. Construct the work of this Alternate in accordance with requirements of appropriate specification sections and Drawings. B. Alternate No. 2 (Add} -Materials Storage Building: 1. Description: Provide a new 2080 sq ft, open-front, material storage building adjacent to the salt storage building as shown on the Drawings. Provide related grading an avmg uraaler this Alternate. Construct the work of this Alternate in accordance with requinen#s appropriate specification sections and Drawings. ?> PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED C`~ -`'~ ~ ~ PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED ~ f""' ~ ;' END OF SECTION ?~ ..~ rv ALTERNATES 01 2300 - 1 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07.022 SECTION 013000 -ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preconstruction meeting. B. Progress meetings. C. Construction progress schedule. D. Submittals for review, information, and project closeout. E. Number of copies of submittals. F. Submittal procedures. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 1000 -Summary: Stages of the Work, occupancy, B. Section 01 3150 -Mechanical and Electrical Coordination: Administrative procedures and coordination of mechanical and electrical work. C. Section 01 7300 -Execution Requirements: Additional coordination requirements. D. Section 01 7700 -Closeout Procedures: Project record documents. E. Section 01 7900 -Demonstration and Training: Instruction of Owner's operating personnel. 1.03 ARCHITECT'S DIGITAL DRAWINGS A. Digital files of "Background Drawings" are available from the Architect for the expressed use by the Contractor, and designated subcontractors and suppliers, in the construction of the Work and the preparation of shop drawings. 1. Upon receipt of request far specific files from a prospective "User", Archite +II forv~d a copy of the form "Digital Media Agreement" (a copy of this form is included~e erid:'-of this section) for acceptance and signature of "User". ~ _- ~ ~ca 2. Upon return of signed form together with fee of $50 per original drawing, tl~e~ArChitecfi+vitl ~T-j prepare and transmit requested files to the "User". = ~ ~ --- i ~""-' ,..r 1.04 PROJECT COORDINATION ~' ~ '~~ .---~ -,~~ E~."--2 A. Project Coordinator: Owner's designated contact person. ~ '~` -~' R...~ B. Cooperate with the Project Coordinator in allocation of mobilization areas of site; for fiel~gffices and sheds, for construction access, traffic, and parking facilities. C. During construction, coordinate use of site and facilities through the Project Coordinator. D. Comply with instructions of the Project Coordinator for use of temporary utilities and construction facilities. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Architect wdl schedule a meeting after execution of the Owner -Contractor Agreement. B. Attendance Required: 1. City of Iowa City, Iowa. 2. Architect. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000 - 1 o~.o2z Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 3. Contractor. 4. Major Subcontractors. C. Agenda: 1. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 2. Distribution of Contract Documents. 3. Submission of fist of Subcontractors, list of Products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 4. Designation of personnel representing the parties to Contract, the Owner's jobsite representative, the Contractor's key administrative and field personnel, and Architect. 5. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures. 6. Scheduling. 7. Use of premises by City of Iowa City, Iowa and Contractor. 8. City of Iowa City, Iowa's requirements and occupancy prior to completion. 9. Temporary utilities provided by City of Iowa City, Iowa. 10. Survey and building layout. 11. Security and housekeeping procedures. 12. Application for payment procedures. 13. Procedures for testing. 14. Procedures for maintaining record documents. 15. Requirements for start-up of equipment. D. Architect will record minutes and distribute copies within three days after meeting to participants, with two copies to City of Iowa City, Iowa, Contractor participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.02 CONTRACTOR'S PROGRESS MEETINGS A~ Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at maximum monthly u intervals. .:~- "~''; -$. Air~tct;.~rrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside at } , e ~~~ nirtgs. -m---a ~ A`tte,~nce Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, City of Iowa 'wP!_~. •-~: City,wa, Architect, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. ~;~ ~ .. ~. ~r a~~: `-_=-; 1. ~~eview minutes of previous meetings. `,~` 2. Review of Work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 7. Maintenance of progress schedule. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 9. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 10. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 11. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 12. Other business relating to Work. E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Architect, City of Iowa City, Iowa, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. Within 15 days after date of the Agreement, submit preliminary schedule defining planned ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000 - 2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07.022 operations for the first 60 days of Work, with a general outline for remainder of Work. B. If preliminary schedule requires revision after review, submit revised schedule within 10 days. C. Within 20 days after review of preliminary schedule, submit draft of proposed complete schedule for review. 1. Include written certification that major contractors have reviewed and accepted proposed schedule. D. Within 10 days after joint review, submit complete schedule. E. Incorporate the following schedule for contract closeout: 1. Closeout Meeting: Schedule at least 45 days prior to anticipated date of Substantial Completion. Submit initial copy of Operation and Maintenance Manuals for review. 2. Demonstration and instruction: Schedule at least 15 days prior to Substantial Completion. 3. Contractor's Punchlist and Declaration of Substantial Completion: Submit at least 10 days prior to anticipated date of Substantial Completion. a. Architect will schedule verification inspection of Work within 5 days of receipt of Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion. 4. Architect will issue "Certificate of Substantial Completion" in accordance with provisions in the Conditions of the Contract. 5. Closeout Submittals: See Section 01 7700 -Closeout Procedures. 6. Final Change Order: Architect will prepare and issue within 5 days after Substantial Completion. 7. Contractor's Statement of Final Completion: Architect will schedule Final Inspection of the Work within 5 days of receipt of Contractor's Notice. 8. Architect will issue Final Certificate for Payment upon Owner's written acceptance of the completed Work. 9. Final Payment: See Section 01 2000 -Price and Payment Procedures. F. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment. U 3.04 SCHEDULE FORMAT A. Bar Charts: Include a separate bar for each major portion of Work or operation. ~ 1 ~=. ~`' B. Listings: In chronological order according to the start date for each activity. Ideeach activity with the applicable specification section number. ~) -`~ C. Sheet Size: Multiples of 8-1 /2 x 11 inches. ~'~~ -~' D. Scale and Spacing: To allow for notations and revisions. rv 3.05 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. Refer to Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for additional requirements. ._~ i t"-`i ~~~ B. When the following construction submittals are required by individual sections, submit them to Architect for review: 1. Product data. 2. Shop drawings. 3. Samples for selection. 4. Samples for verification. C. Architect's review is for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. D. Samples will be reviewed only for aesthetic, color, or finish selection. E. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with Submittal Procedures article below. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000 - 3 07.022 3.06 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa A. When the following are required by individual sections, submit them for information: 1. Design data. 2. Cert~cates. 3. Test reports. , 4. Inspection reports. 5. Manufacturer's instructions. 6. Manufacturer's field reports. 7. Other types indicated. B. Submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for City of Iowa City, Iowa. No action will be taken. 3.07 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Refer to Section 01 7700 -Closeout Procedures, for submittal requirements. B. Submit for City of Iowa City, Iowa's benefit during and after project completion. 3.08 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS A. Documents for Review: 1. Small Size Sheets, Not Larger Than $-1/2 x 11 inches: Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires, plus two copies which will be retained by the Architect. 2. Larger Sheets, Not Larger Than 24 x 36 inches: Submit one reproducible transparency and two opaque reproduction. B. Documents for Information: Submit two copies. C. Documents for Project Closeout: Make three reproductions of submittal originally reviewed. Submit one extra of submittals for information. D. Samples: Submit the number specified in individual spec cation sections; one of which will be retained by Architect. 1. After review, produce duplicates. 2. Retained samples will not be returned to Contractor unless specifically so stated. 3.09 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Transmit each submittal with approved form. ;$~. Seq%~ntialiy number the transmittal form. Revise submittals with original number and a ~.__ ~ ~r~entiai alphabetic suffix. `~ ` ~. IIdie~fy Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, and a _~ 5~bc~ation section number, as appropriate on each copy. ~,r`' ~ :~ l~T~ ~^ ~} ~ply.~ontractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of .,~ Ffrots required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information r,,, is in ~2~cordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. ,_~ w _, _.._ E j Deliver submittals to Architect at business address. F. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. G. For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery trrne to and from the Contractor. H. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work. I. Provide space for Contractor and Architect review stamps. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000 - 4 Sait Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa J. When revised for resubmission, identify ali changes made since previous submission. K. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements. L. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed. 3.10 ATTACHED FORMS A. Transmittal Form for "Construction Submittals". B. "Digital Media Agreement" END OF SECTION C> CJ~ ~ -r} rn ~ ~~.~ r~ .~1..~ ~s F ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3000 - 5 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 013300 -CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS PAR71 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Construction Submittals for REView and Information. B. Preparation of Construction Submittals. C. Review of Construction Submittals. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements: Processing submittals. B. Section 01 7700 -Closeout Procedures: Closeout submittals. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Submittals for Review: Submittals required by individual specification sections relating to a portion of the work which must be acted upon by the Architect before work on that portion begins. 1. Shop Drawings: Drawings, diagrams, illustrations, and schedules spec~cally prepared by the Contractor to illustrate and depict some portion of the work more clearly and in greater detail. 2. Coordination Drawings: Drawings prepared by the Contractor to show how multiple-system and interdisciplinary work will be coordinated to avoid conflicts resulting from available space requirements. 3. Product Data: Illustrations, standard schedules, diagrams, performance charts, instructions and brochures that illustrate physical appearance, size, and other characteristics of materials and equipment for some portion of work 4. Samples: Physical examples of materials and workmanship which illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of a material and establish the standards by which the work will be judged. B. Construction Phase Submittals for Information: Submittals required by individual specification sections; submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for OWNER. No a~c6ion will be taken. ~ ~ 1. Design data: Performance requirements and materia! characteristics pro~c~ttr~he t~sis for portions of the Work designed by the Contractor. Include structural calcutations ~,i~ 2. Certificates: ~ ~ _ ~ -~- `~""" 3. Test reports: ~ ~' ~ ~°°°' 4. Inspection reports: ~ ~ .'~ E :_? -~-- ti,...~ 5. Manufacturer's instructions: ^~ ~~ a 6. Other types indicated. 1.04 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PARTICIPANTS rar A. Contractor: 1. Read and understand the Contract Documents. 2. Establish a realistic submittal schedule that allows for resubmittal. 3. Coordinate submittals. 4. Review submittals for compliance with Contract Documents, site conditions, dimensions and construction means and methods; indicate any part of the submittal that does not conform to the contract requirements. 5. Approve submittals prior to transmitting them to Architect. Use the transmittal form included with this section. 6. Distribute approved submittals to subcontractors and others. CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS 01 3300 - 1 07.022 Saft Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City; Iowa 7. Maintain copies of approved submittals at the jobsite for reference, and retain copy of approved submittals for the Owner's record. 8. Maintain transmittal log and track progress. B. Subcontractors and Suppliers: 1. Read and understand the Contract Documents. 2. Property prepare complete and accurate submittals with extraneous information deleted. 3. Submit in a timely manner based on construction schedule and allowing adequate time for Contractor and Architect reviews. 4. Maintain records and current status. C. Architect: 1. Specify reasonable requirements. 2. Read and understand the Contract Documents. 3. Verify that the Contractor has reviewed, stamped and approved submittals. 4. Review submittals for conformance with design intent. 5. Approve submittals in a timely manner, or take other appropriate action. 6. Forward submittals to consultants. 7. Maintain a copy of approved submittals, and forward a copy to the Owner upon request. 8. Maintain a submittal log and track progress. D. Owner: 1. Read and understand the Contract Documents. 2. Coordinate Owner-furnished items installed by the Contractor. 3. Coordinate Contractor-furnished items installed by the Owner or under a separate contract. 4. Coordinate work to be completed under a separate contract. 5. Follow project requirements. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate preparation of construction submittals with structural design of timber framing, roof framing and related structural connections and components. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART. EXECUTION 3.01 OCES,SrNG SUBMITTALS R~1'"e~ Section 01 3000 for additional requirements. B~ Atfa~a copy of the Project Transmittal Form to all submittals. ~`~" C~ G~ou~ubmittals related to building elements or systems together for transmittal in accordance ~~ ~ `~~ wj~~bmittal schedule. ~#~ Only's~ecified submittals will be processed by the Architect. ~.., 3.02 SUBMITTAL PREPARATION A. To aid in tracking and filing, each submittal shall contain the following information: 1. Project name and project number, 2. Date submitted, 3. Descr'~ption of the item submitted, 4. The specification section reference number, and 5. A consecutive submittal number. B. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification of Products required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents. The purpose of CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS 01 3300 - 2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa the submittal shall be one of the following: 1. For approval, 2. For information only, 3. Resubmittal. C. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission. D. Provide space for Architect's submittal stamp. 3.03 SUBMITTAL REVIEW A. Only submittals stamped by the Contractor shall be forwarded to the Architect. When the Contractor determines that submittals do not meet contract requirements, they should be returned to the originator for correction or modification as appropriate. 07.022 B. The purpose of the Architect's review is to check submittals for conformance with the information and design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. C. Upon review by the Architect, the submittal shall be stamped with the status of the review as: 1. Approved, 2. Approved as noted, 3. Approved as noted /resubmit, or 4. Rejected /resubmit. D. Submittals which require no action or are not subject to review, will not be returned. 3.04 PROJECT SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL FORM -Attached 3.05 SCHEDULE OF CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS -Attached END OF SECTION _ O r-' ~~ Cs = ~ °-~, . .fit ~ ~~ ~F') ~ rv _~ f~ ~W~ s"? ~J CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS 01 3300 - 3 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 014000 -QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. duality assurance submittals. B. Control of installation. C. Tolerances. D. Testing and inspection services. E. Manufacturers' field services. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 00 3100 -Available Project Information: Soil investigation data. B. Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures. C. Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements: Requirements for material and product quality. 1.03 REFERENCES 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Testing Agency Qualifications: 1. Prior to start of Work, subm'st agency name, address, and telephone nu mber, and names of full time specialist and responsible officer. B. Test Reports: After each test/inspection, promptly submit two copies of report to Architect and to Contractor. _ C7 r .~ ~"-~ ~' 1. Include: ~ `~' ~~ a. Date issued. ~ ~ ' ' ~ b. Project title and number. ~~ ~ ~ ._ ~ c. Name of inspector. - ! _ ~ d. Date and time of sampling or inspection. ~ rY. ~j e. Identification of product and specifications section. r' ; ~ %^ ~_ ~' ' / f. Location in the Project. ~ ~ g. Type of test/inspection. ~ .~--~ h. Date of test/inspection. r'`~ i. Results of test/inspection. j. Conformance with Contract Documents. k. When requested by Architect, provide interpretation of results. C. Certificates: When specified in individual specification sections, submit certification by the manufacturer and Contractor or installation/application subcontractor to Architect, in quantities specified for Product Data. 1. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. 2. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to Architect. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: When specifed in individual specfication sections, submit printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, for the City of Iowa City, Iowa's information. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation. E. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Submit reports for Architect's benefit as contract administrator or DUALCfY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 -1 07.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa for City of Iowa City, Iowa. 1. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents. 1.05 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCIES A. City of Iowa City, Iowa will employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency to perform specked testing and inspection. B. Employment of agency in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Have Work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality. F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer. ,~ L£'~' Securelproducts in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand , ,.--,, --~' stresses, vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement. ~ 02 T4LE~~NCES _!r' °~°--' ~ Miami a~fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. (.^- , ~:,~~ D~-n~permit tolerances to accumulate. Codiplp with manufacturers' tolerances. Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract <_._ `=' DocGndents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. -,, -- C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place. 3.03 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. See individual specification sections for testing required. B. Testing Agency Duties: 1. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor. 2. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of services. 3. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards. 4. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of Work or products. 6. Perform additional tests and inspections required by Architect. 7. Submit reports of all testsrnspections specified. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07.022 C. Limits on Testing/InspectionRgency Authority: 1. Agency may not release, revoke, after, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor. 4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work. D. Contractor Responsibilities: 1. Deliver to agency at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used which require testing, along with proposed mix designs. 2. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to manufacturers' facilities. 3. Provide incidental labor and facilities: a. To provide access to Work to be tested/inspected. b. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be tested/inspected. c. To facilitate tests/inspections. d. To provide storage and curing of test samples. 4. Notify Architect and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing/inspection services. 5. Employ services of an independent qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. 6. Arrange with City of Iowa City, Iowa's agency and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. E. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same agency on instructions by Architect. F. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be paid for by Contractor. G. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall t~erform~ by the same agency on instructions by Architect. Payment for re testing will be cha~~d} to tl'1~ Contractor by deducting testing charges from the Contract Price. ?- ~ ~ 7 C ~ ". "`' ~ C ` ~_ t.._... 3.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES _ ~- A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product supp'h~r~ or ..~, ~"~ manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, con~i~ipr of =- surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adj~d bal~ince of equipment as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. 7' -- rv B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. 3.05 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not conforming to specified requirements. B. If, in the opinion of Architect, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, Architect will direct an appropriate remedy or adjust payment. END OF SECTION QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 3 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 015000 -TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary utilities. B. Temporary telephone service. C. Temporary sanitary facilities. D. Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures, and fencing. E. Vehicular access and parking. 1.02 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Provide and pay for all electrical power and lighting required for construction purposes. B. Existing facilities may not be used. C. New permanent facilities may not be used. D. Use trigger-operated noules for water hoses, to avoid waste of water. 1.03 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Provide, maintain, and pay for telephone service to field offce at Time of project mobilization. 7.04 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Provide at time of project mobilization. B. Maintain daily 'rn clean and sanitary condition. ~~ 1.05 BARRIERS C~ A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, to allow for e`~yrs u~of site and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from co~tr~tior~ ~i~ operations and demolition. _el ~~--,. ..... ~"" B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for putiltra-, -r~ i ~ rights-of--way and for public access to existing building. ;J ='~ ~~ C. Provide protection for trees and plants designated to remain. Replace damaged~es and_.. plants. ~ D. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site, and structures from damage. 1.06 FENCING A. Construction: Contractor's option. B. Provide 4 foot high fence around construction site; equip with vehicular and pedestrian gates with locks. 1.07 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING A. Coordinate access and haul routes with governing authorities and City of Iowa City, Iowa. B. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions. C. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets. D. Designated existing on-site roads may be used for construction traffic. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 1 o7.a22 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa E. Provide temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking. 1.08 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Substantial Completion inspection. B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 feet. Grade site as indicated. C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. D. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. E. Restore new permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION ,~., ~t ."~~ - -.; ,'~ ~~ ~~ ~_a ~.. --, ._,, - - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 2 Salt Storage Facility 07022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 015713 -TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Prevention of erosion due to construction activities. B. Prevention of sedimentation of waterways, open drainage ways, and storm and sanitary sewers due to construction activities. C. Restoration of areas eroded due to insufficient preventive measures. D. Compensation to City of Iowa City for fines levied by authorities having jurisdiction due to non- compliance by the contractor . 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 31 1000 -Site Clearing: Limits an clearing; disposition of vegetative clearing debris. B. Section 31 2200 -Grading: Temporary and permanent grade changes far erosion control. C. Section 32 9219 -Seeding: Permanent turf for erosion control. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 4355 -Standard Test Method for Deterioration of Geotextiles by Exposure to Light, Moisture, and Heat in a Xenon Arc Type Apparatus; 2005. B. ASTM D 4491 -Standard Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity; 1999a (Reapproved 2004). C. ASTM D 4533 -Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles; 2004. D. ASTM D 4632 -Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles; 1991 (Reapproved 2003). E. ASTM D 4751 -Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size.nf a Geotextile; 2004. ~ ~°' F. ASTM D 4873 -Standard Guide for Identification, Storage, and Handling of Geosetictolls _ and Samples; 2002. C1- ~ ~.. - t tt G. EPA (NPDES) -National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES), Co~ction ~~ General Permit; current edition; httpa/cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwater/cgp.cfrn,_ ~ ~~ ~~ H. IDOT -Standard Specifications, Section 4130. ~= '"`" ; 1.04 EROSION CONTROL PERMIT r~~ A. The Owner will obtain and pay for the NPDES Permit by Iowa DNR for "General Permit No. 2 for Storm Water Discharges Associated With Industrial Activity for Construction Activities". B. The Contractor and Sub-contractors shall become co-permittees with the Owner and shall conduct their operations in conformance with the project Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with provisions of the "Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan" and all other requirements of Iowa DNR for erosion and sedimentation control. B. Comply with provisions of the "Construction Site Runoff' ordinance and all other requirements of the City of Iowa City, Iowa for erosion and sedimentation control. C. Timing: Put preventive measures in place as soon as possible after disturbance of surface cover and before precipitation occurs. MMS #1235-078 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713 - 1 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07022 D. Storm Water Runoff: Control increased storm water runoff due to disturbance of surface cover due to construction activities for this project. 1. Prevent runoff into storm and sanitary sewer systems, including open drainage channels, in excess of actual capacity or amount allowed by authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is less. 2. Anticipate runoff volume due to the most extreme short term and 24-hour rainfall events that might occur in 25 years. E. Erosion On Site: Minimize wind, water, and vehicular erosion of soil on project site due to construction activities for this project. 1. Control movement of sediment and soil from temporary stockpiles of soil. 2. Prevent development of ruts due to equipment and vehicular traffic. 3. If erosion occurs due to non-compliance with these requirements, restore eroded areas at no cost to City of Iowa City. F. Erosion Off Site: Prevent erosion of soil and deposition of sediment on other properties caused by water leaving the project site due to construction activities for this project. 1. Prevent windblown soil from leaving the project site. 2. Prevent tracking of mud onto public roads outside site. 3. Prevent mud and sediment from flawing onto sidewalks and pavements. 4. If erosion occurs due to non-compliance with these requirements, restore eroded areas at no cost to City of Iowa City. G. Sedimentation of Waterways On Site: Prevent sedimentation of waterways on the project site, including rivers, streams, lakes, ponds, open drainage ways, storm sewers, and sanitary sewers. 1. If sedimentation occurs, install or correct preventive measures immediately at no cost to City of Iowa City; remove deposited sediments; comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. If sediment basins are used as temporary preventive measures, pump dry and remove deposited sediment after each storm. H. Sedimentation of Waterways Off Site: Prevent sedimentation of waterways off the project site, including rivers, streams, lakes, ponds, open drainage ways, storm sewers, and sanitary sewers. ,~ 1. If sedimentation occurs, install or correct preventive measures immediately at no cost to -°-- ~ ZCity of Iowa City; remove deposited sediments; comply with requirements of authorities :. ~_ , , =~_ having jurisdiction. -%., ~- 'I. _~pen Water: Prevent standing water that could become stagnant. ! 1... _~ ._._._. ~--J. ~"_tenance: Maintain temporary preventive measures until permanent measures have been ~,~ .. E~~- ~_e~t~blished. 1 6 SI~I__ TTALS c-~y _~ A. S Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Certificate: Mill certificate for silt fence fabric attesting that fabric and factory seams comply with specified requirements, signed by legally authorized official of manufacturer; indicate actual minimum average roll values; identify fabric by roll identification numbers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Mulch: Use one of the following: 1. Straw or hay. 2. Erosion control matting or netting. B. Grass Seed For Temporary Cover: Select a species appropriate to climate, planting season, MMS #1235-078 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713 - 2 Salt Storage facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07022 and intended purpose. If same area will later be planted with permanent vegetation, do not use species known to be excessively competitive or prone to volunteer in subsequent seasons. C. Silt Fence Fabric: Polypropylene geotextile resistant to common soil chemicals, mildew, and insects; non-biodegradable; in longest lengths possible; fabric including seams with the following minimum average roll lengths: 1. Average Opening Size: 30 U.S. Std. Sieve, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4751. 2. Permittivity: 0.05 sec^-1, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4491. 3. Ultraviolet Resistance: Retaining at least 70 percent of tensile strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4355 after 500 hours exposure. 4. Tensile Strength: 100 Ib-f, minimum, in cross-machine direction; 124 Ib-f, minimum, in machine direction; when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4832. 5. Elongation: 15 to 30 percent, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4632. 6. Tear Strength: 55 !b-f, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4533. 7. Color: Manufacturer's standard, with embedment and fastener lines preprinted. f^~a D. Silt Fence Posts: One of the following. minimum 5 feet long: "= j 1. Steel U- or T-section, with minimum mass of 1.33 Ib per linear foot. ~_"~ /`''~ ~ ,;~ E. Erosion Stone: Broken stone complying with IDOT Standard Specifications, D'rV"isi~ 41;-' ` _._ Section 4130.05 -Erosion Stone. ~~ ,_-.. f_ I ~- F. Gravel: See Section 32 1123 for aggregate. = ~~ ~ ~ ~c:Y ', '- _ ; ; ~T;:: ti.. J PART 3 EXECUTION ~--~ -~~ ~~ 3.01 EXAMINATION ~' v~ A. Examine site and identify existing features that contribute to erosion resistance; maintain such existing features to greatest extent possible. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Schedule work so that soil surfaces are left exposed for the minimum amount of time. 3.03 SCOPE OF PREVENTIVE MEASURES A. In all cases, if permanent erasion resistant measures have been installed temporary preventive measures are not required. 8. Construction Entrances: Traffic-bearing aggregate surface. i. Width: As required; 20 feet, minimum. . 2. Length: 50 feet, minimum. 3. Provide at each construction entrance from public right-of-way. 4. Where necessary to prevent tracking of mud onto right-of--way, provide wheel washing area out of direct traffic lane, with drain into sediment trap or basin. C. Linear Sediment Barriers: Made of silt fences. 1. Provide linear sediment barriers: a. Along downhill perimeter edge of disturbed areas, including soil stockpiles. b. Along the toe of cut slopes and fill slopes. c. Across the entrances to culverts and around storm intakes that receive runoff from disturbed areas. 2. Space sediment barriers as indicated in the "Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan" and with the following maximum slope length upslope from barrier: a. Slope of Less Than 2 Percent: 100 feet.. b. Slope Between 2 and 5 Percent: 75 feet. c. Stope Between 5 and 10 Percent: 50 feet. d. Slope Between 10 and 20 Percent: 25 feet. e. Slope Over 20 Percenf: 15 feet. MMS #1235-078 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713 - 3 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07022 D. Soil Stockpiles: Protect using one of the following measures: 1. Cover with polyethylene film, secured by placing soil on outer edges. 2. Cover with mulch at least 2 inches thickness of pine needles, sawdust, bark, wood chips, or shredded leaves, or 2 inches of straw or hay. E. Mulching: Use only for areas that may be subjected to erosion for less than 6 months. F. Temporary Seeding: Use where temporary vegetated cover is required. G. Concrete Washout: 1. Do not wash out concrete trucks or equipment into streets, gutters, storm drains, or creeks 2. Wash out concrete trucks or equipment in a designated washout area where the water will flow into a temporary pit in a dirt area or onto stockpiles of aggregate base or sand. This area must be an identified location. 3. Collect and return sweepings from exposed aggregate concrete to a stockpile or dispose of the waste in a trash container. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Traffic-Bearing Aggregate Surface: 1. Excavate minimum of 12 inches. 2. Place geotextile fabric full width and length, with minimum 12 inch overlap at joints. 3. Place and compact at least 12 inches of 2 to 3.5 inch diameter stone. B. Silt Fences: 1. Store and handle fabric in accordance with ASTM D 4873. 2. Where slope gradient is less than 3:1 or barriers will be in place less than 6 months, use nominal 16 inch high barriers with minimum 36 inch long posts spaced at 6 feet maximum, with fabric embedded at least 4 inches in ground. 3. Where slope gradient is steeper than 3:1 or barriers will be in place over 6 months, use nominal 28 inch high barriers, minimum 48 inch long posts spaced at 6 feet maximum, with fabric embedded at least 6 inches in ground. 4. Where slope gradient is steeper than 3:1 and vertical height of slope between barriers is more than 20 feet, use nominal 32 inch high barriers with woven wire reinforcement and steel posts spaced at 4 feet maximum, with fabric embedded at least 6 inches in ground. 5. Install with top of fabric at nominal height and embedment as specked. ~ 6. Do not splice fabric width; minimize splices in fabric length; splice at post only, overlapping ,...,e_ ~t least 18 inches, with extra post. y~- ,7..;_~ asten fabric to steel posts using wire, nylon cord, or integral pockets. ~~~" 4 : ;=$: f _;Wherever runoff will flow around end of barrier or over the top, provide temporary splash `~~ ~. C -pad or other outlet protection; at such outlets in the run of the barrier, make barrier not ~_ ; -~ r,,_more than 12 inches high with post spacing not more than 4 feet. ___ 1 -- ___ C. Mule'hin Over Small and Medium Areas: ~`!-. ~. ~~: ;Dry Straw and Hay: Apply 1 to 2 inches depth. ~. ~~.~ '-~.'-'=Erosion Control Matting: Comply with manufacturer's instructions. -_.., ` ~ ~~D. Temporary Seeding: 1. When hydraulic seeder is used, seedbed preparation is not required. MMS #1235-078 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713 - 4 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa a7o22 2. When surface soil has been sealed by rainfall or consists of smooth undisturbed cut slopes, and conventional or manual seeding is to be used, prepare seedbed by scarifying sufficiently to allow seed to lodge and germinate. 3. If temporary mulching was used on planting area but not removed, apply nitrogen fertilizer at 1 pound per 1000 sq ft. 4. On soils of very low fertility, apply 10-10-10 fertilizer at rate of 12 to 16 pounds per 1000 sq ft. 5. Incorporate fertilizer into sail before seeding. 6. Apply seed uniformly; if using drill or cultipacker seeders place seed 1/2 to 1 inch deep deep. 7. Irrigate as required to thoroughly wet soil to depth that will ensure germination, without causing runoff or erosion. 8. Repeat irrigation as required until grass is established. 3.05 MAINTENANCE A. Inspect preventive measures weekly, within 24 hours after the end of any storm that produces 0.5 inches or more rainfall at the project site, and daily during prolonged rainfall. B. Repair deficiencies immediately. C. Slit Fences: 1. Promptly replace fabric that deteriorates unless need for fence has passed. 2. Remove silt deposits that exceed one-third of the height of the fence. 3. Repair fences that are undercut by runoff or otherwise damaged, whether by runoff or other causes. rt~~~ ~4:> --; D. Clean out temporary sediment control structures weekly and relocate soil on sit ~.~ '~'' E. Place sediment in appropriate locations on site; do not remove from site. ~ ' `-, ~-';~ ~-°j 3.06 CLEAN UP ~ ~, __ .^~n - .. ~~ ~ r _.r._' A. Remove temporary measures after permanent measures have been installed, unle~~ ~perm~Ited ;-~ to remain by Neumann-Monson. C.7 ~~ : s.~ '~--' B. Clean out temporary sediment control structures that are to remain as permaner~=measures. c ,S C. Where removal of temporary measures would leave exposed soil, shape surface to an acceptable grade and finish to match adjacent ground surfaces. 3.07 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN -Attached END OF SECTION MMS #1235-078 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713 - 5 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 016000 -PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. General product requirements. $. Transportation, handling, storage and protection. C. Product option requirements. D. Substitution limitations and procedures. E. Spare parts and maintenance materials. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 07.022 A. Section 00 2113 -Instructions to Bidders: Product options and substitution procedures prior to bid date. B. Section 01 4000 -Quality Requirements: Product quality monitoring. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Proposed Products List: Submit list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product. ~~ 1. Submit within 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed. C~ ~.a 2. For products specified only by reference standards, list applicable reference=d ar ' ~~. ~> ~ -~ ~ ~; B. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark~c~`cop~rfio ~ identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manul`arr~rers'' ,- -- standard data to provide information specific to this Project. ~ -;; r- - - ~'j fT3 r~ C. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project; indicate utility aq~efe'ctrica'~ ~,_~ characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for s~ce for`:' functional equipment and appliances. ~' °~-- c. D. Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. 1. For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the manufacturer's standard colors, textures, and patterns. E. Indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 NEW PRODUCTS A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents. B. Do not use products having any of the following characteristics: 1. Made using or containing CFC's or HCFC's. C. Where all other criteria are met, Contractor shall give preference to products that: 1. Are extracted, harvested, and/or manufactured closer to the location of the project. 2. Have longer documented life span under normal use. 3. Result in less construction waste. 4. Are made of vegetable materials that are rapidly renewable. D. Urea-Formaldehyde Prohibition: 1. Overall Project Requirement: Provide composite wood and agr~ber products having no PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 -1 07.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa added urea-formaldehyde resins. a. Require each installer to certify compliance and submit product data showing product content. 2. Specific Product Categories: Comply with limitations specified elsewhere. E. Adhesives and Joint Sealants: 1. Definition: This provision applies to gunnable, trowelable, and liquid-applied adhesives, sealants, and sealant primers used anywhere on the interior of the building inside the weather barrier, including duct sealers. 2. Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than required by South Coast Air Quality Management District Rute No.1168. a. Require each installer to certify compliance and submit product data showing product content. 3. Speck Product Categories: Comply with limitations specified elsewhere. F. Aerosol Adhesives: 1. Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than required by GreenSeal GS-36. a. Require each installer to certify compliance and submit product data showing product content. 2.02 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. C. Products Specified by Naming One or More .Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. 2.03 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A. Provide spare parts, maintenance, and extra products of types and in quantities specfied in individual specification sections. B. Deliver to Project site; obtain receipt prior to final payment. PART 3 EXECUTION _>> 3.01°SUBSTI~l1TlON PROCEDURES ~ \ , .._ ~> '~ ~.;~. I,rtsttu~tions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during I l '~- tt~ bidding period. Comply with requirements specified in this section. _--~~ ~. ~tutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of the .L~ ~:.; Zon actor. ~..; _ r-- .-f ~. {Doi~nent each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution `= witla_~;ontract Documents. . .., D. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submier: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to City of Iowa City, Iowa. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become apparent. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 2 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 5. Will reimburse City of Iowa City, Iowa and Architect for review or redesign services associated with acceptance of substitutions and re-approval by authorities. E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. F. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3. The Architect will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request. 3.02 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to stored materials. B. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of surrounding areas. ' D. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. E. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. - F. Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where econorrljy~ily feale. C~? 3.03 STORAGE AND PROTECTION ~- r--~ ~:> A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivere ac~ordirfij' to ~.1,_,_I installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize wdue tci_ i ~°~ excessive materials handling and misapplication. ~ :~ r-- ;. .j"`~ ...~, C~~~s -~ B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. ~.> -`.' ~ -`~" `---! -~..,. ~- C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. ~> _.~_ cAw D. Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product. E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. F. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. G. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter. H. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining. I. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. J. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION PRQDUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 3 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07.022 SECTION 017300 -EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures. B. Pre--installation meetings. C_ Cutting and patching. D. Cleaning and protection. E. Starting of systems and equipment. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 1000 -Summary: Limitations on working in existing building; continued occupancy; work sequence; identificatiori of salvaged and relocated equipment and materials. B. Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures. C. Section 01 5000 -Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary exterior enclosures. D. Section 01 7700- Closeout Procedures: Closeout procedures related to achieving Substantial Completion and Final Completion of the Work. E. Section 01 7823 -Operation and Maintenance Data: Preparing operation and maintenance manuals and obtaining warranties and bonds. U 1.03 SUBMITTALS ~~, ~-, ,,~;~, ' --~~,a A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. ',,, _ =~~' ~ ~ ~i ~ ~:.~ B. Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration t5~ffects- ._T_~ _._ 1. Structural integrity of any element of Project. ~ ~ ~ ~ ; -r.-r ~_` ., .- 2. integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element. ---~ "'~? ~ `__•~ 3. EfFciency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. ~'A ~' <~ 4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. ~ `~' c~a C. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment. B. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from soil erosion. C. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. D. Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere. E. Erosion and Sediment Control: Plan and execute work by methods to control surface drainage and prevent erosion and sedimentation. 1. Provide temporary measures such as berms, dikes, and drains, to prevent water flow. 2. Periodically inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and sedimentation; promptly apply corrective measures. F. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 1 ~~-`~, [ '_f_ o7.o2z Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa construction operations. 1.05 COORDINATION A. See Section 01 1000 -Summary, for occupancy-related requirements. B. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. C. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements. D. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. E. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections. F. After City of Iowa City, Iowa occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of City of Iowa City, Iowa's activities. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS A. New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching and extending work. B. Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products where necessary, referring to existing work as a standard. C. Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution described in Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions. ,~-, ~- B. V~tify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being .,._ ~ ; - ai~plied or attached. ~~ ~:, ~ G... r Examine and verify speCfic conditions described in individual specification sections. ;t_ D'. - - Ta-(ce field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize --- Este due to over-ordering or misfabrication. . ,:~ ~ _ .,. E:J'GF~Tify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct ` = 3 foi3ations. -~~ __ ~~~ F. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. C. Appty manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 2 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa . applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. 3.03 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. When required in individual specification sections, convene a preinstallation meeting at the site prior to commencing work of the section. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific section. C. Notify Architect four days in advance of meeting date. D. Prepare agenda and preside at meeting: 1. Review conditions of examination, preparation and installation procedures. 2. Review coordination with related work. E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Architect, City of tows City, Iowa, participants, and those affected by decisions made. 3.04 LAYING OUT THE WORK A. City of Iowa City, Iowa will locate and protect survey control and reference points. B. Control datum for survey is that established by City of Iowa City, fovea provided survey. C. Protect and preserve permanent reference points during construction. D. Promptly report to Architect the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons. E. Pay cost of replacing dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes without prior written notice to Architect. F. Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on site, referenced to established control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on project record documents. ,,.,, ~--:~ C.7 . ~~~ G. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation andr ~~ appropriate means: -~-' -- ~' 1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading and fill placem~ nta ity~f ,~_~ locations, slopes, and invert elevations. _ --1 ~'~ -~- ~~~F"' 2. Grid or axis for structures. ' ` ~ -~, ~-E'; 3. Building foundation and ground floor elevations. :-~ ~_a --~ - :'V ~__. ._ - i. ~:- H. Periodically verify layouts by same means. ~;. ~" I. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. `~ 3.05 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement. B. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizonta! lines, unless otherwise indicated. D. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated. E. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance. 3.06 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Execute cutting and patching including excavation and fill to complete the work, to uncover work in order to install improperly sequenced work, to remove and replace defective or EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 3 07.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa non-conforming work, to remove samples of installed work for testing when requested, to provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work, to execute patching to complement adjacent work, and to fit products together to integrate with other work. B. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore to original condition. C. Employ original installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces. D. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. E. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. F. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. G. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material in accordance with Section 07 8400 - Firestopping, to full thickness of the penetrated element. H. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit. I. Make neat transitions. Patch work to match adjacent work in texture and appearance. Where new work abuts or aligns with existing, perform a smooth and even transition. J. Patch or replace surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections due to patching work. Repair substrate prior to patching finish. Finish patches to produce uniform finish and texture over entire area. When finish cannot be matched, refinish entire surface to nearest intersections. 3.07 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. ,,~., B. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash/rubbish from site periodically and dispose --- elf-site; do not burn or bury. ,-~ i 3:ti8 P~CTION OF INSTALLED WORK ~_~ `?~ A~: ~ f?ustect installed work from damage by construction operations. M ' _.~.__ _ ~~ ' B. , wide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. 1~ C;-- PC#wide tem ora and removable rotection for installed roducts. Control activi v<,:~ , ~ r_ _ P ry P P ty in immediate ~rk area to prevent damage. ,_, `' D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. E. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. F. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle plastic coverings if possible. 3.09 STARTING SYSTEMS A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. B. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 4 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions which may cause damage. C. Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. D. Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. E. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel and manufacturer's representative in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. F. Require manufacturer to provide authorized. representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. G. Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 3.10 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCT[ON A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products, equipment and systems to City of Iowa City, Iowa's personnel two weeks prior to date of Substantial Completion. B. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of designated items of equipment at scheduled time, at equipment location. C. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. D. Provide a qualified manufacturer's representative who is knowledgeable about the Project to perform demonstration and instruction of owner personnel. E. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with City of Iowa City, Iowa's personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. .-,.a F. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when n~ for ~=~ S:_,_9 additional data becomes apparent during instruction. ~~ ~~~ ;.,~ 3.11 ADJUSTING ~ ~ ~` ~' .~ l_. A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operat~i~~__:: _ 3.12 FINAL CLEANING ~... A. Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment. `' ' 1. Clean areas to be occupied by City of Iowa City, fovea prior to final completion b fore C of Iowa City, Iowa occupancy. B. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous. C. Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, D. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems. E. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. F. Remove waste, surplus materials, trashlrubbish, and construction facilities from the site; dispose of in legal manner; do not burn or bury. 3.13 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Refer to Section 01 7700. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 5 o7.oz2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 13. Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities. 1. Provide copies to Architect and City of Iowa City, Iowa. C. Accompany Owner's Project Representative on preliminary inspection to determine items to be listed for completion or correction in Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion. D. City of Iowa City, Iowa will occupy all of the building as specified in Section 01 1000 -Summary. E. Correct items of work fisted in executed Cert~cates of Substantial Completion and comply with requirements for access to City of Iowa City, Iowa-occupied areas. F. Accompany Project Coordinator on preliminary final inspection. END OF SECTION cn __ _,, : ,_, l._~ _ ! ~ __ ~ : ,~.~ ~.L_ ~_~ -~-_, ~~ ___ d ~ EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 01 7300 - 6 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 017700 -CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Contract closeout procedures related to: 1. Substantial Completion of the Work and 2. Final inspection and Owner's acceptance of the Work. B. Closeout submittals including: 1. Substantial Completion documents. 2. Final Application for Payment with supporting documents. 3. Project Record Documents. 4. Warranties and Bonds. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 00 7000 -General Conditions: Performance and Payment Bonds, warranty, and correction of work. B. Section 01 7823 -Operation and Maintenance Data: Preparation of Operation and Maintenance Manuals. C. Section 01 7900 -Demonstration and Training: Operation and maintenance ins~iction o ~- > .::-. Owner's personnel. ---- `="`-' .~ ~~ ;~ , ~.~ _- D. Individual product sections: Specfic requirements for operation and maintenance data. v` ---~-j ~; .i ~ ~ ~_ __. _.. E. Individual product sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work..~~ ~"~ `-- ~~~' 1.03 SUBMITTALS t i ~ ,-~-, r ~,. A. Contractor's Declaration of Substantial Completion: Submit three copies of regp~forn~s"~and ~'~ related documentation certifying that status of Work is consistent with "Substari3#al Completion". r~ B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Provide three sets of revised documents in final form for use by Owner's personnel. Refer to Section 01 7823 for additional requirements. C. Material and Product Warranties: Submit fully executed manufacturers' warranties within ten days following Date of Substantial Completion except as follows: 1. For equipment and component parts of equipment put into service during construction with OWNER"S permission, submit documents within ten days after acceptance; list date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period . 2. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, submit within ten days after acceptance; list date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period. D. Contractor's Statement of Final Completion: Submit two copies of required forms certifying that Work has been fully completed; make submittal within 45 days after Date of Substantial Completion. E. Claim for Final Payment: Submit three copies of required final Application for payment forms together with supporting documents. F. Evidence of Payments and Release of Liens: Submit two copies of required forms with claim for Final Payment. G. Project Record Documents: Submit required Record Documents with claim for Final Payment. 1.04 COORDINATION CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 1 07.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and inspection of the work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly closeout procedure, with provision for accommodating items installed later. B. Final Utility Connections: Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements for final connections. 1.05 PRE- SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION MEE3ING A. Convene 30 days before submitting Declaration of Substantial Completion for purpose of reviewing required closeout procedures with representatives of Owner and Architect. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate completion and ensure clean-up of work of separate sections of the Project Manual. B. The Owner intends to occupy the entire project area at Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. Comply with additional requirements in Section 01 7823. 2. Include operating instructions and maintenance data prepared by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described equipment and systems. 3. Use Operating and Maintenance Manuals as reference for instruction of Owner's personnel. B. Demonstration and Training: 1. Comply with additional requirements in Section 01 7900. 2. Prior to Substantial Completion, perform demonstration and train Owner's personnel in proper operation and maintenance of equipment and systems designated in individual sections of the Project Manual. C. Preliminary Inspection for Substantial Completion: 1. Schedule and conduct preliminary inspection of the Work accompanied by Owner's Project ~., Representative. •--- ,~a. Determine and identify items to be listed for correction and completion {punchlist) on =y Contractor's Declaration of Substantial Completion. iy ,2 t -~/erify that surface finish materials are properly installed in accordance with manufacturer's ~ ;_.~ j_ i ~ - •- _ , ~aecommendations and exposed surfaces are clean and free from damage. y •- ~~' ~_:~Jerify final adjustment of operating items, equipment and system components to ensure ----° '°" ~ >- smooth and unhindered operation. ~~ ° ~ ~~- _-t7/erity specific operating and performance requirements described in individual specification `, ~-~ sections. ' ~~. Secure certification by TAB contractor that testing, adjusting and balancing work has `~' been completed, and respective systems are performing in accordance with specfied design requirements. b. Replace filters of operating equipment. 5. Verify that utility services are property connected and of the correct characteristics. 6. Verify inspection and acceptance of the respective portions of the Work by Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). 3.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DOCUMENTS A. Contractors Declaration of Substantial Completion: 1. Provide the necessary assurance that the progress of the Work is consistent with Substantial Completion as defined by the Contract Documents. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07.022 Z. Upon receipt of the required forms the Architect will schedule and conduct a Substantial Completion Inspection. . B. Certificate of Substantia! Completion: Upon verification of Contractor's Punchlist, and subsequent determination by Architect that status of Work is suitable for occupancy by the Owner, the Architect will prepare Cert~cate of Substantial Completion (AIA Doc G704-2000). C. Upon issuance of Certificate of Substantial Completion, Contractor may request payment of the contract retainage of five percent of the value of completed Work. This request shall be accompanied by a sworn statement from the Contractor that ten calendar days prior to date of the request, known subcontractors, sub-subcontractors and suppliers received notice of the Contractor's intent. The Contractor shall release retained funds to subcontractors in the same manner as retained funds are released to the Contractor by the Owner. 1. Payment will be withheld on the value of work not yet performed as of date of Substantial Completion. The retained amount shall be equal to iwo hundred percent of the actual value of labor and materials yet to be provided as determined by the Architect. 2. Additional funds will be withheld equal to two hundred percent of the value of Chapter 573 claims currently on file. D. Complete and correct respective items of work listed and attached to the Certificate of Substantial Completion within 30 days following Date of Substantiat Completion. 3.03 FINAL CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS A. Contractors Statement of Final Completion: Certify that the Work is complete and has been inspected and found to be in compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Claim for Final Payment: 1. Prepare application for payment on approved forms. 2. Amount of final payment shall be the unpaid balance of the contract sum. G ~~ ~~~ 3. In accordance with Iowa law, final payment shall become due and payable A'n~the date of r ~ ~ ' Owner's written acceptance of the completed Work. ~ - ~' j C. Evidence of Payments and Release of Liens: Prepare the following: -~~~i ;~"_ -- l ~~' 1. "Contractors Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims" (AIA Doc G706}. ~ r,=~ .-z, ~~ (~~ 2. "Contractors Affidavit of Release of Liens" (AIA Doc G706A). ~j ~_? _=~== ;~; a. Include separate waivers of lien from subcontractors, suppliers, and q~efs withF;fien rights against property of the Owner. -~~ --~~ 3. Obtain "Consent of Surety to Final Payment" {AIA Doc G707). ~' D. Project Record Documents: 1. Submit one set of the following Record Documents; record actua! revisions to the Work: a. Drawings b. Specifications c. Addenda d. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. e. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 2. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by the Owner. 3. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed, including the following: a. Manufacturers name and product model and number. b. Product substitutions or alternates utilized. c. Changes made by Addenda and modifications. 4. Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: a. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 3 07.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa b. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work. c. Field changes of dimension and detail. d. Details not on original Contract Drawings. E. Material and Product Warranties: 1. ~ Obtain required warranties executed in duplicate by responsible subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturers, within ten days after completion of the appl}cable item of work. Except for items put into use with OWNER'S permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty until Date of Substantial Completion is determined. 2. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized. 3. Co-execute warranty documents when required. 4. Retain warranties until time specked for submittal. 5. Include photocopies of each in operation and maintenance manuals; indicate on Table of Contents. 3.04 FINAL INSPECTION OF THE WORK A. Following submittal of required closeout documents, the Architect will conduct a Final Inspection of the Work. B. Accompany. Owner's Project Representative and Architect on final inspection of the Work. C. Complete items of work determined and ident~ed during final inspection. 3.05 OWNER'S FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK A. Upon satisfactory completion of the Work, the Architect will recommend acceptance of the completed Work by the Owner and fina} payment to the Contractor. B. The Owner will notify the Contractor in writing of the effective date of their acceptance of the completed Work. END OF SECTION i °~ ~..,~~ E y -, ~:. .-L ,~.:_.; -_l ........ ~.i.~ ''" ~_ti ~~ ~ C .J "r +~~ ~~_~ `- j ~~ CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 4 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 017823 -OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PARTi GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Operation and Maintenance Data. B. Warranties and bonds. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 00 7200 -General Conditions: Warranty, and correction of work. B. Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, shop drawings, product data, and samples. C. Section 01 7700 -Closeout Procedures: Contract closeout procedures. D. Individual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data. E. Individual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Submit three sets of final documents in final form at least 45 days prior to "Substantial Completion" for use by Owner's personnel during demonstration and training activities specified in Section 01 7900. B. Product and Material Warranties: Obtain required manufacturer's warranties; assemble original documents in separate three-ring binder to be submitted within ten days after Date of ,..,,, Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment. Q -, 1. Ensure that manufacturer's warranties have been completed in OWNER's t3~e,and,~t3 registered with respective manufacturer. ~' -' -`- 2. Include photocopies of each in operation and maintenance manuals, indeXs~l separately on ~_~ ~~~; t- i Table of Contents. .~-- ; t-, ~d i f 1 1.04 PRE-SUBMITTAL MEETING ;-- ~'7 ~ '" ~~` ....~ .J _. . ,^, ,_. A. Convene 15 days before starting work on Operation and Maintenance Manuals the purpose of reviewing Architect's comments on preliminary draft. ~ w PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. B. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual. C. Binders: Commercial quality, 8-1/2 x 11 inch three~D side ring binders with durable plastic covers; 2 inch maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. D. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Project; identify subject matter of contents. E. Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system, with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 -1 07.022 Salt Stocage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa F. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 24 pound paper. G. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Sind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages. H. Arrange content by systems under section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Contents: Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume, with each product or system description identified, in three parts as follows: 1. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect, Contractor, Subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers. 2. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by system and subdivided by specification section. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the foflowing: a. Signficant design criteria. b. List of equipment. c. Parts list for each component. d. Operating instructions. e. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. 3. Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following: a. Shop drawings and product data. b. Air and water balance reports. c. Certificates. d. Photocopies of warranties and bonds. Provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data, with tabbed dividers and space for insertion~of data. K. Table of Contents: Provide title of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect and Contractor with name of responsible parties; schedule of products and systems, M'~ indeLxed to content of the volume. 3.02: OPER1x~lON AND MAINTENANCE DATA d.~;p-. tf~~~ Each Product or System: List names, addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors --~-~° ~an~suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts. ~_l ~' B. product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly idenCdy specific products and component parts, and ,. ~ta~pplicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information. DraSn ngs: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and ~"~ systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. D. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions. 3.43 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. For Each Product; Applied Material, and Finish: 1. Product data, with catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture designations. B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental cleaning agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. 3.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. For Each {tem of Equipment and Each System: OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 2 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 1. Description of unit or system, and component parts. 2. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 3. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests. 4. Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts. B. Panelboard Circuit Directories: Provide electrical service characteristics, controls, and communications; typed. C. Include color coded wiring diagrams as installed. D. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions. E. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and trouble shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions. F. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. G. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions. H. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. I. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. J. Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed. K. Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and control diagrams. *~ ~~ ~:? L. Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommer~~uant~Pes .:. to be maintained in storage. ~' = ~_! M. Include test and balancing reports. ,- , ~ -- I, , N. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sectio7i~.~-j --~, }W(~j 3.05 WARRANTIES ~ ~`~ ` ~~ A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontract~~s, suppliers, and manufacturers, within ten days after completion of the applicable item of work. Exce~for items put into use with City of Iowa City, Iowa's permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty until the Date of Substantial completion is determined. B. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notar'~zed. C. Co-execute submittals when required. D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specked for submittal. END OF SECTION OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 3 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 031000 -CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Formwork for cast-in place concrete, with shoring, bracing and anchorage. B. Openings for other work. C. Form accessories. D. Form stripping. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 2000 -Concrete Reinforcing. B. Section 03 3000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete. C. Section 03 3900 -Concrete Curing: Curing requirements upon form removal. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACl 117 -Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials; 2006. B. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings; American Concrete Institute International; 2005. C. ACI 318 -Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; American Concrete Institute International; 2005. D. ACI 347 -Guide to Formwork for Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 2004. E. ASME A17.i -Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators; The American Society of Mechanical ~.:: Engineers; 2004. E' G7 •.-.. .4 J 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS K` r--~ .. A. Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to desk mid c~ -?'~ requirements; resukant concrete to conform to required shape, line and dimensiiaii ` ~; ._ ----- 1.05' QUALITY ASSURANCE - ` ~' ~' ~~ A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 347, ACI 301, and ACI 318 ~'~` ~; ~""~ 1 ° ._.,_ 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS td~ A. Conform to applicable code for design, fabrication, erection and removal of formwork. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK -GENERAL A. Provide concrete forms, accessories, shoring, and bracing as required to accomplish Cast-in-place concrete work. B. Design and construct to provide resultant concrete that conforms to design with respect to shape, lines, and dimensions. C. Comply with applicable State and local codes with respect to design, fabrication, erection, and removal of formwork. 2.02 WOOD FORM MATERIALS A. Form Materials: At the discretion of the Contractor. CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 1000 - 1 07.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa B. Use: Forming for surfaces not exposed to view. 2.03 PREFABRICATED FORMS A. Preformed Steel Forms: Minimum 16 gage matched, tight fitting, stiffened to support weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of finished surfaces. B. Tubular Column Type: Round, spirally wound laminated fiber material, surface treated with release agent, non-reusable, of sizes indicated. 2.04 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: Removable type, galvanized metal, fixed length, cone type, with waterproofing washer, 1 inch back break dimension, free of defects that could leave holes larger than 1 inch in concrete surface. B. Form Release Agent: Colorless mineral oil that will not stain concrete, absorb moisture, or impair natural bonding of concrete finish coatings. C. Corners: Chamfered, rigid plastic type; 3/4 x 314 inch size; maximum possible lengths. D. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required, of sufficient strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete. E. Type 1 - Waterstops: CE CRD-C572; use for construction joints {non-working). 1. Polyvinyl chloride, minimum 2250 psi tensile strength, factory preformed corners and intersections, heat welding jointing. :~..,' 2. ~~rofile: Ribbed, flat; 9 inch width. ..y 3. .-.}hickness: 3/8 inch. ~~'~* ~~- rl~cceptable Products: i._... 1 "" i..l_ _ ~ { ~ r-i : ±_.L~ a. Ribbed Waterstop, Style No. 646 manufactured by Greenstreak Plastic Products `'"~' ~~~ ,'~ Company, Inc.: www. ....- ! !~ ""~` ` y ~~. Products of other manufacturers complying with specified requirements. I~I__ `1-- r- PAfl~ 3 ~)1TlON `- ~- ~: 3.O~~EXAMIb~iAT10N A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agree with drawings. 3.02 ERECTION -FORMWORK A. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance with requirements of ACI 301. B. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to overstressing by construction loads. C. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage concrete during stripping. Permit removal of remaining principal shores. D. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum. E. Provide chamfer strips on external comers of foundation walls. F. Coordinate this section with other sections of work that require attachment of components to formwork. 3.03 APPLICATION -FORM RELEASE AGENT A. Apply form release agent on farmwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 1000 - 2 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items. 3.04 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in passing through concrete work. B. Locate and set in pface items that will be cast directly into concrete. C. Coordinate with work of other sections in forming and placing openings, slots, reglets, recesses, sleeves, bolts, anchors, other inserts, and components of other work. D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, so they are straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement. E. Install waterstops in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, so they are continuous without displacing reinforcement. F. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. G. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms; and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. __ „~ _, ~:~ <-4} 3.05 FORM CLEANING ~_~-- ~ x=> ~; ~-' ~~ ~ A. Clean forms as erection proceeds, to remove foreign matter within forms. ~~ _.% ~ __.._ i_._.. B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete. - ' ~ - ~~ f ,._~.. 1. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. '~r.,rsure~at ;~ water and debris drain to exterior through clean-out ports. ;~ ~ y@,~ ~~-~ 3.06 FORMWORK TOLERANCES y --- fa. > A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 117. B. Construct and align formwork for elevator hoistway in accordance with ASME A17.1. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork design, and to verify that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure. 3.08 FORM REMOVAL A. Cure formed surfaces with forms in place for full curing period specified in Section 03 3900. B. Do not remove forms or bracing from beams and elevated slabs until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its awn weight and imposed loads. C. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view. D. Store removed forms to prevent damage to fom~ materials or to fresh concrete. Discard damaged forms. END OF SECTION CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 1000 - 3 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 032000 -CONCRETE REINFORCING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Reinforcing steel for cast-in-place concrete. B. Supports and accessories for steel reinforcement. 9.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 1000 -Concrete Forming and Accessories. B. Section 03 3000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete. C. Section 04 2000 -Unit Masonry: Reinforcement for masonry. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 301 -Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings; American Concrete Institute International; 2005. B. ACI SP-66 -ACI Detailing Manual; American Concrete Institute International; 2004. ~,,, C. ASTM A 185lA 185M -Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforceri~t, Plai>~~or Concrete; 2006. ~~; ~' ~~ r.. ~i_ I D. ASTM A 615/A 615M -Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Stegt_~ats for-- --- Concrete Reinforcement; 2007. !' ' ~. E. CRSI (DA4} -Manual of Standard Practice; Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute; ~: ~~ w...J ~;,; -~.. 1.04 SUBMITTALS ~~ A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. ~'' B. Shop Drawings: Comply with requirements of ACI SP-66. Include bar schedules, shapes of bent bars, spacing of bars, and location of splices. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that reinforcing steel and accessories supplied for this project meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A 615/A 615M Grade 60 (420). 1. Deformed billet-steel bars. 2. Unfinished. B. Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185/A 185M, plain type. 1. Flat Sheets. 2. Mesh Size and Wire Gage: As indicated on drawings. . C. Reinforcement Accessories: 1. Tie Wire: Annealed, minimum 16 gage. 2. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for adequate support of reinforcement during concrete placement. 2.02 FABRICATION CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 2000 - 1 07.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa A. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with CRSI (DA4) -Manual of Standard Practice. B. Welding of reinforcement is not permitted. C. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on drawings at point of minimum stress. 1. Review locations of splices with Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PLACEMENT A. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from required position. B. Do not displace or damage vapor barrier. C. Accommodate placement of formed openings. D. Maintain minimum 1-1/2 inch concrete cover around reinforcing unless specifically approved otherwise. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed reinforcement for conformance to contract documents before concrete placement. END OF SECTfON ~~, ..~. ',~ }- ~' ~ ~ ....._ 1._6._1 J ~,_ ... _.. , _, C. _) --.. - ~...._ ~°'~°~ 'gy i ~.~~ m _._a ~, ,,~ CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 2000 - 2 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 033000 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Floors and slabs on grade. B. Concrete foundation walls and footings. C. Miscellaneous concrete elements, including equipment pads, light pole bases, and thrust blocks. D. Concrete curing. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 32 1313 -Concrete Paving: Sidewalks, curbs and gutters. B. Section 03 1000 -Concrete Forming and Accessories: Forms and accessories for formwork. C. Section 03 2000 -Concrete Reinforcing. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 211.1 -Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete; American Concrete institute International; 1991 (Reapproved 2002). B. ACI 301 -Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings; American Concrete Institute International; 2005. C~~ C. ACI 302.1 R -Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; American Concre~~ln~s itut~`~y ._.~..~ international; 2004. ~--~ ~ __. ---- D. ACI 304R -Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete; AC~~Can ~ -~---~ Concrete Institute International; 2000. ~'-' ~' +~ ~ '. j E. ACI 305R -Hot Weather Concreting; American Concrete Institute International; 9.' ~=: F. AC1306R -Cold Weather Concreting; American Concrete Institute International; 1988 c:..~ (Reapproved 2002). G. ACI 30$R -Guide to Curing Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 2001. H. ACI 318 -Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary; American Concrete Institute Intemational; 2005. I. ASTM C 33 -Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates; 2003. J_ ASTM C 39lC 39M -Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens; 2005. K. ASTM C 94lC 94M -Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete; 2007. L. ASTM C 143lC 143M -Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete; 2005a. M. ASTM C 150 -Standard Specification far Portland Cement; 2005. N. ASTM C 171 -Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete; 2003. O. ASTM C 173/C 173M -Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method; 2001. P. ASTM C 260 -Standard Spec cation for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete; 2006. Q. ASTM C 309 -Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete; 2006. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000 - 1 07.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa R. ASTM C 494/C 494M -Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete; 2005a. S. ASTM C 618 -Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete; 2005. T. ASTM C 1059 -Standard Spec cation for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete; 1999. U. ASTM D 1751 -Standard Spec cation for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types); 2004. 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. The project design is based on 4000 psi minimum compressive strengths for various cast-in-place concrete components: B. Do not permit superimposed loads to be applied to concrete components before 14 days following placement or until at feast 75 percent of minimum design compressive strength has been achieved. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers' data on manufactured products showing compliance with specified requirements. C. Proposed Mix Design(s): Material proportions for each class of concrete. D. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components that will be concealed from view upon completion of concrete work. 1.06°'QUALtT~' ASSURANCE ~~- ..: } ~~ ~ .A. ~~if..t3rm work of this section in accordance with ACI 301 and AC! 318. i_~+ _ ~ .~ (_,j_i `~. .Acttuire cement from same source and aggregate from same source for entire project. ~ ._.._ r) i-- ~`-`~ ---C. ~.~aCOd+v recommendations of ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather. a~w ~ '~'~= ~~ .Take precautions to minimize plastic shrinkage cracking. Coordinate with additional -= ~~-~ ~ _>requirements in Section 03390. ~~~. F~tSw recommendations of ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK A. Comply with requirements of Section 03 1000 -Concrete Forming and Accessories. 2.02 REINFORCEMENT A. Comply with requirements of Section 03 2000. 2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I - Normal Portland type. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C 33. C. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F. D. Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: ASTM C 989, Grade 100. Provide "GranCem" cement supplied by Holcim Inc. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000 - 2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa E. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.04 CHEMICAL ADMIXTURES 07.022 A. Do not use chemicals that will result in soluble chloride ions in excess of 0.1 percent by weight of cement. B. Air Entrainment Admixture: ASTM C 260. C. Air Entrainment Admixture: ASTM C 260: Item 1 1. Provide products manufactured by one of the following: a. The Euclid Chemical Company. b. Grace Construction Products. 2. Do not use air entrainment admixture in concrete for interior floor slabs. 3. Provide products from same manufacturer as other admixtures used. D. Chemical Admixtures: ASTM C 494lC 494M, Type A -Water Reducing. 1. Provide mid-range water-reducing admixture allowing 12-15 percent reduction of water content in concrete mix. 2. Do not use chemicals that will result in soluble chloride ions in excess of 0.1 percent by weight of cement. 3. Acceptable Products: ~,, a. "Futon MR" manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company. ~ b. "Daracem fiS" manufactured by Grace Construction Products. ~; ~--J ~' T-~ _~ ~i 2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS „~ ~~~' ~ A. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type II acrylic non-redispersable type. _-? 4_..- """ B. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171; regular curing paper, white curing pa~e~ feat` ~ ~`~ ,~...Y J polyethylene, white polyethylene, or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. ~ ~^ .~ C. Liquid Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 2, white pigmented. 3~ '"" t~~ 2.06 BONDING AND JOINTING PRODUCTS A. Joint Filler -Exterior: Nonextruding, resilient asphalt impregnated fiberboard or felt, complying with ASTM D 1751, 1!4 inch thick and full depth of slab less 112 inch. 2.07 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Proportioning Normal Weight Concrete: Comply with ACI 211.1 recommendations. B. Concrete Strength: Establish required average strength far each type of concrete on the basis of field experience or trial mixtures, as specified in AC1301. 1. For trial mixtures method, employ independent testing agency acceptable to Architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. C. Admixtures: Add acceptable admixtures as recommended in ACl 211.1 and at rates recommended by manufacturer. D. Normal Weight Concrete: 1. cementitious Materials Content: Minimum 525 Ib per cubic yard. a. Fly Ash Content: Minimum 15 percent of cementitious materials by weight. b. Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag Content: Maximum 15 percent of cementitious materials by weight. 2. Ratio of Water to cementitious Materials {percent by weight): a. Footings and Foundation Walls (air-entrained): Maximum 50 percent. b. Slabs-on-Grade including Exter'wr Paving (air-entrained) (water reducing admixture): Maximum 45 percent. 3. Total Air Content: 6 percent, determined in accordance with ASTM C 173/C 173M. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000 - 3 o~.oz2 4. Maximum Aggregate Size: 1 inch. 2.08 MIXING Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa A. Transit Mixers: Comply with ASTM C 94/C 94M;1-1/2 hour maximum mixing and delivery time. 1. When air temperature is above 90 degrees 1=, reduce maximum mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section. B. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not interfere with concrete placement. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Verify that forms are clean and free of rust before applying release agent. B. Coordinate placement of embedded items with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. C. Where new concrete is to be bonded to previously placed concrete, prepare existing surface by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. In locations where new concrete is doweled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert steel dowels and pack solid with non-shrink grout. 3.03 PLACING CONCRETE E...~~_ -..~.. `~.+ A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R. c, --B. Place concrete for floor slabs in accordance with ACI 302.1 R; comply with requirements for "flat" ~- .flpo~s. . _~ '~;°f. i1~~t~ Architect not less than 24 hours prior to commencement of placement operations. --a >-= _-0. ~F't~t~e reinforcement, inserts, and embedded parts will not be disturbed during concrete placement. ~~ ~~p~ate exterior slabs on grade from vertical surfaces with joint filler. ,.., r`) ~~~. Extend joint filler from bottom of slab to within 1/2 inch of finished slab surface. Conform to joint sealer manufacturers requirements for finish joint sealer. G. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. H. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control, and construction joints. Do not interrupt successive placement; do not permit cold joints to occur. J. Place floor slabs in saw cut pattern indicated. K. Saw cut joints within 24 hours after placing. Use 3116 inch thick blade, cut into 113 depth of slab thickness. L. Screed slabs on grade level, maintaining surface flatness of maximum 1/4 inch in 10 ft except where more stringent requirements are specfied. 3.04 CONCRETE FINISHING CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000 - 4 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa o~.oz2 A. Repair surface defects, including tie holes, immediately after removing formwork. B. Unexposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off fins or other raised areas 1/4 inch or more in height. C. Concrete Slabs: 1. Slabs-on-Grade including Area Paving: Light broom, texture parallel to pavement direction. 2. Curbs and Gutters: Light broom, texture parallel to pavement direction. 3. Place curing compound on exposed concrete surfaces immediately after finishing. Make two applications in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. In areas with floor drains, maintain floor elevation at walls; pitch surfaces within 2 ft radius of drains uniformly to drains at 1:100 nominal. 3.05 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with requirements of ACI 308. immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary fvr hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. C. Surfaces Not in Contact with Forms: 1. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared and before surfac~.is dry. I~ep continuously moist for not less than three days by saturated burlap. ~_ `~~' 2. Begin final curing after initial curing but before surface is dry. `' ~ a. Curing compound: Apply in two coats at right angles, using application r~®~-^ ~~-~ recommended by manufacturer. ` ~ .-.. "" 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ` ~` ~ ~ °+~ ~~~ ~} _ ~ =- 1....~ A. Provide an independent testing agency to perform field quality control tests. _ i~> r,- B. Provide free access to concrete operations at project site and cooperate with ap~inted fir. C. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of concrete operations. D. Tests of concrete and concrete materials may be performed at any time to ensure conformance with specified requirements. E. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C 39lC 39M. For each test, mold and cure three concrete test cylinders. Obtain test samples for every 75 cu yd ar less of each class of concrete placed. F. Take one additional test cylinder during cold weather concreting, cured on job site under same conditions as concrete it represents. G. Perform one slump test for each set of test cylinders taken, following procedures of ASTM C 143/C 143M. 3.07 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Test Results: The testing agency shalt repart test results in writing to Architect and Contractor within 24 hours of test. B. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specked requirements. C. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Architect. The cost of additional testing shall be borne by Contractor when defective concrete is ident~ed. D. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000 - 5 o~. o2z Architect for each individual area. END OF SECTION ..~- ~Z ~ _, - ...~ 'r~ ~ _. ~.! j ,1 mar= <-~ __:, =:~ ; -_.~ v :~., Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000 - 6 Salt SEorage Facility 07.022 Public Works, lawa City, Iowa SECTION 055000 -METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Shop fabricated steel items. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 3000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete: Placement of metal fabrications in concrete. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 36/A 36M -Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel; 2005. B. ASTM A 53/A S3M -Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless; 2006x. C. ASTM A 123/A 123M -Standard Specification for Zinc {Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on lron and Steel Products; 2002. D. ASTM A i 53lA 153M -Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2005. E. ASTM A 307 -Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength; 2004. F. ASTM A 500 -Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes; 2003x. ~.~, G. ASTM A 666 -Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic St~-I~ss St el Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar; 2000. -" °al°~ H. AWS A2.4 -Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examir(a~ori; --- ~._ American Welding Society; 2007. ' r-- ~ ` W I. AWS D1.1/D1.1 M -Structural Welding Code -Steel; American Welding Society;~i r J. SSPC-Paint 15 - Steet Joist Shop Primer; Society for Protective Coatings; 1999 ~d. 2004): K. SSPGSP 2 -Hand Tool Cleaning; Society for Protective Coatings; 1982 (Ed. 2004). ~ 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: lndicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. 1. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS -CARBON STEEL A. Steel Sections: ASTM A 572 or A 36.. B. Steel Tubing (HSS}: ASTM A 500., Grade Bcold-formed structural tubing. C. Plates: ASTM A 36. D. Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Grade B Schedule 40, hot-dip galvanized finish. METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 1 07.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa E. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307, galvanized to ASTM A 153/A 153M where connecting galvanized components. F. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1lD1.1 M; type required for materials being welded. G. Primer far Galvanized Surfaces: Epoxy prime coating. H. Shop and Touch-t7p Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, complying with VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. . C. Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds. D. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. E. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. 2.03 FABRICATED ITEMS A. Bollards: Galvanized steel pipe, concrete filled, crowned cap, as detailed; prime paint finish. B. Angles: As detailed; galvanized finish. C. Tension Cable: 1 x 19 galvanized steel wire rope. 1. Diameter: Determined by Contractor based on engineering evaluation of lateral loads. ;~, 2. Ends: Threaded swaged terminals. 2.04 f1NISH~ STEEL ,~ !'~~ ~r~~a~re surfaces to be primed in accordance with SSPC-SP2. 1, ~±~~~ B. Ci_-surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to fnishing. ._._ L:) [.' . :~_ P~time amting Galvanized Steel Surfaces: One coat" Series 27 Typoxy" manufactured by ry.~ T~i~c Company Inc.. Ga{~izing of Steel Components: Galvanize after fabrication to ASTM A 123lA 123M C•./ requirements. Provide minimum 1.7 ozlsq ft galvanized coating. 2.05 FABRICATION TOLERANCES A. Squareness: 118 inch maximum difference in diagonal measurements. B. Maximum Offset Between Faces: 1l16 inch. C. Maximum Misalignment of Adjacent Members: 1116 inch. D. Maximum Bow: 1!8 inch in 48 inches. E. Maximum Deviation From Plane: 1/16 inch in 48 inches. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. 3.02 PREPARATION METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 2 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa A. Clean and apply prime paint coating where color finish is required. B. Suppty setting templates to the appropriate entities for steel items required to be cast into concrete. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Provide for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C. Field weld components indicated on shop drawings. D. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. E. Obtain approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non-cumulative. B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. C. Maximum Out-of-Position: 1!4 inch. END OF SECTION C~~` -`=J :~_,., -~ ~"? , .. __._a --t, r =~ .(: 1-r - - t,,~.' METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 3 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, lows SECTION 061000 -ROUGH CARPENTRY PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Structural dimension lumber framing. B. Non-structural dimension lumber framing. C. Raugh opening framing for doors, windows, and roof openings. D. Sheathing. E. Roof-mounted curbs. F. Preservative treated wood materials. G. Miscellaneous framing and sheathing. H. Communications and electrical room mounting boards. I. Concealed wood blocking, Hailers, and supports. J. Miscellaneous wood Hailers, furring, and grounds. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06 1324 -Heavy Timber Framing. B. Section 06 1753 -Shop-Fabricated Wood Trusses. C. Section 06 1733 -Wood I-Joists. 1.03 REFERENCES 07.022 a-.a -~ C) ,~- ~~ -- - ..._. -1 ~._ ...,.. a ~' ~. .. .,_~..7 i ,_ ~ - y ~:-- J " .~._. W A. AFPA T10 -Wood Frame Construction Manual; American Forest and Paper Association; 2001. B. ANSI ! AFPA NDS-2005 -National Design Specifcation for Wood Construction. C. ASTM A 153/A 153M -Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2005. D. ASTM E 84 -Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2007. E. AWPA C2 -Lumber, Timber, Bridge Ties and Mine Ties -Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes; American Wood-Preservers' Association; 2002. F. AWPA C9 -Plywood -- Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes; American Wood-Preservers' Association; 2003. G. AWPA U1 -Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood; American Wood-Preservers' Association; 2007. H. PS 20 -American Softwood Lumber Standard; National Institute of Standards and Technology (Department of Commerce); 2005. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide technical data on wood preservative materials. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that wood products supplied for rough carpentry meet or exceed specified requirements. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 - 1 07.022 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa A. Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and approved grading rules and inspection agencies. 1. Acceptable Lumber Inspection Agencies: Any agency with rules approved by American Lumber Standards Committee. B. Preservative-Treated Wood: Provide lumber and plywood marked or stamped by an ALSC-accredited testing agency, certifying level and type of treatment in accordance with AWPA standards. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Cover wood products to protect against moisture. Support stacked products to prevent deformation and to allow air circulation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Dimension Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and requirements of specified grading agencies. 1. If no species is specified, provide any species graded by the agency specified; if no grading agency is specified, provide lumber graded by any grading agency meeting the specified requirements. 2. Grading Agency: Any grading agency whose rules are approved by the Board of Review, American Lumber Standard Committee {www.aisc.org) and who provides grading service for the species and grade specified; provide lumber stamped with grade mark uniess otherwise indicated. B. Lumberfabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. 2.02 DIMENSION LUMBER ~~A. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings, S4S. . R_ Y_~ T„~B. ,M,oi~ture Content: S-dry or MC19. --~ .~~. ~Qd'Framing (2 by 2 through 2 by 6 ): ~ -f -. ~? ~-~pecies: Douglas Fir-Larch. ,. ~.._... ~ I `.. - ~°`'-D. _~.- `~DI~"t and Small Beam Framing (2 by 6 through 4 by 16 ): `°~ ~,~, ~~:_->Species: DouglasFir-Larch. 2. ~.~~Grade: No. 1. ..a E. Miscellaneous Framing, Blocking, Nailers, Grounds, and Furring: 1. Lumber: S4S, No. 2 or Standard Grade. 2. Boards: Standard or No. 3. F. Miscellaneous Blocking, Furring, and Nailers: 1. Lumber: S4S, No. 1 or Construction Grade. 2.03 LAMINATED VENEER LUMBER (LVL) A. Graded lumber veneers bonded together with exterior waterproof type adhesive. 1. Veneer Species: Any allowed under grading rules. 2. Size: One ply (1-3/4 inches) by depth indicated on Drawings. 3. Span: As indicated on Drawings. B. Acceptable Products: 1. "Gang-Lam LVL" manufactured by LP -Engineered Wood Products: www.lpcorp.com. 2. "Microllam LVL" manufactured by Tres Joist MacMillan: www. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 - 2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07.022 2.04 CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. Roof Sheathing: APA Structural 1 Rated Sheathing, Exterior Exposure Class, and as follows: 1. Structural 1. 2. Span Rating: 16132. 3. Thickness: 5I8 inch, nominal. B. Wall Sheathing: APA Structural I Rated Sheathing, Exterior Exposure Class, and as follows: 1. Span Rating: 2410. 2. Thickness: 5!8 inch, nominal. C. Communications and Electrical Room Mounting Boards: Interior grade, A-D plywood, or medium density fiberboard; 3!4 inch thick; flame spread index of 25 ar less, smoke developed index of 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Fas#eners and Anchors: 1. Metal and Finish: Hot-dipped galvanized steel per ASTM A 153/A 153M for high humidity and preservative-treated wood locations, unfinished steel elsewhere. 2. Drywall Screws: Bugle head, hardened steel, power driven type, length three times ~~ , thickness of sheathing. O ~~ B. Sill Gasket on Top of Foundation Wall: 1/4 inch thick, plate width, closed cell plasi~~ai`m from continuous rolls. `'~ "-'' ~ ~' _-.~~- ~' __, _ _.._..-- 2.06 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT ~ ~ ~ ~- ~°°:'4 ~ ,,-- A. Treated Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements of AWPA U1 -Use Categ~-~~rste~~ `~~^ for wood treatments determined by use categories, expected service conditions, antl-~p;~rfic ~_- applications. ~= -- 1. Preservative-Treated Wood: Provide lumber and plywood marked or stamped'~iy an ~= ALSC-accredited testing agency, certifying level and type of treatment in accordance with AWPA standards. B. Preservative Treatment: 1. Manufacturers: a. Osmose, Inc; Product Copper Naphthenate: www.osmose.com. C. Preservative Pressure Treatment of Lumber Above Grade: AWPA Use Category UC3B, Commodity Specification A (Treatment C2) using oil-borne preservative to 0.075 Ib/cu ft retention. 1. Kiln dry (umber after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent. 2. Treat lumber in contact with roofing, flashing, or waterproofing. 3. Treat lumber in contact with masonry or concrete. 4. Preservative Pressure Treatment of Plywood Above Grade: AWPA Use Category UC2 and UC36, Commodity Specification F (Treatment C9) using waterborne preservative to 0.25 Iblcu ft retention. a. Kiln dry plywood after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent. b. Treat plywood in contact with masonry or concrete. c. Treat plywood in other locations as indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.07 PREPARATION A. Coordinate installation of rough carpentry members specified in other sections. 3.02 INSTALLATION -GENERAL ROUGH CARPENTRY 061000 - 3 07.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, lows A. Select material sizes to minimize waste. B. Reuse scrap to the greatest extent possible; clearly separate scrap for use on site as accessory components, including: shims, bracing, and blocking. C. Where treated wood is used on interior, provide temporary ventilation during and immediately after installation sufficient to remove indoor air contaminants. 3.03 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Set structural members level, plumb, and true to line. Discard pieces with defects that would lower required strength or result in unacceptable appearance of exposed members. B. Make provisions for temporary construction loads, and provide temporary bracing sufficient to maintain structure in true alignment and safe condition until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. C. Install structural members full length without splices unless otherwise specifically detailed. D. Comply with member sizes, spacing, and configurations indicated, and fastener size and spacing indicated, but not less than required by applicable codes and AFPA Wood Frame Construction Manual. E. Install horizontal spanning members with crown edge up and not less than 1-1/2 inches of bearing at each end. F. Construct double joist headers at floor and ceiling openings and under wall stud partitions that are parallel to floor joists; use metal joist hangers unless otherwise detailed. G. Frame wall openings with two or more studs at each jamb; support headers on cripple studs. 3.04 BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND SUPPORTS A. Provide framing and blocking members as indicated or as required to support finishes, fixtures, r:a specialty items, and trim. 3.05 rROOF-F?~LATED CARPENTRY ,.-.. - `. --~ ~1A. rCii~inate installation of roofing carpentry with sheathing, framing of roof openings, and roofing ~_.~_i _ser~nbly installation. .... i ---- < i- °°- 3.08--lNSTA~FATION OF ACCESSORIES AND MISCELLANEOUS WOOD "~A. a[o_e sill gasket directly on cementitious foundation. Puncture gasket cleanly and fit tightly to .~,-, p ~uding foundation anchor bolts. a ~'B. Coordinate installation of wood decking and glue laminated structural units. C. Curb roof openings except where prefabricated curbs are provided. Form corners by alternating lapping side members. D. Coordinate curb installation with installation of decking and support of deck openings. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. Roof Sheathing: Secure panels with long dimension perpendicular to framing members, with ends staggered and over firm bearing. 1. Use sheathing clips between roof framing members. 2. Provide solid edge blocking between sheets. 3. Nail panels to framing; staples are not permitted. B. Wall Sheathing: Secure with long dimension parallel to wall studs, with ends over firm bearing and staggered, using nails or screws. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 - 4 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07.022 C. Communications and Electrical Room Mounting Boards: Secure with screws to studs with edges over firm bearing; space fasteners at maximum 24 inches on center on all edges and into studs in field of board. 1. At fire-rated walls, install board over wall board indicated as part of the fire-rated assembly. 2. Where boards are indicated as full floor-to-ceiling height, install with long edge of board parallel to studs. 3. Install adjacent boards without gaps. 3.08 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/4 inch from true position, maximum. B. Variation from Plane (Other than Floors): 1/4 inch in 10 feet maximum, and 1 J4 inch in 30 feet maximum. END OF SECTION ~~; <:-, C~ t" ..~ ~ -~ ~ "` ,~ -~ - __~ .~_ _. ., ~.~--r 1 ~ ,k ~ "t., ~'.~ ' ~"`~ (-' ~' -~•. ~s1 ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 - 5 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 461324 -HEAVY TIMBER FRAMING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Heavy structural Timber for posts and planks for containment walls. B. Connection hardware. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry: Dimension lumber for framing; plywood sheathing panels. B. Section 06 7753 -Shop-Fabricated Wood Trusses: Truss rafters for roof framing. 1.03 REFERENCES A. AITC 108 -Standard for Heavy Timber Construction; American Institute of Timber Construction; 1993. B. ANSI / AFPA NDS-2005 -National Design Specification for Wood Construction. C. ASTM A 153/A 153M -Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip} on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2005. D. AWPA C2 -Lumber, Timber, Bridge Ties and Mine Ties -- Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes; American Wood-Preservers' Association; 2002. E. AWPA U1 -Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood; American ~ ~~= ,~~ r ~'1 x~,~ Wood-Preservers` Association; 2007. "` ~~ y ,. _, .. F. SPIB (GR) -Grading Rules; Southern Pine Inspection Bureau, Inc.; 2002. C,} ~.' _~~__~ ~ ---~_ G. WWPA G-5 -Western Lumber Grading Rules; Western Wood Products Associatiorr,-~f~D~b. ~tltl _ .i 1.04 SUBMITTALS -` ~ _.- '--~ A_ See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. `" ~^~ •- y: _._ . B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, wood species and grades, component profiles, drilled -~ holes, fasteners, connectors, erection details and sequence. 1. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. C. Product Data: Submit data on proprietary connectron devices. D. Product Data: Submit technical data on wood preservative materials, application instructions. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by American Lumber Standards Committee. B. Manufacturer: Company speciaiizing in manufacture of heavy timber framing, cert~ed by American Institute of Timber Construction, with three years minimum experience. C. Design members under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 WOOD MATERIALS A. Provide pressure-treated square timber posts subject to ground contact. B. Provide nominal 3 x 12 inch, pressure-treated timber plank for construction of above-ground HEAVY TIMBER FRAMING 06 1324 -1 07.022 containment walls. C. Lumber Grading Rules: WWPA G-5; or SPIB (GR). Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa D. Lumber: Stress group selected by Contractor; Douglas Fir or Southern Yellaw Pine species; appropriate grade for project conditions; maximum moisture content of 19 percent. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Connectors: Type weldable steel. B. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, and Screws, Preservative-Treated Wood: Stainless steel; size and type to suit application. 2.03 WOOD TREATMENT A. Wood Preservative (Pressure Treatment): AWPA Standard U1, Use Category UC46, Commodity Specification A {Treatment C2) using oil-borne preservative to 0.075 Ib/cu ft retention. 1. Product: Copper Naphthenate manufactured by Merichem: www.merichem.com. B. Source for treated timbers for engineered structures: 1. Wheeler Lumber: www.wheeler-con.com. 2. Other approved member of American Wood Protection Association (AWPA}. C. Protective Coating (Surface Application): Emulsified-asphalt compound for below grade application to pressure-treated timbers. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Ensure that concrete footings are installed at proper elevations and in correct locations. B} Provi~e for anchorage of timber posts to concrete footings. ~,..,3.02-°ERE~T~1 _~1 (_.l. _._~ I ;_ ; '~`A. Sla~~sttuctural members level and plumb, in correct position. -°.._a '~. Mdprovisions for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure f '_. ~-.: `safe, plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent ,.lt~: g. ~., _. „`~. Dolt field cut or alter structural members without approval of Architect. 3.03 PROTECTIVE COATING -SITE APPLIED TO POSTS A. Brush apply one coat of emulsified-asphalt compound to pressure-treated timber posts in contact with cementitious materials and ground. Extend coating minimum 2 ft above grade elevation. B. Apply coating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C.. Allow coating to cure prior to erecting members. END OF SECTION HEAVY TIMBER FRAMING 06 1324 - 2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa Ciry, Iowa SECTION 061733 -WOOD 1-JOISTS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wood I joists for roof framing. B. Bridging, bracing, and anchorage. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry: Installation requirements for miscellaneous framing. B. Section 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry: Material requirements for blocking, plates, and miscellaneous framing. 1.03 ALTERNATES A. See Section 01 2300 -Alternates, for description of alternatives affecting this Section. B. This Section describes a product incorporated in the portion of the work identified under Alternate No.2. 1.04 REFERENCES 07.022 A. ASTM D 5055 -Standard Specification for Establishing and Monitoring Structural Capacities of Prefabricated Wood l-Joists; 2006. ,._, ,., _ , ~~ :;, B. PS 2 -Performance Standard for Wood-Based Structural-Use Panels; 2004. C~ C= ~, n ~:> -,., 1 A5 SUBMITTALS ~ ~' -~ 1 A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. ~~, ~A, -- B. Product Data: Manufacturer's literature describing materials, dimensions, alIowable~p~ns and'``' spacings, bearing and anchor details, bridging and bracing requirements, and install~tior%-' ~.. instructions; identify independent inspection agency. ~ ~- ~,s .._. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate sizes and spacing of joists, bracing and bridging, bearing stiffeners, '~ holes to be cut (if any), and framed openings between joists. D. Certifcate: Certification by joist manufacturer that products delivered are of the same design and construction as those evaluated by the independent inspection agency. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in manufacturer's original packaging with manufacturer's name and product identification intact and legible. B. Protect products from damage due to weather and breakage. C. Protect joists from warping or other distortion by stacking in upright position, braced to resist movement, with air circulation under coverings and around stacks. D. Handle individual joists in the upright position. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Wood I-Joists: 1. Louisiana-Pacific Corp: www.lpcorp.com. 2. iLevel by Weyerhaeuser {formerly Trus Joist): www.ilevel.com. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. __.'_ _.1 ~_. WOOD I-JOISTS 06 1733 - 1 07.022 2.02 MATERIALS Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa A. Wood 1-Joists: Solid lumber top and bottom flanges and oriented strand board (OSB) webs bonded together with structural adhesive, with published span rating to meet project requirements. 1. Span Rating: Established and monitored in accordance with ASTM D 5055 by independent inspection agency. 2. Oriented Strand Board: Comply with PS 2. 3. Adhesive: Tested for wet/exterior service in accordance with ASTM D 2559. 4. Depth: 14 inches. 5. Fabrication Tolerances: a. Flange Width: Plus/minus 1/32 inch. b. Flange Thickness: Minus 1/16 inch. c. Joist Depth: Plus 0, minus 1/8 inch. 6. Marking: Mark each piece with depth, joist spacing, and allowable span for joist spacing. B. Wood-Based Components: 1. Wood fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. C. Joist Hangers: Galvanized steel, type and size appropriate to installation conditions. D. Joist Bridging: Type, size and spacing recommended by joist manufacturer. E. Wood Blocking, Plates, and Miscellaneous Framing: As specified in Section 06 1000. F. Fasteners: Electrogafvanized steel, type to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION c:~A. Verify that supports and openings are ready to receive joists. .~.aJ3. Ve3~y that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. ~--- ~ 3:t)~ P~P~ATION ---A. ~ Q~srdinate placement of support items. l..L._ 3.03 E CON ' ~::- t-r-`, A. t-MS~all joists in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. ',-~ C_~ ,,.a B. Set structural members plumb, in correct position. C. Make provisions for erection loads and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure plumb and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. D. Do not field cut or alter structural members without approval of Architect. E. Install permanent bridging and bracing. F. Coordinate installation of headers and supports to frame openings in accordance with Section 06 1000. G. Coordinate installation of sheathing/deckingwilh work of this section. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/2 inch maximum, from true position. END OF SECTION WOOD 1-JOISTS 061733 - 2 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 061753 -SHOP-FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Shop fabricated wood trusses for roof framing. B. Bridging, bracing, and anchorage. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry: Installation requirements for miscellaneous framing. B. Section 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry: Material requirements for blocking, bridging, plates, and miscellaneous framing. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 653/A 653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated {Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated {Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2006a. B. TPI 1 -National Design Standard for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction; Truss Plate Institute; 2002 and errata {ANSIlTPI 1). C. TPI DSB-89 -Recommended Design Specification for Temporary Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses; Truss Plate Institute; 1989. D. BCSI 1 -Building Component Safety Information Booklet: The Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses; joint publication of the Truss Plate Institute and the Wood Trust Council of America; 2006. E. TPI HIB-91 -Commentary and Recommendations for Handling, Installing & Bracing. Metal I?I~te Connected Wood Trusses; Truss Plate Institute; 1991. ~~ <~ m, 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ~' ---f -:a`; - , A. Comply with applicable code for structural loading criteria. ~f r- ; ~---- ~ ~ B. Design Roof Live and Dead Load: 45 Ibslsq ft with deflection limited to 1/240. ' ~' _i ~ _r~ ~ ' ' L ~ 1.05 SUBMITTALS C_ i"~ `" .. I" 3"' ` '~ A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. ~= B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on plate connectors, bearing plates, and metal bracing components. C. Shop Drawings: Show truss configurations, sizes, spacing, size and type of plate connectors, cambers, framed openings, bearing and anchor details, and bridging and bracing. 1. Include identification of engineering software used for design. 2. Submit design calculations. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Truss Design, Fabrication, and Installation: In accordance with TPI 1, TPI DSB-89, and BCSI 1. B. Fabricator Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. C. Designer Quaycations: Perform design by or under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in Iowa. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING SHOP-FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES 06 1753 - i 07.022 A. Handle and erect trusses in accordance with BCSI 1. B. Store trusses in vertical position resting on bearing ends. 1.08 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Truss Plate Connectors: 1. Alpine Engineered Products, Inc: www.alpeng.com. 2. MiTek Industries, lnc: www.mii.com. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 MATERIALS Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa A. Lumber: 1. Grade: Determined by manufacturer, based on design requirements. 2. Moisture Content: Between 7 and 9 percent. 3. Lumber fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. B.. Steel Connectors: Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A 653/A 653M Structural Steel (SS} Grade 33/230, with G90/7275 coating; die stamped with integral teeth; thickness as required. C. Truss Bridging: Type, size and spacing recommended by truss manufacturer. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Wood Blocking: Softwood lumber, S/P/F species, construction grade, 19 percent maximum and 7 percent minimum moisture content. B. Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized steel, type to suit application. 2.04 ~,,~4BRICATION A, Fabric~te trusses to achieve structural requirements specified. ~`' Br.- B[.ac~~ood trusses in accordance with TPI DSB-89 and BCSI 1. ~__.~ - ~-ART 3 E#`JJION . _._ °3'01 kT~ON ~, " ~xAnroN A~ V~€[~y-mat supports and openings are ready to receive trusses. ~, 3.02 tEPAR~~ION A. Coordinate placement of bearing items. 3.03 ERECTION A. Install trusses in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and TPI DSB-89 and BCSI 1; maintain a copy of each TPI document on site until installation is complete. B. Set members level and plumb, in correct position. C. Make provisions for erection Loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. D. Install permanent bridging and bracing. SHOP-FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES 06 1753 - 2 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa E. Frame openings between trusses with lumber in accordance with Sectio n 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry. F. Coordinate placement of decking with work of this section. G. After erection, touch-up galvanized surfaces with zinc primer. 3.Q4 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/2 inch maximum, from true position. END OF SECTION _ .~.,~ ~.:, r , C 3 ~ -;-, _-~ r-, .__.. ~_ ..~ .~- SHOP-FABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES 06 1753 - 3 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 071319 -BUILDING STORAGE LINER PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Protective sheet materials to prevent direct contact of salUsand materials with wood containment walls. B. Accessories necessary to retain protective sheet in place. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06 1324 -Heavy Timber Framing: Wood plank wall substrate for application of protective sheet materials. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section Oi 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's material literature and sample. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate placement procedures, seaming and installation conditions requiring special procedures. 1.04 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING A. Convene one week before starting work of this section. ~ ~_.., 1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS `~~` e~y ~. _ i ~, A. See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements, for additional provisions. Y-~ C', ?~'' B. Supply 20 feet of roll width for Owner's use in maintenance of project. r--~ .~ PART 2 PRODUCTS . fe ~~~ 2.01 BASE BID MANUFACTURER ~ ~ -~` A. Raven Industries: www.dura-skrim.com. ~.r ~ ~.. B. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 PROTECTIVE SHEET MATERIALS A. Dura-Skrim D16WB: Three layers of high strength polyethylene film laminated together with two molten layers of polyethylene and reinforced with two plies of heavy-duty scrim Laid in diagonal pattern: 1. Nominal Thickness: 16 mil. 2. Roll Width: 12 ft. 3. UV resistant for exposed applications. 4. Minimum Tensile Strength: 105 Ib-ft /inch when tested in accordance with ASTM D 751. 5. Elongation (at peak strength): 20 percent when tested in accordance wifh ASTM D751. 6. Color. White/Black. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Seam Tape: Manufacturer's 4 inch wide, pressure-sensitive type. B. Wood Furring and Fasteners: See Section 06 1000. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION ~ ~ r _ r--, _> BUILDING STORAGE LINER 071319-1 o7.oza Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa A. Verify that wood plank substrate is free of sharp projections which may puncture or damage protective sheet materials. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Unroll protective sheet with the longest dimension parallel with length of the wall. C. Extend protective sheet over top of wood plank containment wall and secure with wood furring and suitable fasteners as indicated on Drawings. Allaw sheet to hang loosely from "top of fit{" horizontal furring. Retain bottom edge of sheet by extending under perimeter wood timber. D. Overlap vertical joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's tape. E. Do not permit penetration of the protective sheet. 3.03 PROTECTION A. Protect installed protective sheet from damage resulting from subsequent cons#ruction operations. B. Repair damaged areas with additional layer of sheeting; overlap damaged area 6 inches and tape entire perimeter of patch. END OF SECTION r:,~ ~. L ~~~ :,,;i ~~ ~ r (_r t .5.~.. "°.- ..~ ~.~ f' !'ty ==:J f BUILDING STORAGE LINER 071319-2 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 072100 -THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Batt insulation in exterior wall and ceiling construction. B. Batt insulation for filling perimeter window and door shim spaces. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry: Supporting construction for batt insulation. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance criteria, and product limitations. PART 2 PRODUCTS '~'' ~: 2.01 BATT INSULATION MATERIALS ~ " ~~^~ -~ ~ , A. Manufacturers: v 1. CertainTeed Corporation: www.certainteed.com. C ~ ~ • , `... '~' 2. Johns Manville Corporation: www.jm.com. _ - .~ 3. Owens Corning Corp: www.owenscorning.com. _ ~'' ~ ~_%~. -~' - ~. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. ~--~' ,:• ~~..__~ B. Batt Insulation: ASTM C 665; preformed roll; conforming to the following: ~ ' "" 1. Combustibility: Non-combustible, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 136, except for facing, if any. 2. Formaldehyde Contenf: Zero. 3. Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. 4. Facing: Faced on one side with asphalt treated Kraft paper. 5. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index of 25 or less; smoke developed index of 50 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate, adjacent materials, and insulation materials are dry and that substrates are ready to receive insulation. 3.02 BAIT INSTALLATION A, Install insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install in exterior wall and roof spaces without gaps or voids. Do not compress insulation. C. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Insulate miscellaneous gaps and voids. D. Fit insulation tightly in cavities and tightly to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services within the plane of the insulation. E. Install with factory applied vapor retarder membrane facing warm side of building spaces. Lap ends and side flanges of membrane over framing members. F. Tape seal butt ends, lapped flanges, and tears or cuts in membrane. G. Coordinate work of this section with requirements for vapor retarder specked in Section 07 2500. THERMAL INSULATION 07 2100 - 1 07.022 3.03 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK Salt. Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa A. Do not permit installed insulation to be damaged prior to its concealment. END OF SECTION ~.~ ,._.. ~ V _t " J -~. ~ ~ ....~ .' .. °~~ _ 1 i'-~.. ...._+... .... ~.5~- t.~' 1~.~ ! ~ _~ ' ` ~ r ~_.~ , ~~ THERMAL INSULATION 072100-2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 074113 -METAL ROOF PANELS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Architectural roofing system of preformed steel panels. B. Fastening system for standing seam panel system. C. Factory finishing. D. Accessories and miscellaneous components. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry: Plywood roof sheafhing. B. Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers: Field-installed sealants. 1.03 REFERENCES 07.022 A. ASTM A 792/A 792M -Standard Specification for Steei Sheet, 55% Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process; 2006a. B. ASTM D 226 -Standard Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing; 2006. ~ ~? C_) ~--, ~ ~ 1.04 SUBMITTALS ~" A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. -- ~=' ~~ I { B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: -~ ;_ 1. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. ~-;-~ -~.- i__?~..° 2. Installation methods. ~-;? i ~ ~,.. 3. Specimen warranty. `--- -• ~> C. Shop Drawings: Include layouts of roof panels, details of edge and penetration conditions, ~~= • spacing and type of connections, flashings, underlayments, and special conditions. 1. Show work to be feld-fabricated orfield-assembled. D. Verification Samples: For each roofing system specified, submit samples of minimum size 12 inches square, representing actual roofing metal, thickness, profile, color, and texture. 1. Include typical panel joint in sample. E. Test Reports: Indicate compliance of preformed metal roofing system to specified requirements. F. Warranty: Submit specified manufacturer's warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in City of Iowa City, Iowa's name and are registered with manufacturer. 1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS A. See section 01 6000 -Product Requirements, for additional provisions. B. Supply five (5) full length roof panels for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in the manufacture of roofing systems similar to those required for this project, with not less than 5 years of documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company trained and authorized by roofing system manufacturer. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING METAL. ROOF PANELS 07 4113 - 1 07.022 Sa{t Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa A. Store roofing panels on project site as recommended by manufacturer to minimize damage to panels prior to installation. 1.08 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7700 - Closeout Procedures, for additional warranty requirements. B. Finish Warranty: Provide manufacturer's special warranty covering failure of factory-applied exterior finish on metal roof panels and agreeing to repair or replace panels that show evidence of finish degradation, including sign cant fading, chalking, cracking, or peeling within specked warranty period of 20 year period from date of Substantial Completion. C. Waterproofing Guarantee: Provide Installer's guarantee of weathertightness of roofing system, including agreement to repair or replace roofing that fails to keep out water within specified warranty period of 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Design is based on "LokSeam" roof panels, manufactured by MBCI. B. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 ARCHITECTURAL ROOF PANELS A. Performance Requirements: Provide complete engineered system complying with specfied requirements and capable of remaining weathertight while withstanding anticipated movement of substrate and thermally induced movement of roofing system. ~M:a B:"' Metal~l~ofing: Factory-formed panels with factory-applied finish. ~.-~ -' 1: v~ ~€eel Panels: --' " ~= - ~' Aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel conforming to ASTM A 792/A 792M; minimum AZ50 + ~~ i.i.l ~--~--! _I : -_ coating. ---~ ~' ~- ~ !#z: Steel Thickness: Minimum 0.030 inch (22 gage}. ( ,l ~ _ 2~-- `R~ofile: Standing seam, with minimum 2 inch seam height; concealed UL - 90 clip fastener :=_} syystem for snap lock standing seam profile. C-~~ ~:-' '3~exture: Smooth. ;~, 4. tt;~ngth: Full length of roof slope unless otherwise indicated on drawings. 5. Width: Maximum panel coverage of 12 inches. 2.03 ATTACHMENT SYSTEM A. Concealed System: Provide manufacturer's recommended high-performance UL-90 concealed anchor clips designed for speck roofing system and engineered to meet performance requirements, including anticipated thermal movement. 2.04 PANEL FINISH A. Fluoropolymer Coating System: Manufacturer's standard multi-coat thermocured coating system, including minimum 70 percent fluoropolymer color topcoat with minimum total dry film thickness of 0.8 mil; manufacturer's standard rotor - "Ash Gray". 2.05 ACCESSORIES AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. Miscellaneous Sheet Metal Items: Provide fleshings, gutters, downspouts, trim, moldings, closure strips, caps, rake, and similar sheet metal items of the same material, thickness, and finish as used for the roofing panels. Items completely concealed after installation may optionally be made of stainless steel. 1. Finish: Same fluoropolymer coating system as roof panels; color - "Burnished Slate". METAL ROOF PANELS 07 4113 - 2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07.022 B. Ridge Ventilators: Provide prefabricated, 24 inch diameter, non-dampered ventilators of steel with corrosion resistant finish. Same fluoropolymer coating system as roof panels; color - "Burnished Slate". C. Sealants: As specified in Section 07 9005. 1. Exposed sealant must cure to rubber-like consistency. 2. Concealed sealant must be non-hardening type. 3. Seam sealant must be factory-applied, non-skinning, non-drying type. D. Underiayment for Wood Substrate: ASTM D 226 roofing felt, perforated type; covered by water-resistant rosin-sized building paper. 2.06 FABRICATION A. Panels: Fabricate and finish panels and accessory items at factory, using manufacturer's standard processes as required to achieve specified appearance and performance requirements. B. .loints: Factory-install captive gaskets, sealants, or separator strips at panel joints to provide weathertight seals, eliminate metal-to-metal contact, and minimize noise from panel movements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION ,., , ~. ~. , A. Do not begin installation of preformed metal roof panels until substrates have beert~rpp~eriy prepared. ~~ _; _.. ~...-I B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of anotherinstaller, notify Architect oft satisfactory ~ m preparation before proceeding. ~ "- ~ .- r-` 3.02 PREPARATION `~ -~ -1~_ ~ ^~~^ ``° A. Broom clean wood sheathing prior to installation of sheet underlayment. ~ 3 -~- ~-- B. Coordinate roofing work with provisions for roof drainage, flashing, trim, penetrations, and other adjoining work to assure that the completed roof will be free of leaks. C. Remove protective film from surtace of roof panels immediately prior to installation. Strip f[lm carefully, to avoid damage to prefinished surfaces. D. Separate dissimilar metals by applying a bituminous coating, self-adhering rubberized asphalt sheet, or other permanent method approved by roof panel manufacturer. E. Where metal will be in contact with wood or other absorbent material subject to wetting, seal joints with seating compound and apply one coat of heavy-bodied bituminous paint. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Overall: Install roofing system in accordance with approved shop drawings and panel manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, as applicable to specific project conditions. Anchor all components of roofing system securely in place while allowing for thermal and structural movement. 1. Install roofing system with concealed clips and fasteners, except as otheruvise recommended by manufacturer for specific circumstances. 2. Minimize field cutting of panels. Where field cutting is absolutely required, use methods that will not distort panel profiles. Use of torches for field cutting is absolutely prohibited. B. Accessories: Install all components required for a complete roofing assembly, including flashings, gutters, downspouts, trim, moldings, closure strips, caps, ridge closures, and similar roof accessory items. C. Underlayment: {nstalf roofing felt and building paper slip sheet on roof deck before installing METAL R40F PANELS 07 4113 - 3 07.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa preformed metal roof panels. Secure by methods acceptable to roof panel manufacturer, minimizing use of metal fasteners. Apply from eaves to ridge in shingle fashion, overlapping horizontal joints a minimum of 2 inches and side and end laps a minimum of 3 inches. Offset seams in building paper and seams in roofing felt. D. Roof Panels: Install panels in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions, minimizing transverse joints except at junction with penetrations. 1. Incorporate concealed clips at panel joints, and apply subsequent panels to provide continuous interlocked, wea#hertight standing seams. E. Snow Guards: See Section 07 7100. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed sheet metal work at completion of installation. Remove grease and oil films, excess joint sealer, handling marks, and debris from installation, leaving the work clean and unmarked, free from dents, creases, waves, scratch marks, or other damage to the finish. B. Do not permit storage of materials or roof traffic on installed roof panels. Provide temporary walkways or planks as necessary to avoid damage to completed work. Protect roofing until completion of project. C. Touch-up, repair, or replace damaged roof panels or accessories before date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION ,~~ _' ~t TR J ~~ ~~ Y __..~ _~ r Y~ ~=- ~.~~ ,_~. -''> (~.) METAL ROOF PANELS t}7 4113 - 4 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 074213 -METAL WALL PANELS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Manufactured metal panels for walls, with liners, related fiashings, and accessory components. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 061000 -Rough Carpentry: Wail panel substrate. B. Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 792/A.792M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process; 2006a. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, layout, joints, construction details, methods of anchorage. C. Samples: Submit two samples of wall panel, illustrating profile, finish color, sheen, and texture. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Protect panels from accelerated weathering by removing or venting sheet plastic shipping wrap. B. Store prefinished material off ground and protected from weather. Prevent twisting, bending, or abrasion, and provide ventilation to stored materials. Slope metal sheets to ensure dp~age. '~' ~,.. _ ~.r C. Prevent contact with materials that may cause discoloration or staining of products. ~ `= t- =? 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS ! :~ ~''~ ~. -~ `--~ -- _, .-~ ~. A. Coordinate the Work with installation of window and door components or materials. -' ~ -' ` -~ -j 1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS C~;~ _~,`,_' ~`" ~`~_ t - , , .~.. A. See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements, for additional provisions. ~:,- ~~ ~- B. Suppiy five full length wall panels for City of Iowa City, Iowa's use in maintenance of project. ~~ 1.08 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7700 -Closeout Procedures, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective work within a five year period after Substantial Completion for degradation of panel finish, including color fading caused by exposure to weather. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. MBCI; Product - "PBR" wall panels. B. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. CECO. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 MANUFACTURED METAL PANELS A. Wall Panel System: Preformed and prefinished metal panel system of vertical ribbed profile; site assembled. METAL WALL PANELS 07 4213 - 1 o7.oz2 B. Exterior Panel: 1. Minimum 22 gage thick precoated steel sheet. 2. Profile as indicated. 3. 36 inches wide panels; 1-1/4 inch depth. 4. Lapped edges, fitted with continuous gaskets. 5. Color. Rustic Red. C. Liner Panel: 1. Minimum 26 gage thick precoated steel sheet. 2. Manufacturer's standard profile. 3. 36 inches wide panels. 4. Color. White. Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa D. Internal and External Comers: Same material, thickness, and finish as exterior sheets; corner profile to suit panel profile; brake formed to required angles. Color: "Bumished Slate" E. Expansion Joints: Same material, thickness and finish as exterior sheets; 26 gage; manufacturer's standard brake formed type, of profile to suit system. F. Trim: Same material, thickness and finish as exterior sheets; brake formed to required profiles. Color. "Bumished Slate" G. Anchors: Galvanized steel. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Precoated Steel Sheet: Aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet, ASTM A 792/A 792M, Commercial Steel (CS)) or Forming Steel (FS), with AZ50/AZM150 coating; continuous-coil-coated on exposed surfaces with specified finish coating and on panel back with ~'~ specified panel back coating. t _.,t B:~- Exferibi Finish Coating: Panel manufacturer's standard polyvinylidene fluoride {PVF) top coat, i_.~~ ~~- ov~e1 ~oxy primer. _..~~.1 ~.,, Ir~~Or'Finish Coating: Panel manufacturer's standard polyester top coat, over recommended ®. p~mFrj I._? ~ r,_ P~r,~$ack Coating: Panel manufacturer's standard polyester wash coat. A. Sealants: Specified in Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers. Silicone type suitable for use with installation of system; non-staining; color as selected. B. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard type exposed fasteners to suit application; with soft neoprene washers, steel, hot dip galvanized. Fastener cap same color as exterior panel. C. Field Touch-up Paint:. As recommended by panel manufacturer. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects. B. Form pieces in longest practicable lengths. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that building framing members are ready to receive panels. 3.02 INSTALLATION METAL WALL PANELS 07 4213 - 2 Salt Storage Facility 07'022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa . A. Install panels on walls in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Fasten panels to structural supports; aligned, level, and plumb. C. Locate joints over supports. Lap panel ends minimum 2 inches. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Offset From True Alignment Between Adjacent Members Butting or In Line: 1/1fi inch. B. Maximum Variation from Plane or Location Indicated on Drawings: 114 inch. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove site cuttings from finish surfaces. B. Clean and wash prefinished surfaces with mild soap and water; rinse with clean water. END OF SECTION ~.~ ' ~ r® .........-. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ :~~ t ` T / ..~..~ •• ,= ~~ti m..W 1"" METAL WALL PANELS 074293-3 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 077100 -ROOF SPECIALTIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Manufactured double-pipe snow guards for attachment to standing seam of metal roof panels. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 07 4113 -Metal Root Panels: Eave trim, facia, and ridge ventilators. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on shape of components, materials and finishes, anchor types and locations. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate configuration and dimension of components, adjacent construction, required clearances and tolerances, and other affected work. D. Manufacturer's Installation lnstructions: Indicate special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. PART 2 PRODUCTS -~ ~! 2.01 MANUFACTURERS -_~ t ,,, -__, A. Snaw Guards: - '~" d~~~ 1. Alpine SnowGuards; Product - # 4000 Snowguard: www.alpinesnowguards.~~~, ~ ~_~ ~_ 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. ~ ` r " `, 1 l -t --ca _.__, 2.02 COMPONENTS ' ~ ' =~ ~~ ``-- .~. ~ ~ ~~w A. Alpine SnowGuard # 4000, Two pipe design for standing seam roof: -~-- 1. Brackets: Block and Flag milled from extruded aluminum; attached to standing seam dif roof panels with stainless steel fasteners. 2. Tubing: Extruded aluminum, 1 inch diameter with 118 inch wall thickness; threaded couplings. 3. End Caps: Stainless steel. 4. End Collars: Extruded aluminum. 5. Ice Flags: Extruded aluminum; 3 inch width. B. Aluminum Finish: Mill finish. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that roof panels, and other items affecting work of this Section are secured in place and positioned correctly. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install two rows of snow guards in accordance with manufacturer's recommended spacing and instructions. END OF SECTION ROOF SPECIALTIES 07 7100 - 1 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa o7.OZz SECTION 079005 -JOINT SEALERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Sealants and joint backing. 1.02 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 920 -Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants; 2005. B. ASTM C 1193 -Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants; 2005a. C. ASTM D 1667 -Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials--Poly(Vnyl Chloride} Foam (Closed-Cell); 2005. D. BAAQMD 8-51 -Bay Area Air Quality Management District Regulation 8, Rule 51, Adhesive and Sealant Products; www.baagmd.gov; current edition. E. SCAQMD 1168 -South Coast Air Quality Management District Rufe No.1168; current edition; www.agmd.gov. ~a - _ 1.03 SUBMITTALS ``==~ ,-~, `_ .mss , A. _ See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. ~'' _ - - B. Product List: Provide schedule of proposed sealants recommended by the manufagttirer as`Y ~ ~..j being acceptable for use in the intended application and with the substrates with whip, it will;, __, come into contact. ,_-, ~~-.~ _y .. t~J C. ` Product Data: Provide data indicating sealant chemical characteristics, performar~ criteria. substrate preparation, limitations, and color availability. ~°- D. Samples: Submit two samples, 1/4x2 inch in size illustrating sealant colors for selection. E. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: Indicate materials and products which were tested by sealant manufacturer for compatibility and adhesion with sealants. Include interpretation of test results relative to sealant performance, and recommendations for primers and substrate preparation necessary for adhesion. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and surface preparation. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum five years experience. B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. C. Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit to sealant manufacturer, samples of materials and products that will contact and affect sealant ins#allation and performance; test for compatibility and adhesion. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. 1.06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work with all sections referencing this section. JOINT SEALERS 07 9005 - 1 07.022 1.07 WARRANTY Salt Storage Faclllty Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa A. See Section 01 7700 -Closeout Procedures, for additional warranty requirements. B. Correct defective work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve airtight seal, exhibit foss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Silicone Sealants: 1. Tremco, Inc. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. B. Butyl Sealants: 1. Tremco, Inc. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 SEALANTS A. Sealants and Primers -General: Provide only products having lower volatile organic compound (VOC) content than required by South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168. B. Exterior Metal Lap Joint Sealant: Butyl or polyisobutylene, nondrying, nonskinning, nonduing. 1. Applications: Use for: a. Concealed sealant bead in sheet metal work. C. General Purpose Exterior Sealant: Silicone, ASTM C 920, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, A, G, M, O; single or multi-component, neutral curing, non-sagging, non-staining, fungus resistant, non-bleeding. ~,.~ 1. Color: Standard colors matching finished surfaces. -~- 2. `-F~roduct: Spectrem 2 manufactured by Tremco. _ .': 3~ °a~ubstitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. ~T~ _ - - ~ ~.~pplications: Use for: [ ~ `-~-'- '-' ' .,,a, Nonstructural glazing of glass, metal and plastic.. _____~ -- !_,~ fib. Weatherproofing perimeter joints around metal frames. ~ ` ..2A3`:AC~~RIES :_ L -~,~,. ~rri~r: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. c"_7 i~~~. Join~Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Backing: Round foam rod compatible with sealant; closed cell polyethylene; oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work. B. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. 3.02 PREPARATION JOINT SEALERS 07 9005 - 2 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. t3. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C 1193. D. Protect elements surrounding the work of this section from damage or disfigurement. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. B. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C 1193. C. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width-to-depth ratio, neck dimension, and surface bond area as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Minimum Joint Width: 1/4 inch. 2. Maximum Joint Depth: 1/2 inch. D. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. E. Install sealanf free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. F. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. G. Toot joints concave. ~~y 3.04 CLEANING C -:~~, A. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. 1-, -r -~ _.., , , 3.05 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK ~ -•-~ T` .... A. Protect sealants until cured. i?_ °~> i-..~ END OF SECTION ~~~ r'. .~-- JOINT SEALERS 07 9005 - 3 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 081113 -HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Thermally insulated steel doors. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08 7100 -Door Hardware. B. Section 09 9000 -Painting and Coating: Field painting. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI/1CC A117.1 -American National Standard for Accessible and Usable Buildings and Fac'tiities; International Code Council; 2003. o7.oz2 B. ANSI A250.8 -SDI-100 Recommended Spec cations for Standard Steel Doors and Frames; 2003. C. ANSI A250.10 -Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painfed Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames; 1998 (R2004). D. ASTM A 653/A 653M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated {Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2006a. E. DHI A115 Series -Specifications for Steel Doors and Frame Preparation for Hardware; Door end Hardware Institute; 2000 (ANSI/DHI A115 Series}. ~] <- 1.04 SUBMITTALS 1 `=': ~=1 A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals for submittal procedures. C': ~` W-~~ ~~ ~--~ B. Product Data: Materials and details of design and construction, hardware locations,-~ ~^ ~ r- ~"j reinforcement type and locations, anchorage and fastening methods, and finishes. ,-- ~-,'- _-`~ !~ 1 ~? ~ ,. C. Shop Drawings: Details of each opening, showing elevations, glazing, frame profil@~ and -~ identifying location of different finishes, if any. '~" - D. Installation Instructions: Manufacturers published instructions, including any special installation instructions relating to this project. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Maintain at the project site a copy of all reference standards dealing with installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DOORS AND FRAMES A. Requirements for All Doors and Frames: 1. Accessibility: Comply with ANSI/tCC A117.1. 2. Door Top Closures: Flush with tap of faces and edges. 3. Door Edge Profile: Beveled on both edges. 4. Door Texture: Smooth faces. 5. Glazed Lights: Non-removable stops on non-secure side; sizes and configurations as indicated on drawings. 6. Hardware Preparation: In accordance with DHI A115 Series, with reinforcement welded in HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 - 1 07.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa place, in addition to other requirements specified in door grade standard. 7. Finish: Factory primed, for field finishing. B. Combined Requirements: If a particular door and frame unit is indicated to comply with more than one type of requirement, comply with all the specked requirements for each type; for instance, an exterior door that is also indicated as being sound-rated must comply with the requirements specified for exterior doors and for sound-rated doors; where two requirements conflict, comply with the most stringent. 2.02 STEEL DOORS A. Exterior Doors: 1. Grade: ANSI A250.8 Leve[ 3, physical performance Level A, Model 2, seamless. 2. Core: Vertical steel stiffeners. 3. Galvanizing: All components hot-dipped zinc-iron alloy-coated (galvannealed) in accordance with ASTM A 653/A 653M, with manufacturer's standard coating thickness. 4. Weatherstripping: Separate, see Section 08 7100. 2.03 STEEL FRAMES A. General: 1. Comply with the requirements of grade specified for corresponding door. 2. Galvanizing: All components hot-dipped zinc-iron alloy-coated (galvannealed) in accordance with ASTM A 653/A 653M, with manufacturer's standard coating thickness. 3. Finish: Factory primed, for field finishing. B. Exterior Door Frames: Fully welded; 14 gage unless specifically indicated otherwise. 1. Galvanizing: All components hot-dipped zinc-iron alby-coated (galvannealed) in accordance with ASTM A 653/A 653M, with manufacturer's standard coating thickness. 2. Weatherstripping: Separate, see Section 08 7100 -Door Hardware. 2.04 FINISH MATERIALS A. Primer: Rust-inhibiting, complying with ANSI A250.10, door manufacturers standard. B. Bituminous Coating: Asphalt emulsion or other high-build, water-resistant, resilient coating. PART 3 EXECUTION ~o 3.01 't=XXAMIN~ION ~. r-~~. A.. V~i~f~raxisting conditions before starting work. '----. cam. ' ~.1 ~. ~ .. B. Verif~r-that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. 02 -PRERQ-F~A`fION ~oat-itiside of frames with bituminous coating, prior to installation. ~~ 3.03 =~1STALL~~l~kTiON ~, A. Install in accordance with the requirements of the specifed door grade standard. B. Coordinate frame anchor placement with wall construction. C. Coordinate installation of hardware. D. Coordinate installation of electrical connections to electrical hardware items. 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Clearances Between Door and Frame: As specified in ANSI A250.8. B. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 in measured with straight edge, comer to comer. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 08 1113 - 2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Adjust for smooth and balanced door movement. END OF SECTION o7.o2z Ca ~==_> ~~ ~~~~::f f--j _~ ~~\ .r - ~.. ......... J ..+. ~ ./ _ ~:~ W.. ~. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES OS 1113 - 3 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 083418 -SLIDING INDUSTR{AL DOORS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 07.022 A. Bi-parting, non-insulated, sliding, steel industrial door. B. Box track, door hangers, and related hardware and accessories. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 061000 -Rough Carpentry: Structural header over door opening for track support. 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design door panels to withstand positive and negative wind loads of 20 {b/sq ft without damage or permanent set, and maximum deflection limited to 1/120 of the vertical and horizontal spans of the panels. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Show component construction, anchorage method, and hardware. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate opening dimensions and required tolerances, connection details, anchorage spacing, hardware locations, and installation details. D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include special procedures required by project conditions. 1.05 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING ~--W _ _ C_7 C ~ A. Convene one week before starting work of this section. ._ CY -~_,. ,.. .- ` ~ PART 2 PRODUCTS _ ~ --~ 2.01 MANUFACTURERS - = ;ti ' "`~ - A. Door Engineering and Manufacturing, LLC, 2700 Series Industrial Sliding Door. r ,w'~ -" `~' www.doorengineering.com. ~-~ ~,, .c:W- B. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 1-~ --- 2.02 MATERIALS A. Tubular Steel Frame: 2 x 4 inch, 14 gage steel tubes. B. Sheet Steel for Face Sheets: 16 gage, galvannealed steel sheet, ASTM A 653/A, with A60 coating, plain surface. 2.03 HARDWARE . A. Box Track: Galvanized, cold-formed steel track with adjustable track brackets. B. Four-wheel, ball-bearing, trolley type hangers: Two per door panel. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Floor Staps. B. Fiush Pulls. C. Wali Washers. D. Appropriate fasteners in sizes and quantity required. .._...~ .~, ;~i _.. SLIDING INDUSTRIAL DOORS 08 3418 - 1 07.022 2.05 FABRICATION A. Door Panel Size: 10 ft wide by 30 ft high. B. Panel Thickness: 2-1/8 inch. Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa C. Tubular frame members continuously welded; corners mitered and reinforced. D. Intermediate horizontal frame members: 2 x 4 inch steel tubes spaced approximately 3 ft apart. E... Weld face sheets to frame; grind alt surface welds smooth. 2.06 FACTORY FINISHING A. Clean and prepare surfaces for application of prime paint coating. B. Spray apply one coat of manufacturer's standard rust-inhibitive, water-based epoxy primer; color -gray. 2.07 FIELD FINISHING A. Painted to match Meta! Building Trim - MCBI "Burnished Slate" PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that wall openings are ready to receive work and dimensions and tolerances are within specified limits. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare opening to permit proper installation of door track; securely anchor adjustable track brackets to building structure. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install door unit assembly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Fit and align door for proper clearances. C Instatt~erimeter trim and closures: _s ~$.04 .LLI,:RE~~ TOLERANCES ~--~- ` A. Ma~Ci~Lm Variation From True Position: 1/4 inch. j i k ~. Maxim Variation From Plumb and Level: 1/8 inch. 3.05~~P-DJIQ9TITl. G r_ ~;~ e-~.~ ~~~ ~;~, Adjust-door assembly for smooth operation and full contact with weatherstripping. 3.Ofi CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces. B. Protect installed work from subsequent construction operations. END OF SECTION SLIDING INDUSTRIAL DOORS Q83418-2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 083fi93 -SECTIONAL DOORS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Insulated and non-insulated sectional steel doors, electrically operated. B. Operating hardware and supports. C. Electrical controls. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 08 3418 -Sliding Industrial Doors. 1.03 REFERENCES 07.022 A. ASTM E 330 -Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference; 2002. B. DASMA 102 -American National Standard Specifications for Sectional Overhead Type Doors; Door & Access Systems Manufacturers' Association, International; 2004. C. NEMA MG 1 -Motors and Generators; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2006. D. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; 2005. r-~ _ C:.:.i C.-~ 1.04 SUBMITTALS ~~ _ ``" A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. t" --~~ :~=~ ~~-~, B. Shop Drawings: Indicate opening dimensions and required tolerances, connectitails,--~ °~~~ anchorage spacing, hardware locations, and installation details. -- ~ `.lr --~, C. Product Data: Show component construction, anchorage method, and hardware;.? ;::; _~- ~~~~~ .. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include any special procedures required py projecb conditions. E. Operation Data: Include normal operation, troubleshooting, and adjusting. F. Maintenance Data: Include data for motor and transmission, shaft and gearing, lubrication frequency, spare part sources. G. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer: Company special'¢ing in performing the work of this section approved by manufacturer. B. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified. 1.06 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 7700 -Closeout Procedures for warranty requirements. B. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. C. Warranty: Include coverage for electric motor. D. Provide five year manufacturer warranty for electric operating equipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS SECTIONAL DOORS 08 3613. -1 07.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Clopay Building Products Company, Inc: www.clopaydoor.com. 2. Overhead Door Corporation: www.overheaddoor.com 3. Wayne-Dalton Corporation: www.waynedalton.com. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 UPWARD ACTING SECTIONAL STEEL DOORS A. Steel Doors: Flush steel, insulated; standard lift operating style with track and hardware; complying with DASMA 102, Commercial application. 1. Performance: Withstand positive and negative wind loads of 25 Ib/sq ft without damage or permanent set, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 330, using 10 second duration of maximum load. 2. Door Nominal Thickness: 1-3/4 inches thick. 3. Exterior Finish: Factory pre-finished with manufacturer's standard coating of color as selected to match MBCI color - "Burnished Slate". 4. Interior Finish: Pre-finished with baked enamel of white color. 5. Operation: Electric, radio controlled. B. Door Panels: Flush steel construction; outer steel sheet of 0.058 inch thick, v-grooved profile; inner steel sheet of 0.024 inch thick, with two roll-formed integral struts per section; panel end caps of 0.051 inch thick sheet steel roll formed to channel shape, rabbeted weather joints at meeting rails; insulated to R-9. 2.03 DOOR COMPONENTS A. Track: Rolled galvanized steel, 0.120 inch thick; 3 inch wide, continuous one piece per side; galvanized steel mounting brackets 1!4 inch thick. B. Hinge and Roller Assemblies: Heavy duty hinges and adjustable roller holders of galvanized steel; floating hardened steel bearing rollers, located at top and bottom of each panel, each side. ,,;~C. Lift Mechanism: Torsion spring on cross head shaft, with braided galvanized steel lifting cables. -- 1..- r For Manual Operation: Requiring maximum exertion of 25 Ibs force to open. -- -, ' ~` D. ; ~~tlVeatherstripping: Resilient hollow rubber strip, one piece; fitted to bottom of door panel, full _~r~~th contact. C ,_ .- _._.._ --- E. ~~~..~~mb Weatherstripping: Roll formed steel section full height of jamb, fitted with resilient I~ ~-.. }wt'a~therstripping, placed in moderate contact with door panels. w-- ,__ °~ F. C.d Weatherstripping: EPDM rubber seal, one piece full length. <-~:~ ~'-~; G. P~el Joint Weatherstripping: Neoprene foam seal, one piece full Length. 2.04 ELECTRICAL OPERATION A. Electrical Characteristics: 1. 3/4 hp; manually operable in case of power failure, transit speed of 12 inches per second. 2. 120 volts, single phase, 60 Hz. 3. 20 amperes maximum circuit breaker size. 8. Motor: NEMA MG1, Type 1. C. Wiring Terminations: Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Enclose terminal lugs in terminal box sized to NFPA 70. D. Disconnect Switch: Factory mount disconnect switch in control panel. SECTIONAL DOORS 08 3613 - 2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 0.022 E. Electric Operator: Center mounted draw bar assembly, adjustable safety friction clutch; brake system actuated by independent voltage solenoid controlled by motor starter; enclosed gear driven limit switch; enclosed magnetic cross line reversing starter; mounting brackets and hardware. F'. Safety Edge: At bottom of door panel, full width; electro-mechanical sensif¢ed type, wired to stop door upon striking object; hollow neoprene covered to provide weatherstrip seal. G. Control Station: Standard three button (open-close-stop) momentary type control for each electric operator. 1. 24 volt circuit. 2. Surface mounted. 3. Locate at inside door jamb. H. Radio Control Antenna Detector: 1. Hand Held Transmitter: Digital control, resettabte. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that wall openings are ready to receive work and opening dimensions and tolerances are within specified limits. B. Verify that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. 3.02 PREPARATION CLLR `=' ~~ A. Prepare opening to permit correct installation of door unit to perimeter air and vapor~rrieal..- f--) B. Apply primer to wood frame. '_-_=` ~ ~:, !-~ ~; ~-, ~ 3.03 INSTALLATION ' ~r-i w~ f ° ~ A. Install door unit assembly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. a~ fa ,~~-- ~°"~ B. Anchor assembly to wall construction and building framing without distortion or s~ess. ~'.. C. Securely brace door tracks suspended from structure. Secure tracks to structural members only. D. Fit and align door assembly including hardware. E. Coordinate installation of electrical service. Complete power and control wiring from disconnect to unit components. F. Coordinate installation of sealants and backing materials at frame perimeter. G. Install perimeter trim and closures. 3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/16 inch. B. Maximum Variation from Level: 1/16 inch. C. Longitudinal or Diagonal Warp: Plus or minus 1/8 inch from 10 ft straight edge. D. Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent work. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Adjust door assembly for smooth operation and felt contact with weatherstripping. SECTIONAL DOORS 083613-3 07.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa B. Have manufacturer's field representative present to confirm proper operation and identify adjustments to door assembly for specified operation. 3.06 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean doors, frames and glazing. B. Remove temporary labels and visible markings. C. Do not permit construction traffic through overhead door openings after adjustment and cleaning. 3.07 SCHEDULE A. Door No.1: 14 x 14 ft; insulated. B. Door No. 2: 14 x 14 ft; insulated. C. Door No. 3: 14 x 14 ft; non-insulated. END OF SECTION ;-. -L . , .,. ~- --, ___ k --.- ~~-i -- --°- _ U ~y ~ ~~ -~ C7 _, W t~~ SECTIONAL DOORS OS 3613 - 4 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 085313 -FIBERGLASS WINDOWS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Factory fabricated tubular pultruded fiberglass framed windows with fixed glazing. B. Factory glazed. C. Perimeter sealant. 7 A2 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide component dimensions, anchorage and fasteners, glass, internal drainage details. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate opening dimensions, framed opening tolerances, affected related work, installation requirements. 1.03 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING A. Convene one week week before starting work of this section. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install sealants when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F. -- B. Maintain this minimum temperature during and after installation of sealants. =~~ ~ :> a -J PART 2 PRODUCTS ~L^ ---~-~ ~t ~ .. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS ~ > ' u i- `~ ~~~~, A. Fiberglass Windows: Pella Corporation; Impervia (tm) windows: www.PellaADM.c~~~ --~~ ~. ~- f B. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. ~ ,' _, .,-- 2.02 WINDOW UNITS A. Frame Type: Fixed frame, direct set. 1. Sizes and configurations shown on Drawings. 2. Options: a. Block frame with standard fin. b. Subsill. 3. Color: Brown 2.03 GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS A. Glass: 11/16 inch clear, air-filled, insulated glass with 3mm glass. B. Glazing Materials: Manufacturer's standard. 2.04 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Perimeter Sealant and Backing Materials: Neutral cure silicone sealant. 1. Sealant: Spectrem 2 (tm) manufactured by Tremco: www.tremcosealants.com. 2. Backer rods: Closed eel! polyethyiene type. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify wall openings are ready to receive work of this Section. FLBERGLASS WINDOWS 08 5313 -1 07.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install window units in accordance with manufacturers instructions. B. Attach window frame and shims to perimeter opening to accommodate construction tolerances and other irregularities. C. Align window plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent work. D. Provide thermal isolation where components penetrate or disrupt building insulation. Pack fbrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. E. Install perimeter sealant and backing materials. 3.03 CLEANING A. Remove protective material from pre-finished surfaces. B. Wash surfaces by method recommended and acceptable to sealant and window manufacturer; rinse and wipe surfaces clean. C. Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to sealant manufacturer. END OF SECTION -,d `,....~ ~/ f ` _ t~_ ~ ~ _ l_......: , ..... t ~ ~... ~ .,....._ t'_~. ; . _.. . r ~ ~: ` ~a _~ t~j -~ , -. -- FIBERGLASS WINDOWS 085313-2 - - - , Saft Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 104400 -FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire extinguishers. B. Accessories. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NFPA 10 -Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers; National Fire Protection Association; 2007. B. UL (FPED) -Fire Protection Equipment Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to NFPA 10. B. Provide extinguishers classified and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide extinguisher operational features and color and finish. C. Manufacturer's InstaAation Instructions: Indicate special criteria and wall blocking coordina~~gn requirements. ~> -~ ~ _, D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified require`t3~iet~s. ~~' -- .. , _i C7 ^`' ~~. _ PART 2 PRODUCTS - .~ i°"~~` 2.01 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS ~i i _ ~--~-,. ~- - ~ 5 A. Fire Extinguishers -General: Comply with product requirements of NFPA 10 anicabl~ codes, whichever is more stringent. ~~:,. -m-. 1. Provide extinguishers labeled by Underwriters Labaratories Inc. for the purpose specified and indicated. B. Dry Chemical Type Fire Extinguishers: Cast steel tank, with pressure gage. 1. Class 4A-606:C. 2. Size 10 lbs. 3. Finish: Baked enamel, red color. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Extinguisher Brackets: Formed steel, chrome-plated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Secure brackets rigidly in place. C. Place extinguishers on wall brackets as indicated. END OF SECTION FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 104400 -1 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 235533 -FUEL-FIRED UNIT HEATERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Gas-fired, fully-vented, low intensity tubular infrared heaters including: 1. Burner Units 2. Vacuum Pumps 3. Heat Exchangers 4. Reflectors 5. Controls 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 07.022 A. Section 23 0913 -Instrumentation and Control Devices for HVAC: Thermostats, time clocks. B. Section 26 2717 -Equipment Wiring: Electrical characteristics and wiring connections. 1.03 REFERENCES A. NFPA 54 -National Fuel Gas Code; National Fire Protection Association; 2006. ._., y, B. NFPA 90A -Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Sysfer?ns; Nafia~al Fire Protection Association; 2002. ~ ~ ~' ' C. NFPA 219 -Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel-Burning gppti~nces; -- National Fire Protection Association; 2006. = ~ -? 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ~; ` _,`: A. Design gas-fired radiant system to operate such that water vapor present in produiwts of '_ combustion will be condensed, and this heat of condensation will be extracted by tfe system-~ and added to the heated space in accordance with Zi33.6A. B. Design gas-fired radiant heating system to remove all flue gases from heated space and ensure that these gases will be removed in the event of radiant pipe failure. C. Provide burner assemblies consisting of heavy duty cast iron burner heads and combustion air filters. Provide hot rolled steel combustion chambers with port for viewing burner flame. D. Provide minimum number of burners necessary to ensure proper, uniform heat distribution. E. Design burners to totally premix air and gas required for combustion before combustion actually occurs. ~~ _s.1 :y ~, .~ F. Design system controls to pre-purge with air for at Least 45 seconds, all combustion chambers and heat exchanger pipes connected to vacuum pump, prior to initiation of firing sequence. G. Design system to post-purge with air for at Least 45 seconds, all combustion chambers and heat exchanger pipes connected to vacuum pump, after shut down of the last burner firing into the vacuum pump. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for subnuttal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's literature and data indicating rated capacities, weights, accessories, electrical nameplate data, and wiring diagrams. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate assembly, required clearances, and locations and sizes of field connections. FUEL-FIRED UNIT HEATERS 23 5533 - 1 07.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa D. Manufacturer's lnstructions: Indicate rigging, assembly, and installation instructions. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listing. F. Warranty: Submit manufacturers warranty and ensure forms have been filled out in City of Iowa City, Iowa s name and registered with manufacturer. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construct, install, and certify gas-fired radiant heaters in accordance with ANSI Z83.6A - Gas-Fired Infrared Heaters (supplement to ANSI Z83.6). B. Provide AGA Seal affixed to each burner name plate and vacuum pump. Provide AGA certification of heater design as "Vented Infrared Heater". C. Install gas-fired radiant system in accordance with NFPA 409 -Standard on Aircraft Hangers. D. Install and connect gas piping to gas-fired radiant system in accordance with NFPA 54 -National Fuel Gas Code, and AGA listing. E. Install and connect electrical wiring to gas-fired radiant system in accordance with NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classfied by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.08 WARRANTY A. See Section 09 7700 -Closeout Procedures, for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide three year manufacturer's warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 INFRARED HEATER MANUFACTURERS A. Roberts Gordon, Inc.; CoRayVac (tm) radiant heating system: www.rg-inc.com. B. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 TUBULAR, LOW INTENSITY, INFRARED HEATERS A. Units: Packaged, partially factory assembled, pre-wired unit consisting of cabinet, burner, heat exchanger, radiant tube, reflector, controls; for natural gas. B. Heat Exchanger: Aluminized tubular steel combustion chamber with aluminized steel tube with `~~ aluminum reflector. 6?' Gas ~mer: r~'~, "' ~ = 1 ~~i ~3as Burners: Forced draft type with adjustable combustion air supply. c~1~., I_.~_i 2.~:_~ has valve provides 100 percent safety gas shut-off; 24 volt combining pressure regulation, __--..i --_ ~-% (safety pilot, manual set (On-Off), pilot filtration, automatic electric valve. ~ _;~~ ~ 3: Electronic pilot ignition, with electric spark igniter. - 4~-.- :t~ton-corrosive burner air blower with permanently lubricated motor. ~~ C: -_~ -:-, ~3; Gas~~mer Safety Controls: Thermo-couple sensor prevents opening of solenoid gas valve ``°' until pilot flame is proven and stops gas flow on ignition failure. E. Operating Controls: Low voltage room thermostat cycles burners to maintain room temperature setting. FUEL-FIRED UNIT HEATERS 23 5533 - 2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07.022 F. Performance: 1. Vacuum Pump Motor: a. 20 amperes; 1/2 HP. b. 115 volts, single phase, 60 Hz. c. Reversible rotation, capacitor start, ball bearing and thermally protected. 2. Heating Capacity: a. Sumer input: 20,000 Btuh. b. Minimum combustion efficiency: 90 percent. c. Total input (two burners): 40,000 Btuh; gas heating capacities are sea level ratings. 1) Maximum input firing rate: Do not exceed 2400 Btuh per sq ft fot total radiating surface of heat exchanger associated with one vacuum pump. 2.03 ROOM THERMOSTATS A. Adjustable Room Thermostat: Low voltage, to control heater stages in sequence with delay between stages, and vacuum pump fan to maintain temperature setting. 1. Thermostat display: a. Actual room temperature. b. Programmed temperature. c. System mode indication: Heating, system auto-off-on,. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that space is ready for installation of units and openings are as indicated on shop ,_.~ drawings. Cam? _:., ~-~y .;.. ~..~ B. Verify that proper power supply is available. ,t _ C. Verify that proper fuel supply is available for connection. ~ ~' ~r_ __ ~_ , 3.02 INSTALLATION ' r --~ ~ _,.. A. Install in accordance with NFPA 90A. ~-~' ~ - ~ ~ - B. Instal! gas fired units in accordance with NFPA 54 and applicable codes. ~-' -- C. Provide vent connections in accordance with NFPA 211. D. Provide operating controls . E. Coordinate connection to electrical power system. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Start-up, test, and adjust gas-fired radiant heaters in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions, and utility company requirements. B. Check and calibrate controls, adjust burners for maximum efficiency. END OF SECTION FUEL-FIRED UNIT HEATERS 23 5533 - 3 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 260519 -LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES {600 V AND LESS) PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wire and cable for 600 volts and less. B. Wiring connectors and connections. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 26 0553 -Identification for Electrical Systems. 1.03 REFERENCES o7.o2z A. NECA 1 -Standard for Gaod Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association; 200fi. B. NETA STD ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems; International Electrical Testing Association; 2007. C. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; 2008. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Products: Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. suitab~i; -1:r, for the purpose specified and indicated. - `_ '_ PART 2 PRODUCTS ~,. ~ - ~' ~~ ~ ~-,x ~ ~ ____ _ ..::.: ,_.a __. -.. -, . - - .., 2.01 WIRING REQUIREMENTS .:_ a ~ .,~ E , A. Use solid conductor for feeders and branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller. __ - -- -, ~_.~ `. B. Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. `~- ~ ~ '~ .. __ C. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuits longer than 75 feet. < ~ { D. Conductor sizes are based on copper unless indicated as aluminum or "AL". E. If aluminum conductor is substituted for copper conductor, size to match circuit requirements for conductor ampacity and voltage drop. 2.02 BUILDING WIRE A. Description: Single conductor insulated wire. B. Conductor: Copper. C. Insulation Voltage Rating: 300 volts. D. Insulation: NFPA 70, Type THHNrrTHWN. 2.03 WIRING CONNECTORS A. Solderless Pressure Connectors: PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather. LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES (600 V AND LESS) 26 0519 - 1 07.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa B. Verify that raceway installation is complete and supported. C. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire- 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install wire and cable securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. B. Route wire and cable as required to meet project conditions. C. Use wiring methods indicated. D. Pull all conductors into raceway at same time. E. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire 4 AWG and larger. F. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards. G. Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors. H. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no perceptible temperature rise. I. Identify and color code wire and cable under provisions of Section 26 0553. Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect and test in accordance with META STD ATS, except Section 4. B. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA STD ATS, Section 7.3.2. END OF SECTION __ ~ _ti ~ L .... ~ ~ .. ...... ~ z._.6 ~C' ' II ~ y fw.~~ a..-A t"P_, '.. _'3 ~/ ;..~~ ~_~ LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES (600 V AND LESS) 28 0519 - 2 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 260534 -CONDUIT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Conduit, fittings and conduit bodies. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 26 0537 -Boxes. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI C80.3 -American Nationa! Standard for Steel Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT}; 2005. B. ANSI C80.5 -American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Aluminum Conduit (ERAC); 2005. C. NECA 1 -Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association; 2006. D. NECA 101 -Standard for Installing Steel Conduit {Rigid, IMC, EMT}; National Electrical Contractors Association; 2006. E. NEMA FB 1 -Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 2007. F. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; 2008. 1.04 SUBMITTALS '` _, A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals for submittals procedures. ~~=_ `-~ ` B. Product Data: Provide for metallic conduit, flexible metal conduit, metallic tubing, fi~in~s, ar~id~ ... '~~ conduit bodies. - : ~- , --- _.. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE ~ ~` r ', ~, r_:° A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. f -' - ~ _,; B. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for pritpose fi_;; specified and shown. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A. Conduit Size: Comply with NFPA 70. 1. Minimum Size: 1/2 inch unless otherwise specified. B. Outdoor Locations Above Grade: Use rigid aluminum conduit. C. Dry Locations: 1. Exposed: Use electrical metallic tubing. 2.02 METAL CONDUIT A. Rigid Aluminum Conduit: ANSI C80.5. B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; material to match conduit. 2.03 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT A. Description: Interlocked steel-construction. B. Fittings: NEMA FB 1. CONDUIT 26 0534 - 1 07.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, town 2.04 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. Description: ANSI C80.3; galvanized tubing. B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA FB 1; steel or malleable iron compression type. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.09 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on drawings. B. Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough-in. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install conduit securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. B. Install steel conduit as specified in NECA 101. C. Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation. D. Support conduit using coated steel or malleable iron straps, [ay-in adjustable hangers, ctevis hangers, and split hangers. E. Group related conduits; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using steel channel; provide space on each for 25 percent additional conduits. F. Fasten conduit supports to building structure and surfaces under provisions of Section 26 0529. G. Do not support conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary supports. 1~: Do na.~ attach conduit to ceiling support wires. .1_ Ae conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance. ~- `_..' ~: I~o~~exposed conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls. __._ . _r ~'. ~ ~ -~- -tf. Roueconduit installed above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls. :` ~~ conduit in and under slab from point-to-point. -: ~- ~1. Main adequate clearance between conduit and piping. ., N. Cut conduit square using saw or pipecutter; de-burr cut ends. O. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely. P. Install no more than equivalent of three 90 degree bends between boxes. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Use hydraulic one shot bender to fabricate bends in metal conduit larger than 2 inch size. Q. Avoid moisture traps; provide junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system. R. Provide suitable fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where conduit crosses seismic. S. Provide suitable pull string in each empty conduit except sleeves and nipples. T. Use suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. U. Ground and bond conduit under provisions of Section 26 0526. V_ Identity conduit under provisions of Section 26 0553. CONDUIT 26 0534 - 2 Salt Storage Facility Public Worics, Iowa City, Iowa END OF SECTION 07.022 ~-~ ~~- ~.•, ~ ~' ~y - ~. .- ___ _ _~. .. I ~ __ y- , _ . _ _ _„ ,_.... , _. ~ ; ; - ;- _~ _~ -- ~- , ~-~ ,~ --_ c_. CONDUIT 26 0534 - 3 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 262726 -WIRING DEVICES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall switches. B. Receptacles. C. Device coverplates. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NECA 1 -Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Contracting; National Electrical Contractors Association; 2006. B. NEMA WD 1 -General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices; National Electrical Manufacturers Association; 1999 (R 2005). C. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; 2008. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. 07.022 B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's catalog information showing dimensions, colors, and ~,_, configurations. ~-,; C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions. ~'' ~--~ '` 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE r j -'~ --- ~_. A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. - - ~~, ~~a. _ B. Products: Provide products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories lnc~s-sbitabte~ ~~.... for the purpose specified and indicated. `'= ' ~ "~~ _,_... PART 2 PRODUCTS ~' 2.01 WALL SWITCHES A. Wall Switches: Heavy Duty, AC only general-use snap switch, complying with NEMA WD 6 and WD 1. i . Body and Handle: Ivory plastic with toggle handle. 2. Ratings: a. Voltage: 120 volts, AC. b. Current: 20 amperes. 2.02 RECEPTACLES A. Receptacles: Heavy duty, complying with NEMA WD 6 and WD 1. 1. Device Body: Ivory plastic. B. Convenience Receptacles: Type 5 to 20. C. GFCI Receptacles: Convenience receptacle with integral ground fault circuit interrupter to meet regulatory requirements. 2.03 WALL PLATES A. Cover Plates: Galvanized, steel cover plates. B. Weatherproof Cover Plates: Gasketed cast metal with hinged cover. WIRING DEVICES 26 2726 - 1 07.022 PART 3 EXECUTION Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that outlet boxes are installed at proper height. B. Verify that wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall plates. C. Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to wiring devices. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1. B. Install devices plumb and level. C. install switches with OFF position down. D. Install receptacles with grounding pole on bottom. E. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. F. Install cover plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets. G. Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductor around screw terminal. 3.03 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Install wall switch 48 inches above finished floor. B. Install convenience receptacle 24 inches above finished floor. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Inspect each wiring device for defects. ~ C~ each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation. ~ _R~i `~: ~Le~ifv-#hat each receptacle device is energized. __~~ ..._ ~..~ I(_- ~~..j_.„_ ,-B: T~es~ach receptacle device for proper polarity. '.; Mach GFCI receptacle device for proper operation. :~ A. Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level. END OF SECTION WIRING DEVICES 26 2726 - 2 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 264113 -LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Strike {air) terminals and interconnecting conductors. B. Grounding and bonding for lightning protection. 1.02 REFERENCES A. NFPA 780 -Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems; National Fire Protection Association; 2004. B. UL 96 -Lightning Protection Components; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; 2005. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location and layout of air terminals, grounding electrodes, and bonding connections to structure and other metal objects. Include terminal, electrode, and conductor sizes, and connection and termination details, as well as disconnecting means for maintenance. 1. Include data on actual ground resistance determined by field measurement in accordance with NFPA 780. 2. Include engineering analysis of equalization of potential to metal bodies within the structure. 3. Include access panels, test holes, and disconnecting means for maintenance. _.. j ,.:; C.' ~.. C. Product Data: Provide dimensions and materials of each component, indication of tF~sti~ agency listing, and installation instructions. y ~ ~ ""~ _.~ ; D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requireme$.~ -, ~ 1 m E. Installation Certification: Submit copy of certification agency's approval. ~ ` rr ~ - .-'- F. Operation and Maintenance Data: Provide recommended inspection and testing pl ` iirirCludirxg ~~~ recommended intervals, to achieve periodic maintenance as recommended in NFP$0; .._. provide customized plan reflecting actual installation configuration with specific installed c_`' components identified. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of each referenced system design standard on site. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in lightning protection equipment with minimum five years documented experience and member of the Lightning Protection Institute. C. Designer Qualifications: Person or entity, employed by installer, who specializes in Lightning protection system design with minimum three years documented experience. D. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in lightning protection system design with minimum three years documented experience. E. Field Quality Control Testing Agency Qualifications: Firm capable of and experienced in grounding and bonding testing with documented experience and minimum of three project references. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate with roofing installers for adequate attachment of strike terminals and conductors without damage to roofing. LIGHTNING PROTECTfON FOR STRUCTURES 26 4113 - 1 07.022 1.06 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa A. Convene a meeting at least at least two weeks prior to commencement of any work affected by lightning protection system requirements to discuss prerequisites and coordination required by other installers; require attendance by representatives of installers whose work wilt be affected. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LIGHTNING PROTEC710N SYSTEM A. Lightning Protection System: Provide complete system complying with NFPA 780, including air terminals, bonding, interconnecting conductors and grounding electrodes. 1. Provide system that protects: a. The entire structure. b. Open air areas within 100 feet of exterior walls at grade level. c. Open air areas within building footprint. 2. Coordinate with ether grounding and bonding systems specified. 3. Determine ground resistance by field measurement. 4. Provide copper, bronze, or stainless steel components, as applicable; no aluminum. 5. Provide disconnecting means and access panels or similar devices to allow complete periodic inspection and testing as described by NFPA 780 Annex D. 6. Provide system certified by Underwriters Laboratories or the Lightning Protection Institute. B. Strike Terminals: Provide strike (air) terminals on roof where indicated on the drawings 2.02 COMPONENTS A: a All Components: Complying with applicable requirements of UL 96. t3:r Strike°{~4ir) Terminals: Copper, solid. ,-~~ .. ~'-,, f e°'~~~ C:: Gi`~r~ding Rods: Solid copper. -.-.._1 $- ~ Plate: Copper. ~"1~ q"ogd~ctors: Copper cable. ~ Gonctors and Splicers: Bronze. :~ ~ PAF~'3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. B. Coordinate work with installation of roofing and exterior and interior finishes. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with referenced system standards and as required for specified certification. B. Connect conductors using mechanical connectors. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform visual inspection as specified in NFPA 780 as if this were a periodic follow-up inspection. B. Perform continuity testing as specified in NFPA 780 as if this were testing for periodic maintenance. C. Obtain the services of the specified cert~cation agency to provide inspection and certification of the lightning protection system, including performance of any other testing required by that agency. LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES 26 4113 - 2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa END OF SECTION a~.oz2 LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES 264113-3 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 0.022 SECTION 265100 -INTERIOR LIGHTING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Interior luminaires and accessories. B. Emergency lighting units. C. Exit signs. D. Ballasts. E. Lamps. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire that is not a standard. product of the manufacturer. C. Product Data: Provide dimensions, ratings, and performance data. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: Instructions for each product. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70 and NFPA 101. ~: B. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for tF~epurpos~'" specifed and indicated. 2.~: ~', PART 2 PRODUCTS ~ ~ - _- ""~"~ ~ I 2.01 LUMINAIRES ~ ~ -' ,-= t r A. Luminaire Type 1: Fluorescent surface mounted type luminaire. ,=~ ~ ~° ~' 1. Mounting: Ceiling surface. K` ~~ -~' 2. Lamps: Four each, Sylvania 32 watt, T5H0. ~-~ --- 3. Ballast: Manufacturer's standard, matched to lamp characteristics, rated 120 volts, r- installed by luminaire manufacturer. 4. Size: 2 x 4 ft 5. Housing: Sheet steel. 6. Photometric Control Elements: Anodized specular aluminum reflector. 7. Installation Conditions: Low temperature (-20 degrees F). B. Emergency Lighting Units: Self-contained fluorescent emergency lighting unit. 1. Battery: 6 volt, nickel-cadmium type, with 1.5 hour capacity. 2. Battery Charger: Dual-rate type, with sufficient capacity to recharge discharged battery to full charge within twelve hours. 3. Lamps: Compact fluorescent. 4. TEST switch: Transfers unit from external power supply to integral battery supply. 5. Electrical Connection: Conduit connection. 6. Input Voltage: 120 volts. 2.02 EXIT SIGNS A. Exit Signs: Exit sign fixture suitable for use as emergency lighting unit. 1. Housing: Sheet steel. 2. Face: Translucent plastic face with red letters on white background. 3. Mounting: Wall. INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 5100 - 1 07.422 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 4. Battery: 6 volt, nickel-cadmium type, with 1.5 hour capacity. 5. Battery Charger: Dual-rate type, with sufficient capacity to recharge discharged battery to full charge within twelve hours. 6. Lamps: Manufacturer's standard. 7. input Voltage: 120 volts. 2.03 BALLASTS AND CONTROL UNITS A. Fluorescent Ballasts: ANSI C82.1, high power factor type electromagnetic ballast, suitable for lamps specified. 1. Voltage: 124 volts. 2. Certify fluorescent ballast design and construction by Certified Ballast Manufacturers, Inc. 2.04 LAMPS A. Lamp Types: As specified for each luminaire. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install fixtures securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 500 (commercial lighting). B. Install accessories furnished with each luminaire. C. Connect luminaires and exit signs to branch circuit outlets provided under Section 26 0537 using Flexible conduit. D. Make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for temperature conditions within luminaire. ~- ~E: Bond~Sroducts and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. ,~- i ~_..~ Wit`. thspec~ed lamps in each emergency lighting unit, exit sign, and luminaire. I ~ I 'r'~r i a~ -.._ ~~-~3.02 FtEl,~~~IiALITY CONTROL t s ~ A. Qp~r~te each luminaire after installation and connection. Inspect for proper connection and -~. ~~ration. 3.{~3~ CLEA~G .., -- A. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious materials. B. Remove dirt and debris from enclosures. C. Clean finishes and touch up damage. 3.04 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Demonstrate luminaire operation for minimum of two hours. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Relamp luminaires that have failed lamps at Substantial Completion. 3.06 SCHEDULE -See Drawings END OF SECTION INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 5100 - 2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa Ciry, Iowa a7.o22 SECTION 265600 -EXTERIOR LIGHTING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Exterior luminaires and accessories. B. Poles. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 3000 -Cast-in-Place Concrete: Foundations for poles. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI C82.4 -American National Standard for Ballasts for High-Intensity-Discharge and Low Pressure Sodium Lamps (Multiple-Supp{y Type}; 2002. B. NECAIIESNA 501 -Recommended Practice for Installing Exterior lighting Systems; 2006. C. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code; National Fire Protection Association; 2005. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: Furnish bolt templates and pole mounting accessories to installer of pole foundations. 1 A5 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire which is not a standard r~ -~~ product of the manufacturer. ~ ~ :~_ ~-- _ C. Product Data: Provide dimensions, ratings, and performance data. `~~ ~-' `~` D. Manufacturer's Installation {nstructions: Indicate application conditions and IimitaC~lns~f use. --~`_-_ stipulated by product testing agency. include instructions for storage, handling, prot~clion,`-~ ` _ examination, preparation, installation, and starting of product. ~-: - -;- -; - __ 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE ~"l ~-~ ~~_ A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. ~ - ` ,_r B. Electrical Components: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 LUMINAIRES A. Furnish products as indicated in Schedule included on the Drawings. B. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 BALLASTS A. High Intensity Discharge (HID) Ballasts: ANSI C82.4, metal halide lamp ballast, suitable for lamp specified. 1. Voltage: 120 volts. 2.03 LAMPS A. Lamp Types: As specified for each luminaire. EXTERIOR LIGHTING 26 5600 - 1 07.022 2.04 POLES A. Poles: Steel with prime finish for field painting. 1. Shape: Square. 2. Base Diameter: 6 inches. 3. Height: 20 feet. 4. Base: Breakaway transformer type. 5. Accessories: a. Handhole. b. Anchor bolts. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa A. Install fixtures securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 501. B. Provide concrete bases for lighting poles at locations indicated, in accordance with Section 03 3000. C. Install poles plumb. 1. Provide shims to adjust plumb. 2. Grout around each base. D. Install lamps in each luminaire. E. Bond luminaires and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection. Inspect for improper connections and operation. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Aim and adjust luminaires to provide illumination levels and distribution indicated on Drawings. 3.04 ~'CLEANIN~ Ct~at~electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious materials. ~~ , ~ Remove dirt and debris from enclosure. ~. ~ ~= r,.~ __._... 'C- G'~lea~hotometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. L-~-.- `~F. Glesh;#inishes and touch up damage. 3.05~~f*ROT~~~ON OF FINISHED WORK ---- `~:" Re[amp luminaires which have failed lamps at Substantial Completion. 3.06 SCHEDULE -See Drawings END OF SECTION EXTERIOR (_IGHTING 26 5600 - 2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 311000 -SITE CLEARING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Clearing and protection of vegetation. B. Removal of existing debris. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 07022 A. Section 01 5713 -Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control. B. Section 31 2200 -Grading: Fill material for filling holes, pits, and excavations generated as a result of removal operations. C. Section 31 2323 - Fiil: Fill material for flling holes, pits, and excavations generated as a result of removal operations. 1.03 REFERENCES A. IDOT, Standard Spec cations 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Site Plan: Showing: 1. Vegetation removal limits. ~ ~a 2. Areas for temporary construction and field offices. ~~; _:="' ~: _.> 3. Contractor work area to be enclosed by security fence. ~_ ~ . -~ ~-a -__ .; C. Project record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active.~tilitie~ and ~ ~ subsurface construction. `` '` ~ `~' 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' ` ~r __." '._V~~ ~__ A. Perform the work of this section in accordance with provisions in the following di~sions and " sections of IDOT Standard Specifications: y .__, 1. Division 24, Structures; Section 2401 -Removal of Existing Structures. r t~f 2. Division 25, Miscellaneous Construction; Section 2510 -Removal and Disposal of Old Pavement 3. Division 25, Miscellaneous Construction; Section 2515 -Removal and Construction of Paved Driveways. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Disposal sites: Use only sites which comply with all applicable Iowa DNR and United States EPA regulations. B. Hauling and disposal of waste and debris: Comply with applicable State and local ordinances and other requirements of authorities with jurisdiction. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Minimize production of dust due to clearing operations; do not use water if that will result in ice, flooding, sedimentation of public waterways or storm sewers, or other pollution. B. Confine consVuction activities to the limits of construction or construction easements where applicable. Protect adjacent properties and areas outside the limits of construction from damage resulting from construction operations. C. Comply with other requirements specified in Section 01 7000. MMS #1235-078 SITE CLEARING 31 1000 -1 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07022 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.07 MATERIALS A. Fill Material: As specified in Section 31 2323 -Fill and Backfill PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXlST1NG UTILITIES AND BUILT ELEMENTS A. Coordinate work with utility companies; notify before starting work and comply with their requirements; obtain required permits. B. Protect existing utilities to remain from damage. C. Do not disrupt public utilities without permit from authority having jurisdiction. D. Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing utility branches or take-offs that are in use without prior approval from the Owner, and / or the Engineer. E. Locate and mark utilities to remain; marls using highly visible tags or flags, with identification of utility type; protect from damage due to subsequent construction, using substantial barricades if neccesary. F. Remove exposed piping, valves meters, equipment, supports and foundations of disconnected and abandoned utitites. G. Excavate test pits when location of pipe or other underground structure is necessary for doing work properly. Discontinue digging by machinery when excavation approaches pipes, conduits, or other underground structures. Continue excavation by use of hand tools. H. Protect existing structures and other elements that are not to be removed. x-- 3.02 &TRIPPU~IG VEGETATION AND ORGANIC MATERIALS r~.., ~ S , r ~ Remove trees, shrubs, brush, and stumps in areas to be covered by building structure, --1 ;~4 p ng, lawns, and planting beds. [_.~ i __~ ~.. In' ~r~aring the site areas covered by building structure and pavement, remove topsoil, root ~ ~~" r z~~egetation and other "unsuitable" materials, defined below. Stripping depth for topsoil, -~`- `' rbot.z~ne, vegetation and organics approximates 8 inches; actual removal depth beyond 8 "~' i~4che~may vary based on geogechnical engineer's evaluation and identifcation of "unsuitable ~, '`''~' 1. Deleterious and unsuitable materials include: a. Organic soils with greater than 5% oganic material. b. Topsoil and root zone materials c. Loose, soft and frozen materials. d. Existing fill soils, as welt as demolition debris and rubble. C. Do not remove or damage vegetation beyond the limits indicated on drawings. 1. Exception: Specific trees and vegetation indicated on drawings to be removed. D. Vegetation Removed: Do not burn, bury, landfill, or leave on site, except as indicated. 1. Chip, grind, crush, or shred vegetation for matching, composting, or other purposes; preference should be given to on-site uses. 2. Trees: SeU if marketable; if not, treat as specked for other vegetation removed; remove stumps and roots to depth of 18 inches. 3. Sod: Re-use on site if possible; otherwise sell if marketable, and if not. treat as specified for other vegetation removed. 4. Fill holes left by removal of stumps and roots, using suitable fill material, with top surface neat in appearance and smooth enough not to constitute a hazard to pedestrians. E. Restoration: If vegetation outside removal limits or within specified protective fences is MMS #1235-078 SITE CLEARING 31 1000 - 2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07022 damaged or destroyed due to subsequent construction operations, replace at no cost to City of Iowa City. 3.03 PREDRAINING 1 DEWATERING THE BUILDING SITE A. Perform trenching for storm sewers and subdrainage as far in advance of excavation work as practical as a means of controlling and lowering the groundwater level. 3.04 DEBRtS A. Remove debris, junk, and trash from site. B. Leave site in clean condition, ready for subsequent work. C. Clean up spillage and wind-blown debris from public and private lands. END OF SECTION ~~,., _ C7 r~1 ~:~:, ~ ~~ _ r.;w _~ r - - - :~:, i i __ ~ Y ..•,~, C:" i MMS #1235-078 SITE CLEARING 31 1000 - 3 Salt Storage Facility 07022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 312200 -GRADING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Removal and storage of topsoil. B. Rough grade the site for building pads, paving, sidewalks, parking areas and drainage swaies. C. Replacement of topsoil and finish grading. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 5713 -Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control B. Section 31 1000 -Site Clearing. C. Section 31 2316 -Excavation. D. Section 31 2323 -Fill: Filling and compaction. E. Section 31 2316.13 -Trenching: Trenching and backfilling for utilities. F. Section 32 9219 -Seeding: Finish ground cover. G. Section 13 000 Administration Requirements -SUBMITTALS 1. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of utilities remaining by horizontal dimensions, elevations or inverts, and slope gradients. ~z 1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS ~_~~~ A. Protect above- and below-grade utilities that remain. ~-` ~_= ~w; ='~ , _i ~ B. Protect existing underground utilities and other features to remain as a portion afisfirial ._..- --;~ landscaping. -_ . ~_ _. C. Protect bench marks, survey control points, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from gr^~d1' ingt r -~ -`.': equipment and vehicular traffic. ~-' : n~ _~ ~~ r~. PART Z PRODUCTS ~' f..ri 2.01 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: (Import Material} See Section 31 2323. B. Topsoil: Topsoil excavated on-site. 1. Free of roots, rocks larger than 1/2 inch, subsoil, debris, large weeds and foreign matter. 2. If there is insufficient on-site topsoil to meet the requirements for this project, the Contractor shall import sufficient topsoil to meet project needs at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Other Fill Materials: See Section 31 2323. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that survey bench mark and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum. B. Stake and flag locations of known utilities. C. Locate, identify, and protect utilities that remain, from damage. MMS #1235-078 GRADING 31 2200 - 1 Salt Storage Facility 07022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa D. Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities. 3.03 DRAINAGE AND DEWATERING: A. During grading operations, maintain positive drainage for areas under construction and adjacent areas affected by the work. Provide positive drainage away from the building foundation excavation at all times. If pumping is required for dewatering, the Contractor shall meet the requirements of the NPDES permit and CSR permit for this project. B. Sumps created by grading operations shall be dewatered sufficiently to allow grading operations to proceed. Provide and operate all pumps and other equipment needed to carry out such dewatering. C. Dispose of all pumped or drained water without undue interference to other work. or causing damage to pavements, other surfaces, or property. Provide suitable temporary pipes, flumes, or channels for water that may flow along or across the work site. D. Take all precautions necessary to prevent damage to the work by rain or by water entering the site, whether water entry be direct or through the ground. 3.04 EXISTING DRAINAGE TILES: A. The Contractor shall investigate and document the location and elevation of any the lines encountered. The Contractor shall notify the Architect/Engineerwhenever a the is encountered and submit the proposed method of restoring the the to the Architect/Engineerfnr review and approval. 3.05 GRADING -GENERAL A. Grading operations typically occur in three distinct phases. Coordinate grading schedule with the Owner to complete the project in an orderly fashion. The typical grading phases are: 1. Rough grading including: '.-s aL Removing and stockpiling topsoil; and subgrade preparation, compaction and grading •• ~_: - to the lines and grades indicated on the Drawings. "j~~ °"' t `=~ ~~ Coordination of excavation for proposed building. ,~~; !_.i ~ c:- Coordination of subdrainage and trenching for utilities. I--t-! --' ~.= Coordination of dewatering and erosion control. - ~- i . ~ 2'`~-~ wing subgrade preparation including: W ~ %- `~:' Preparation of pavement subgrade, including areas within 5 feet of proposed s~~ ~~ `~ buildings. Perform subgrade preparation immediately prior to construction of the ~:x, ~ l.) pavements to avoid damage to the sugrade from weather and other construction ~-' --- activities. Typically this phase of work shall be accomplished immediately following L"~J installation of sanitary sewers, storm sewers and storn~- intake structures. 3. Finish grading after paving and building construction: a. Backfill curbs and areas adjacent to buildings; spread topsoil and fine grade the areas in preparation for subsequent seeding, sodding and planting. 4. Work in each of these grading phases shall be done in accordance with the applicable requirements of the project specifications. Refer to this specification for required tolerances of grading work for each phase. B. Performing grading operations during drier periods may reduce the risk of corrective work needed to help develop and maintain stable subgrades at the site. C. Light weight construction equipment could possibly be used over soft subgrades, but repetitive construction traffic on the subgrade soils should be minimized to help reduce subgrade disturbances. D. If the subgrade should become saturated, desiccated, or disturbed, the affected material should be removed or replaced, or these materials should be scarified, moisture conditioned as necessary, and recompacted prior to construction of the additions. MMS #1235-078 GRADING 31 2200 - 2 Salt Storage Facility 07022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa E. If time elapses between subgrade preparation and further construction, subgrades need to be reworked and retested. 3.06 ROUGH GRADING A. Remove topsoil from areas to be further excavated, re-landscaped, or re-graded, without mixing with foreign materials. 1. Remove all topsoil from the area inside the building lines. 2. Do not remove topsoil when wet. B. Remove subsoil from areas to be further excavated, re-landscaped, or re-graded. 1. Remove subsoil from inside building lines in accordance with the recommendations in the Geotechnical Report and/or as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer. 2. Remove unsatisfactory subsoil from inside building lines upon specific direction of Geotechnical Engineer. 3. Compensation for overexcavation and related fill shalt be in accordance with approved unit prices and actual quantities of materials placed as verified by Geotechnical Engineer. C. When excavating through roots, perform work by hand and cut roots with sharp axe. D. See Section 31 2323 -Fill, for filling procedures. E. Benching Slopes: Horizontally bench existing slopes greater than 1:4 to key fill material to scope for firm bearing. F. Stability: Replace damaged or displaced subsoil to same requirements as for specified fill. 3.07 SOIL STOCKPILING ~~-~ A. Stockpile and re-use excavated topsoil to the extent possible. `~- C .) B. Unless specifically directed otherwise, re-use excavated subsoil on site. ~_c ~ . ~_,:,. ._, ~..i C. Remove all unsuitable subsoil material from site. '~' ..... D. Stockpile excavated subsoil on site. - -' ~ __' ~ '~--E-~ 3.08 FINISH GRADING ` - r ~ '' ~ _ ~'' A. Before Finish Grading: `=} "y 1. Verify building and trench backfilling have been inspected. ~ -; 2. Verify subgrade has been contoured and compacted. B. Remove debris, roots, branches, stones, in excess of 112 inch in size. Remove soil contaminated with petroleum products. C. Where topsoil is to be placed, scarify surface to depth of 6 inches. D. In areas where vehicles or equipment have compacted soil, scarify surface to depth of 9 inches and recompact to specified minimum percent compaction. E. Place topsoil in areas where seeding are indicated. F. Place topsoil where required to level finish grade. G. Place topsoil to the following compacted thicknesses: 1. Areas to be Seeded with Grass: fi inches. 2. Shrub Beds: 12 inches. H. Place topsoil during dry weather. I. Remove roots, weeds, rocks, and foreign material while spreading. 1. Rake finished surface as necessary to remove rocks greater that 112 inch in size. J. Near plants spread topsoil manually to prevent damage. MMS #1235-078 GRADING 31 2200 - 3 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City. Iowa 07022 K. Fine grade topsoil fo eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Maintain profiles and contour of subgrade. L. Lightly compact placed topsoil. 3.09 TOLERANCES A. Top Surface of subgrade: Plus or minus 0.10 foot from required elevation. B. Top Surface of Finish Grade: Plus or minus 112 inch. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 31 2323 for compaction density testing. 3.11 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Leave site clean and raked, ready to receive landscaping. END OF SECTION r~-~ w..,- _ r~ ~~ ~ ~C ~_L ~ ~; ' ~ ...____~ ' t C d-,- ' n-:'~ :r c `.rd ^~? . .~ ~a G ~.-::7 ., _-- MMS #1235-078 GRADING 31 2200 - 4 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 312316 -EXCAVATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 07022 A. Excavating for building volume below grade, footings, slabs-on-grade, paving, and utilities within the building. B. Trenching for utilities outside the building. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 5713 -Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control B. Section 31 1000 -Site Clearing C. Section 31 2200 -Grading: Grading. D. Section 31 2323 -Fill: Fill materials, filling, and compacting. E. Section 31 2316.13 -Trenching: Excavating for utility trenches outside the building. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with Public Works Standards and other requirements of the City of Iowa City, Iowa. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with applicable provisions of "Safety and Health Regulations for Construction" (~apter XVII of Title 29. Code of Federal Regulations{CFR), Part 1926); promulgated ~~U.S. Department of Labor. 4=:a ~ ~~~ -~' _ .~., ~~, B. Comply with lDOT Standard Specifications Section 2102, 2104 and 2107. ~._ ---lni C 1 A5 PROJECT CONDITIONS --<= sY-= _ ~ .r: ~~ A. Verify that survey bench mark and intended elevations for the Work are as indit~#~,Qi:~ _~-~ `..._ ~~ p - B. Protect plants, lawns, and trees to remain. °~= _~~. .J%, f `~ C. Protect bench marks, survey control points, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving; and curbs from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Identify required fines, levels, contours, and datum locations. B. Verify location and route of underground utilities before starting work. C. See Section 31 2200 for additional requirements. D. Locate, identify, and protect utilities that remain and protect from damage. E. Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities. 3.02 EXCAVATING A. Excavate to accommodate new structures and shape ground to proposed contours shown on the plans. B. Notify Neumann-Monson of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue affected Work in MMS #1235-078 EXCAVATION 31 2316 -1 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa area until notffied to resume work. C. Slope banks of excavations deeper than 4 feet to angle of repose or Tess until shored. D. Do not interfere with 45 degree bearing splay of foundations. E. Inside Building: 1. Remove all existing soil materials to a minimum depth of 24 inches below finished subgrade. F. Correct areas that are over-excavated and load-bearing surfaces that are disturbed; see Section 31 2323. G. Grade top perimeter of excavation to prevent surface water from draining into excavation. H. Remove excavated material that is unsuitable for re-use from site. 07022 1. Spread excavated material to be re-used in area designated on site in accordance with Section 31 2200. 3.03 OVEREXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. The Geotechnical Engineer may require the contractor to remove unsuitable soil material and replace it with approved structural fill. B. Unsuitable materails found in the areas to be paved and within 5 feet of proposed pavement shall be removed and disposed of. The area requiring removal, and depth of removal, shall be agreed upon between the Contractor, Architect/Engineer, and Geotechnical Engineer prior to removal. Materials in the paving subgrade shall be declared unsuitable by the Architect/Engineer and/or Geotechnical Engineer when they can not be compacted to project - spec cations with a reasonable amount of effort due to excessive moisture content in the soils. -, ~.r C~ The tao~tom of removal areas shat! be scarified to a depth of 9 inches, moisture conditioned. and "`~ - cor~tted to meet the project specifications. -.'-.~ D. S '_.~ materals shalt be placed in the removal area. Such material shalt be placed in lifts and _~--~ ~ ' cdrrj '~"" ted to meet the project spec cations. The moisture content of the fill material shall be ~_ r ~,_~ ~ wed as required by the project specifications. ~.. 1~ 7 Wla~~ompleted, the coreout and backfill area shall have an in-p{ace density that is uniform ~; with tTi1e adjacent subgrade areas. ~~ 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 -Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field inspection and testing. - B. Provide for visual inspection of load-bearing excavated surfaces before placement of foundations. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Prevent displacement of banks and keep loose soil from falling into excavation; maintain soil stability. B. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundation from freezing. END OF SECTION MMS #1235-078 EXCAVATION 31 2316 - 2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07022 SECTION 312316.13 -TRENCHING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Backfilling and compacting for utilities outside the building to utility main connections. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 5713 -Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control B. Section 31 2200 -Grading: Site grading. C. Section 31 2316 -Excavation: Building and foundation excavating. D. Section 31 2323 -Fill: Backfilling at building and foundations. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 136 -Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates; 2006. B. ASTM D 698 -Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-Ibf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)); 2000x. C. ASTM D2321 -Standard for Trench Excavation Procedures. D. ASTM D 2487 -Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes {Unified Soil Classification System); 2006. E. ASTM D 2922 -Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth); 2005. F. ASTM D 3017 -Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth); 2005. G. ASTM D 4318 -Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Indg~e,of Soils; 2005. ~~j ~t 1.04 DEFINITIONS `= C~` '~~-; A. Finish Grade Elevations: Indicated on drawings. C:~ ~` --- - ~-~ B. Subgrade Elevations: Indicated on drawings. ~: ~.-: ~ _ r _ _~. 1.05 SUBMITTALS ~ ' ~ ~~ ' ` ` - r- A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.-= ---- f;: B. Materials Sources: Submit name of imported materials source. C. Fill Composition Test Reports: Results of laboratory tests on proposed and actual materials used. D. Compaction Density Test Reports. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Site subsoil material is not expected to be satisfactory for use as Structural Fill and may not be suitable far use as General Fill. It is anticipated that Structural t=ill material will need to be imported to the site. B. Provide sufficient quantities of fill to meet project schedule and requirements. MMS #1235-078 TRENCHING 31 2316.13 -1 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07022 C. When fill materials need to be stored on site, locate stockpiles where designated, or selected by the contractor, subject to Architect approval. 1. Separate differing materials with dividers or stockpile separately to prevent intermixing. 2. Prevent contamination. 3. Protect stockpiles from erosion and deterioration of materials. D. Verify that survey bench marks and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated. E. Protect bench marks, survey control points, existing structures. fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs not scheduled for removal, from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILL MATERIALS A. General Fill: Suitable subsoil excavated on-site and/or imported to the site and conforming to the following; 1. Low -plasticity, cohesive type: a. Liquid limit: Less than 45 percent. b. Plasticity Index: Less than 23 percent. 2. Free of lumps larger than 3 inches, rocks larger than 2 inches, and debris. 3. Conforming to ASTM D 2487 Group Symbol CL. B. Structural Fill: Structural Fill shall consist of the following materials, subject to the Geotechnical Engineer's review and approval; 1. Suitable subsoil excavated on site and/or impor#ed to the site and conforming to the following: a. Low-plasticity, cohesive type; r-.._ 1 } Liquid limit: Less than 45 percent --- ~T 2} Plasticity Index: Less than 23 percent !r , , -~ Free of lumps larger than 3 inches, rocks larger than 2 inches, and debris (`"`Y - ~~~ ~ Conforming to ASTM D2487 Group Symbol CL ~_ ~ , l ~5- 2'_u~ .Dense graded, processed aggregate. Conforming to State of Iowa DOT Standard -.., ~ __, r_~ ;S~iecification for aggregate base course, latest Supplemental Spec cation thereof. f.N~~ C; G~~nu~ar Fill -Fill Type "Drainage": Natural stone; angular crushed washed stone; open- ,`~~ gPa~e~ processed aggregate; free of shale, clay friable material and debris; and conforming to ,.~;~ the fwing: 4=~ 1. TM C33, Class Disgnation 2S, course aggregate for concrete; IDOT Gradation 5. a. Minimum size: No. 8 seive; o to 5 percent passing b. Maximum size: 1 inch D. Sand: Natural river or bank sand; washed; free of silt, clay, loam, friable or soluble materials, and organic matter. 1. Grade in accordance with ASTM D 2487 Group Symbol SW. E. Topsol: Friable loam; imported borrow. 1. Select. 2. Graded. 3. Free of roots, rocks larger than 1!2 inch, subsoil, debris, large weeds and foreign matter. 4. Acidity range (pH) of 5.5 to 7.5. 5. Containing a minimum of 4 percent and a maximum of 25 percent inorganic matter. F. Alt fill materials used on this project site shall be subject to prior approval of the Architect and/or the Geotechnlcal Engineer. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Geotextile Fabric: Polypropylene type, black, non-biodegradable, non-woven, needle punched; MMS #1235-078 TRENCHING 31 2316.13 - 2 Salt Storage Facility 07022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa ADS-6600 manufactured by Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc.. 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 -Quality Requirements, for general requirements for testing and analysis of soil material. B. Where fill materials are specified by reference to a specific standard, test and analyze samples for compliance before delivery to site. C. if tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements. change material and retest. D. Provide materials of each type from same source throughout the Work. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.41 EXAMINATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum locations. B. Locate, identify, and protect utilities that remain and protect from damage. C. Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities. D. See Section 31 2200 for additional requirements. E. Verfiy subdrainage, dampproofing, or waterproofing installation has been completed and inspected. F. Verify structural ability of unsupported walls to support inposed loads by the fill. 3.02 TRENCHING ~~ A. Notify Neumann-Monson of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue ~##etc~ed U~drk in area until notified to resume work. 'r.-> --- ~- . B. Slope banks of excavations deeper than 4 feet to angle of repose or less until sl~aTed: Y_- °"_~~~ C. Do not interfere with 45 degree bearing splay of foundations. ~~ ~..~, ~ ~ i D. Cut trenches wide enough to allow inspection of installed utilities. L~ ,-~ ~~-' E. Excavate trenches to lines and grades indicated on drawings. Maximum length 33f'open trench shall not exceed 200 feet. Maintain trench in dry condition during pipe Saying operations.'- F. Hand trim excavations. Remove loose matter prior to installation of bedding material. G. Remove large stones and other hard matter that could damage piping or impede consistent backfi[ling or compaction. H. Remove excavated material that is unsuitable for re-use from site. Stockpile excavated material to be re-used in area designated on site in accordance with Section 31 2200. 3.03 PREPARATION FOR UTILITY PLACEMENT A. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. Backfill with material type designated for use at this project location. B. Compact subgrade to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent fill material. C. Until ready to backfill, maintain excavations and prevent loose soil from falling into excavation. MMS #1235-078 TRENCHING 31 2316.13 - 3 Salt Storage Fac'slity 07022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 3.04 BACKFlLLING A. Fill up to subgrade elevations unless otherwise indicated. B. Employ a placement method that does not disturb or damage other work. C. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain required compaction density. D. Slope grade away from building minimum 6 inches in 10 ft, unless noted otherwise. Make gradual grade changes. Blend slope into level areas. E. Correct areas that are over-excavated. F. Compaction Density Unless Otherwise Specified or Indicated: 1. Under paving, slabs-on-grade, and similar construction: as specified for each project element is Section 31 23 23 -Fill.. 2. At other locations: 95 percent of maximum dry density. G. Reshape and re-compact fills subjected to vehicular traffic. 3.05 BEDDING AND FILL AT SPECIFIC LOCATIONS A. Use general fill unless otherwise specified or indicated. B. Utility Piping and Conduits and ;~ ~.1. Bedding: Use granular fill. -° 2. Ct~ver with Fitl Type :Use fill type required for subgrade type above utility. .~:- 3. ,~^F~vp to subgrade elevation. r-"°ti .;~ 4.:~~C.~npact in lifts not exceeding 9 inches in loose thicknes for heavy compaction equipment -= a~ n'd 4 to 6 inches for smaller equipment, such as vibratory plates and jumping jacks to the -..~.~ -- ~~~i'iiimum specified percent compaction. ~~ ~- O~r`3Zbdrainage Piping at Foundation Perimeter: 1 r .~ ~cainage fill and geotextile fabric: Section 33 4600. 2:" ~OVer drainage fill with general fill. `=~ 3. I up to subgrade elevation. .., 4. Compact to 95 percent of maximum dry density. 3.06 TOLERANCES A. Top Surface of General Backfilling: Plus or minus 1 inch from required elevations. B. Top Surface of Backfilling Under Paved Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch from required elevations. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 -Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field inspection and testing. B. Perform compaction density testing on compacted fill in accordance with ASTM D2922 or ASTM D3017. C. Evaluate results in relation to compaction curve determined by testing uncompacted material in accordance with ASTM D 698 ("standard Proctor"). D. If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace and retest. 3.08 CLEAN-UP A. Leave unused materials in a neat, compact stockpile. B. Remove unused stockpiled materials, leave area in a clean and neat condition. Grade stockpNe area to prevent standing surface water. MMS #1235-078 TRENCHING 31 2316.13 - 4 Salt Storage Facility 07022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa C. Remove debris,junk, and trash from site. D. Clean up spillage and wind-blown debris from public and private propety. END OF SECTION P w,_i `- r_ I ~_ ~f ~C_._.~ Via`, ~: _ ~~ .._.` ._..~a. _..... ` i ~_.. ,, . ~: ., ,. __.. ~_. _ ~__ ~'~ ~,. MMS #1235-078 TRENCHING 31 2316.13 - 5 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 312323 -FILL PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 07022 A. Filling, backfilling, and compacting for building volume below grade and paving. B. Backfilling and compacting for utilities outside the building to utility main connections. C. Filling holes, pits, and excavations generated as a result of removal (demolition) operations. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01 5713 -Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control B. Section 31 1000 -Site Clearing C. Section 31 2200 -Grading: Site grading. D. Section 31 2316 -Excavation: Removal and handling of soil to be re-used. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 698 -Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-Ibflft3 (600 kN-m/m3)); 2000a. B. ASTM D 2487 -Standard Practice #or Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes {Unified Soil Classification System); 2006. C. ASTM D 2922 -Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods {Shallow Depth); 2005. D. ASTM D 30i 7 -Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth); 2005. E. ASTM D 431$ -Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils; 2005. 1.04 DEFINITIONS `- ' ` A. Finish Grade Elevations: indicated on drawings. ~ ~~ ~ `= __ -- _ _.I ~, ...~ ....... ~.._ B. Subgrade Elevations: Indicated on drawings. ~ ' _--= _ - -~ ~... ,,,,Y-.. 1.05 SUBMITTALS `r ::' ` ~ '~....} ~- A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. ~: ~ _~ ~_ c~ ; B. Materials Sources: Submit name of imported materials source. C. Fill Composition Test Reports: Results of laboratory tests on proposed and actual materials used. D. Compaction Density Tes# Reports. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Provide sufficient quantities of fill to meet project schedule and requirements. When necessary, store materials on site in advance of need. B. Separate differing materials with dividers or stockpile separately to prevent intermixing. 1. Prevent contamination. 2. Protect stockpiles from erosion and deterioration of materials. C. Verify that survey bench marks and intended elevations for the Work are as indicated. MMS #1235-078 FILL 31 2323 -1 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FILL MATERIALS 07022 A. General Fill: Subsoil excavated on-site and/or imported to the site conforming to the following: 1. Low-plasticity, cohesive type. a. Liquid Limit: Less than 45 percent b. Plasticity tndex: Less than 23 percent 2. Moisture Content Range, from optimum; -2% TO +3% as determined by the Standard Proctor test (ASTM D-698). 3. Free of lumps larger than 3 inches, rocks larger than 2 inches, and debris. 4. Conforming to ASTM D 2487 Group Symbol CL. B. Structural Fill: Structural Fill shall consist of the following materials, subject to the Geotechnical Engineer's review and approval: 1. Sub-soil excavated on-site and/or imported to the site and conforming to the following a. Low-plasticity, cohesive type: 1 } Liquid Limit: Less than 45 percent 2) Plasticity Index: >~ess than 23 percent 3) Moisture Content Range, from optimum; -2% TO +3% as determined by the Standard Proctor test (ASTM D-698). b. Free of lumps larger than 3 inches, rocks larger than 2 inches, and debris c. Conforming to ASTM D 2487 Group Symbol CL 2. Dense graded, processed aggregate. Conforming to State of Iowa DOT Standard Specification for aggregate base course, latest Supplemental Spec cation Thereof. a. Moisture Content Range, from optimum; -3% TO +3% C. PCC~avement Subbase `~` 1C structural Fill as outlined above ~. ~ sphalt Millings /Crushed PCC Curb and Gutter from existing parking lot ~-~--' ~ ~~ a. Materials must meet Iowa DOT Materials LM. 210 -----~ -"' C% ~. Materials must be uniformly blended and free of lumps larger than 2 inches (nominal I-_ -,~-- ~ ? size), rocks Larger than 2 inches, and debris. ~'~- ~~_ ,=-~c. Materials must meet Iowa DOT Section 4123. Modified Subbase Materials ~~ J 4__ ~~~ (~ ~-==d. Placement of material is to follow Iowa DOT Section 2115. Modred Subbase r'-a t~e. Asphalt Millings /Crushed PCC Curb and Gutter may only be placed under proposed r.., PCC pavement and not in areas that will receive sod. D. Granular Fill: Angular crushed washed stone; open-graded, processed aggregate, free of shale, clay, friable material and debris; and conforming to the following: 1. ASTM C33, Class Designation 2S, course aggregate for concrete; IDOT Standard Specification Sections 4121, 4123 or 4132. a. Minimum size: No. 200 sieve; 0 to 10 percent passing b. Maximum size: 1 inch 2. Moisture Content Range, from optimum; -3% TO +3% E. Topsoil: Friable loam; imported borrow. 1. Select. 2. Free of roots, rocks larger than 112 inch, subsoil, debris, large weeds and foreign master. 3. Acidity range (pH) of 5.5 to 7.5. 4. Containing a minimum of 4 percent and a maximum of 25 percent inorganic matter. MMS #1235-078 FILL 31 2323 - 2 Salt Storage Facility 07022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa F. Crushed Limestone: Well graded crushed limestone conforming to Iowa DOT Specification Section 4117. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Filter Fabric: Polypropolene type, black non-biodegradable, non-woven, needle punched; "ADS- 6000" manufactured by Advanced Drainage Systems, Inc.. 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 -Quality Requirements, for general requirements for testing and analysis of soil material. B. Where fill materials are specified by reference~to a speck standard, test and analyze samples for compliance before delivery to site. C. If tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements. change ma#erial and retest. D. Provide materials of each type from same source throughout the Work. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.fl1 EXAMINATION A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum locations. B. See Section 31 2200 for additional requirements. C. Verify subdrainage, dampproofing, or waterproofing installation has been inspected. D. Verify structural ability of unsupported walls to support imposed Eoads by the fill. 3.fl2 PREPARATION P' A. Scarify the subgrade soils to a depth of 8 inches, moisture condition, and compact to the ,` minimum specified percent compaction. ~ ' '_ ~ B. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. Backfill with,g~rreal fill:' ~'_~ C. Compact subgrade to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequept#ilC material -, -p t-~_< <_ D. Until ready to fill, maintain excavations and prevent loose soil from falling into exesv~tion.=-'~~' '` _~ ° r-_ j. -. 3.fl3 FILLING ~ _~__ A. Fill to contours and elevations indicated using unfrozen materials. `~ , B. Fill up to subgrade elevations unless otherwise indicated. C. Employ a placement method that does not disturb or damage other work. D. Systematically fill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not fill over porous, wet, frozen or spongy subgrade surfaces. E. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain required compaction density. F. Structural Fill: Place and compact materials in equal continuous layers not exceeding 4 to 6 inches. G. Granular Fill: Place and compact materials in equal continuous layers not exceeding 6 inches compacted depth. H. Soil Fill: Place and compact material in equal continuous layers not exceeding 4 to 6 inches compacted depth. MMS #1235-078 FILL 31 2323 - 3 Salt Storage Facility 07022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa t. Slope grade away from building minimum 2 inches in 10 ft, unless noted otherwise. Make gradual grade changes. Blend slope into level areas. Correct areas that are over-excavated. 1. Load-bearing foundation surfaces: Use approved structural fill, flush to required elevation, compacted to at least 98 percent of maximum dry density as determined by "Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil using Standard Effort (ASTM D-698). 2. Other areas: Use general fill, flush to required elevation, compacted to the minimumspecified percent compactions. K. Reshape and re-compact fills subjected to vehicular traffic. 3.04 FILL AT SPECIFIC LOCATIONS A. Pavement Subgrade: 1. Low Plasticity Cohesive soil (e.g. lean clay or sandy lean clay) 2. Minimum Percent Compaction (ASTM D698}: a. Upper 12 inches of pavement subgrade: 98% b. Below upper 12 inches of pavement subgrade: 95% 3. Asphalt Millings /Crushed PCC Curb and Gutter (See 2.01 Part C) 4. Moisture Content Range, from optimum -2% to +3% B. Subgrade Under Interior Below-Grade-Slabs: 1. Scarify and recompact top 8 inches of existing subsoil to 98 percent of its maximum dry density. 2. Subbase: Use low plasticity cohesive soil a. Liquid limit less than 45% b. Plasticity index less than 23 r- c. Or use well graded crushed limestone. -~- ~ Depth: 12 inches. -'~r . ~ ~~ Compact to 98 percent of maximum dry density. r'""'~ ~_,,,_, -~~~- ;' granular Base: Clean, well-graded crushed stone [,~ ~ `s- '~~ ~a. Containing less than 10% passing U.S. No. 200 seive. __ ; -~-- ~.~~ I-b. Granular bases serve as leveling courses, capilEary moisture breaks, help provide load ~y_ U distribution, and expedite construction. Care will be necessary to avoid contaminating 1_L.. ~ these layers with soil prior to floor slab placement ~~ ~ ubfloor Drain System w:-~ ;~~ Q. Drain lines consisting of perforated, rigid, plastic or metal pipe with a minimum ``~ diameter of 4 inches b. Drain lines shall be surrounded by at least 6-inches offree-draining granular material (IDOT Section 4131) graded to prevent intrusion of fines, or an alternative free- draining granular material encapsulated with suitable filter fabric. c. Drain lines to be placed on maximum 30-foot centers and the inverts of the drain lines shall be placed at least 1 foot below the floor subgrade elevation. d. Drain lines should be hydraulically connected to the granular base beneath the floor slab. e. Drain lines shall be sloped and connected to the building sump pump. C. At Foundation Walls and Footings: 1. Use granular fill. 2. Fill up to capillary barrier inside building line. 3. Compact each lift to 98 percent of maximum dry density. 4. Do not backfill against unsupported foundation walls. MMS #1235-078 FILL 31 2323 - 4 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07022 5. Backfill simultaneously on each side of unsupported foundation walls until supports are in place. D. Over Subdrainage Piping at Foundation Perimeter: 1. Drainage fill and geotextite fabric: Section 33 4600. 2. Cover drainage fill with granular fill. 3. Fill to within 18 inches below f+nish grade elevation. 4. Compact to 98 percent of maximum dry density. E. Over Buried Utility Piping, Conduits, and Duct Bank in Trenches: 1. Bedding: Use Fili Type Structural Fill. 2. Fill up to subgrade elevation. 3. Compact in maximum 6 inch lifts to 98 percent of maximum dry density. F. At Lawn Areas: 1. Use general fill. 2. Fill up to 6 inches below finish grade elevations. 3. Compact to 95 percent of maximum dry density. 4. See Section 31 2200 for topsoil placement. G. At Planting Areas Other Than Lawns and Planter Box: 1. Use general fill. 2. Fill up to 12 inches below finish grade elevations. 3. Compact to 95 percent of maximum dry density. 4. See Section 31 2200 for topsoil placement. 5. See plan details for structural soil planting medium. ~_ , r--, 3.05 TOLERANCES ~ } "' r~ ~ .. A. Top Surface of General Filling: Plus or minus 1 inch from required elevations. ~~ =~ _ . B. Top Surface of Filling Under Paved Areas: Plus or minus one-half inch from regi~ed~ , ~ ~_ _. elevations. ,.. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL '- > A. See Section 01 4000 -Quality Requirements, for general requirements for field ir~ection.and testing. ~'e° B. Perform compaction density testing on compacted fill in accordance with ASTM D1556. C. Evaluate results in relation to compaction curve determined by testing uncompacted material in accordance with ASTM D 698 {"standard Proctor"). D. tf tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace and retest. E. Frequency of Tests: Comply with recommendations of Geotechnical Engineer. F. Proof roll compacted fill at surfaces that will be under slabs-on-grade. 3.07 CLEAN-UP A. Leave unused materials in a neat, compact stockpile. END OF SECTION _ { .i ..~.. _., '~..._. MMS #1235-078 FILL 31 2323 - 5 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 321123 -AGGREGATE BASE COURSES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Aggregate base course for vehicular pavement. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 31 2323 -Fill: Compacted fill under base course. B. Section 32 1216 -Asphalt Paving: Binder and finish asphalt courses. C. Section 32 1313 -Concrete Paving: Finish concrete surface course. 1.03 REFERENCES 07.022 A. ASTM D 698 -Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-Ibf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)}; 2000a. B. ASTM D 1556 -Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method; 2000. C. ASTM D 2940 -Standard Specification far Graded Aggregate Material for Bases or Subbases for Highways and Airports; 1992. D. ASTM D 4318 -Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils; 2005. _ ~, E. (DOT Standard Specifications Sections 4120 and 4121 C =~ {.: ~ - . 1.04 SUBMITTALS ~r - -- _ _ a, A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. ~~' `~'° ~°- ~-- ,; ., -.~ B. Materials Sources: Submit name of imported materials source. ~- ; - ' .' i C. Aggregate Composition Test Reports: Results of laboratory tests on proposed and ac,2~al ~ ~' materials used. 1:: ._._. c~' D. Compaction Density Test Reports. 1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Provide sufficient quantities of aggregate to meet project schedule and requirements. When necessary, store materials on site in advance of need. B. When aggregate materials need to be stored on site, locate stockpiles where indicated. 1. Separate differing materials with dividers or stockpile separately to prevent intermixing. 2. Prevent contamination. 3. Protect stockpiles from erosion and deterioration of materials. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Blended Aggregate: ASTM D 2940, Dense Grading ; 12-25 percent passing the No. 40 sieve with a liquid limit of not more than 25; a plasticity index of not more than 5 in accordance with ASTM D 4318. 1. Gradation: In accordance with recommended "job mix formula." a. Minimum size: No. 200 sieve: 0 to 8 percent passing. b. Maximum size: 1-1l2 inch. 2. Course aggregate retained on No. 4 sieve shall consist of durable, angular fragments of AGGREGATE BASE COURSES 32 1123 -1 07.022 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, tows crushed aggregate from the approved quarry. 3. Fine aggregate passing No. 4 sieve shall consist essentially of particles produced from the crushing of coarse aggregate from the approved quany. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify substrate has been inspected, gradients and elevations are correct, and is dry. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Correct irregularities in substrate gradient and elevation by scarifying, reshaping, and re-compacting. B. Do not place aggregate on soft, muddy, or frozen surfaces. C. Proof-roll with loaded tandem axle dump truck D. Areas where unsuitable conditions exist should be repaired by removing and replacing the unsuitable materials with properly compacted fill. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Place aggregate base.over compacted subgrade to a minimum compacted thickness of 8 inches. B. Compact to 95 percent of maximum dry density. C. Place aggregate in maximum 4 inch layers and roller compact to specified density. r-.D. [_evel and contour surfaces to elevations and gradients indicated. •-E. AdG~mall quantities of fine aggregate to coarse aggregate as appropriate to assist compaction. ~---' =~. ;=n+ater to assist compaction. if excess water is apparent, remove aggregate and aerate to ~.,°_.± '~" ..reduce moisture content. ~. r~; .-- i ~-G. Us~nechanical tamping equipment in areas inaccessible to compaction equipment. 3. TOI~NCES r,~ ,. -;A. Fl~ess: Maximum variation of 114 inch measured with 10 foot straight edge. h~ B. Scheduled Compacted Thickness: Within 1/4 inch. C. Variation From Design Elevation: Within 1/2 inch. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform compaction density testing on compacted aggregate base course in accordance with ASTM D1556. B. Evaluate results in relation to compaction curve determined by testing uncompacted material in accordance with ASTM D 698 {"standard Proctor'}. C. If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace and retest. D. Frequency of Tests: one for each 300 sq ft. 3.08 CLEAN-UP A. Remove unused stockpiled materials, leave area in a clean and neat condition. Grade stockpile area to prevent standing surface water. AGGREGATE BASE COURSES 321123-2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa END OF SECTION 0.022 _ ,. C.~ ~:: ~~ ~_~ T~ - ~... _.:,. r ~ _._. AGGREGATE SASE COURSES 321123-3 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 321216 -ASPHALT PAVING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Double course bituminous concrete paving for vehicle parking. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 32 1123 -Aggregate Base Courses: Aggregate base course. 1.03 REFERENCES 07.022 A. AASHTO - MP1 -Performance Graded Asphalt Binder Specification. B. ASTM D 946 -Standard Specification for Penetration-Graded Asphalt Cement for Use in Pavement Construction; 1982 (Reapproved 2005}. C. Iowa Department of Transportation (IDOT) -Standard Specifications for Highway and Bridge Construction; 1984. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Asphalt Concrete Producer qualifications: Member Asphalt Paving Association of Iowa (APAI) and certified by IDOT. B. Perform Work in accordance with Iowa City Public Work's standards and IDOT 2303.08. C. Mixing Plant: Conform to ID07 requirements. 1. Plant Equipment: IDOT 2001.01 and 2001.22. Z. Plant Operation: IDOT 2303.04. _ f., D. Equipment for placing asphaltic concrete: Conform to requirements of IDOT 2303.~t~ and 2001.19, except automatic screed controls are not required. ~ '' '" " - .~ E. Obtain materials from same source throughout. '~-~ --~' ~~- - `3 -~' .. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS ~ -- ° -' ~j A. Conform to applicable code for paving work on public property. ~ ~ :-:1 ~._~~ `~~j 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ~~'' °~ c A. Do not place asphalt when ambient air or base surface temperature is Less than 40 degrees F, or surface is wet or frozen. B. place bitumen mixture when temperature is not more than 15 F degrees below bitumen supplier's bill of lading and not more than maximum specified temperature. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Conform to requirements in IDOT Standard Specifications, Division 41 -Construction Materials. B. Petroleum Asphalt Cement (Hof Mix): IDOT Section 4137; Type/Grade: 1. AC-5: Use for Type B Base. 2. AC-10: Use far Surface Course. 3. MC-70: Use for bituminous seal coat and tack coat. C. Emuls~ed Asphalt (Cold Mix): AASHTO M-140; TypelGrade: 1. Tack Coat (diluted with water): SS-1, SS-1 h. CSS-1, or CSS-1 h. ASPHALT PAVING 321216-1 07.022 Salt Storage .Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa D. Coarse Aggregates: Gravel, angular crushed washed stone, or slag. 1. Base Course: IDOT Section 4126, Class 1; 1 inch mixture size. 2. Surface Course: IDOT Section 4127; 1/2 inch mixture size. E. Fine Aggregate: Sand. F. Mineral Filler. Pulverized limestone or portland cement. 1. Base Course: Comply with IDOT 4126.03. 2. Surface Course: Comply with IDOT 4127.02. G. Tack Coat: Homogeneous, medium curing, liquid asphalt. 2.02 ASPHALT PAVING MIXES AND MIX DESIGN A. Use dry material to avoid foaming. Mix uniformly. B. IDOT approved mix designs are acceptable for identical materials. C. Submit proposed mix design of each class of mix for review prior to beginning of work. 1. Certify that sources of aggregates and bitumen are 1DOT approved. Provide analysis of materials. 2. Conform to requirements in IDOT Section 2303 -Hot Mix Asphalt Mixtures for: a. Type B Base with estimated bitumen content of 5.25 percent (by weight) of total mixture. b. Type A Surface Course with estimated bitumen content of 6.00 percent (by weight) of total mixture. 2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL .... Pr.•- Test r~ic design and samples in accordance with requirements in IDOT Section 2303.04 - C~u~li~Control Program. t-...._1 `-~ ~ ~, ~ Prgpare and test at least three mixtures at varying asphalt contents. If aggregates produced fail __.. tc~gly with gradation of samples, the final job mix formula will be adjusted using aggregates `~' -- acC'u~r produced. I~~in bitumen content within plus/minus 0.25 percent of approved content. PAI'3 EXE~ITION C`d ` 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that compacted granular base is dry and ready to support paving and imposed loads. B. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct. 3.02 PREPARATION -TACK COAT A. Apply tack coat in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Apply tack coat on aggregate base or subgrade surface at uniform rate of 1/2 gaUsq yd; allow to set. 3.03 PLACING ASPHALT PAVEMENT -DOUBLE COURSE A. Place asphalt base course within 24 hours of applying primer or tack coat. B. Place base course in two lifts to total ?inch compacted thickness. C. Place surface course within two hours of placing and compacting base course. D. Place surface course to 2 inch compacted thickness. E. Compact pavement by rolling each layer to proper density in accordance with IDOT Class 1A ASPHALT PAVING 32 1216 - 2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa a7.o22 compaction. Do not displace or extrude pavement from position. Hand compact in areas inaccessible to rolling equipment. F. Perform rolling with consecutive passes to achieve even and smooth f Wish, without roller marks. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Flatness: Maximum variation of 114 inch measured with 10 foot straight edge. B. Compacted Thickness: Within 1/4 inch of specified or indicated thickness. C. Variation from True Elevation: Within 1/2 inch. 3.OS PROTECTION A. Immediately after placement, protect pavement from mechanical injury for 2 days or until surface temperature is less than 140 degrees F. END OF SECTION ASPHALT PAVING 321216-3 ~t Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 321313 -CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Concrete sidewalks, stair steps, integral curbs, and parking areas. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 07022 A. Section 31 2200 -Grading: Preparation of site for paving and base and preparation of subsoil at pavement perimeter for planting. B. Section 31 2323 -Fill: Compacted subbase for paving. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 21 i .1 -Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 1991 {Reapproved 2002). B. ACI 301 -Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings; American Concrete Institute International; 2005. C. AC1304R -Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete; American Concrete Institute International; 2000. D. ACI 305R -Hot Weather Concreting; American Concrete Institute International; 1999. E. ACI 306R -Cold Weather Concreting; American Concrete Institute International; 1988 (Reapproved 2002). F. ASTM A 185/A 185M -Standard Spec cation for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcem~t, Plairfwfbr Concrete; 2006. `~ `- W.,. G. ASTM A 615/A 615M -Standard Spec cation for Deformed and Plain Billet Steed-Bars for _' - , Concrete Reinforcement; 2007. C1 ~ ~ . ~ _~ H. ASTM C 33 -Standard Spec cation for Concrete Aggregates; 2003. -~J I. ASTM C 39/C 39M -Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindr.(c~k~oncrete `,.. Specimens; 2005. _-" ~ 3.-~ _.._ J. ASTM C 94/C 94M -Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete; 2007. c;1=~ K. ASTM C 150 -Standard Specification for Portland Cement; 2005. L. ASTM C 173/C 173M -Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method; 2001. M. ASTM C 260 -Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete; 2006. N. ASTM C 309 -Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete; 2006. O. ASTM C 494/C 494M -Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete; 2005a. P. ASTM C 618 -Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete; 2005. Q. ASTM C 685IC 685M -Standard Specifcation for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and Continuous Mixing; 2001. R. ASTM D 1751 -Standard Spec cation for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction {nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types}; 2004. 1.04 SUBMITTALS MMS #1235-078 CONCRETE PAVING 321313 -1 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07022 A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on joint filler, admixtures, and curing compound. C. Proposed mix designs: Material proportions for each class of concrete, indicate compressive strength development at 7, 28 and 90 days; indicate alkalinity (pH) of hardened concrete. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with Iowa DOT "Standard Speci#ications for Highway and Bridge Construction", Sections 2301 and 2515 (Series 2001), and procedures and regulations of the Jurisdictional Engineer for Municipalities where the project is located. B. Obtain cementitious materials from same source throughout Work. C. Follow recommendations of ACf 305R when concreting during hot weather. D. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not place concrete when base surface temperature is less than 40 degrees F, or surface is wet or frozen. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 FORM MATERIALS A. Form Materials: Conform to ACI 301. ~. . Joi~~Filler. Preformed; flexible, closed-self foam. x~ 1. _=_~Thickness: 112 inch. ._ '~ ~~'roduct: "Sealtight Ceramar" manufactured by W.R. Meadows, Inc.. i µ ~ ~ ::: ~_~} 'Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. •----~-~ 2.02 REUiD~~RCEMENT _v ~-~ ?°~~A. i-•Re' forcing Steel: ASTM A 615/A 615M Grade 40 (280); deformed billet steel bars; unfinished :'. C B. S~I Welded Wire Reinforcement: Plain type, ASTM A 185/A 185M; in flat sheets; unfinished. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 2, Class B. 1. Product: "L & M Cure R-2" manufactured by L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements. B. Joint filler: Preformed, flexible, closed-cell foam: 1. Thickness: 112 inch 2. Product: "Sealtight Ceramar" manufactured by W.R. Meadows, Inc. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 -Product Requirements 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 8000 -Product Requirements. 2.04 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN -NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE A. Iowa DOT IM 529: Class C mix with air entraining. B. Admixtures: Add acceptable admixtures as recommended in ACI 211.1 and at rates recommended by manufacturer. 1. Air Entrainment Admisture: ASTM C 260. 2. Water-Reducing Admixture (Mid-Range): ASTM C 494, Type A; providing for 12 -15 percent reduction of water content in concrete mix. C. Concrete Properties: MMS #1235-078 CONCRETE PAVING 32 1313 - 2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07022 1. Compressive Strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 39/C 39M at 28 days: 4000 psi. 2. Fiy Ash Content: Maximum 15 percent of cementitious materials by weight. 3. Slag Content: Minimum 15 percent of cementitious materials by weight. 4. Water-Cement Ratio: Maximum 48 percent by weight. 5. Total Air Content: 6 percent, determined in accordance with ASTM C 173/C 173M. 8. Maximum Aggregate Size: 1 inch. 2.05 MIXING A. Transit Mixers: Comply with ASTM C 94/C 94M. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify compacted subgrade is acceptable and ready to support paving and imposed loads. B. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct. 3.02 SUBBASE A. See Section 31 2323 -Fill, for construction of base course for work of this Section. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Moisten base to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete. B. Coat surfaces of manhole and catch basin frames with oil to prevent bond with concrete pavement. ~~ , ~.-.. C. Notify Neumann-Monson minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of concret~n}~ operans. 3.04 FORMING ~¢ C'~ ~` `'` ~ ... , A. Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension, profile, and gradient. ~ ~,- :_ ~~ ._ r -~ __. ~ ~ ~ i, B. Assemble formwork to permit easy stripping and dismantling without damaging ~Gr~te.--~ _ ; C. Place joint filler vertical in position, in straight lines. Secure to formwork during ~o~c1,~' to , placement. ` - _~ T~ D. Secure storm water inlet frames and manhole frames in final position. `~ ~' 3.05 REINFORCEMENT A. Place reinforcement as indicated. B. Place dowels to achieve pavement and curb alignment as detailed. 3.06 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete~in accordance with IDOT Specifications for Highway and Bridge Construction. Division 23, surface course, Division 25, Section 2512 PCC curb and gutter. B. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed joints are not disturbed during concrete placement. MMS #1235-07$ CONCRETE PAVING 32 1313 - 3 Sa{t Storage Facility 07022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa C. Place concrete continuously over the full width of the panel and between predetermined construction joints. Do not break or interrupt successive pours such that cold joints occur. 3.07 JOINTS A. Align curb, gutter, and sidewalk joints. B. Place 318 inch wide expansion joints at 20 foot intervals and to separate paving from vertical surfaces and other components and in pattern indicated. 1. Form joints with joint filler extending from bottom of pavement to within 114 inch of finished surface. 2. Secure to resist movement by wet concrete. C. Provide sawn joints: 1. For Sidewalk - At 4 feet intervals, except where spec~cally shown otherwise on the Drawings. 2. For PCC Parking and Drive - At 12 foot intervals ,except where specifically shown otherwise on the Drawings. D. Provide keyed joints as indicated. E. Saw cut contraction joints 118 inch wide at an optimum time after finishing. Cut 113 into depth of slab. 3.08 FINISHING A. Area Paving: Light broom, texture perpendicular to pavement direction. `~_ . Sidewalk Paving: Light broom, texture perpendicular to direction of travel with troweled and rased edge 112 inch radius. .~- ,°T ` ~' :C. ~n~tfAed Vehicular Ramps: Groomed perpendicular to slope. _'r L~ L.k~ ~-'-' D. a curing compound on exposed concrete surfaces immediately after finishing. Apply in -- ~~ ~~ ~`~rdance with manufacturer's instructions. ~`~"` 3,~9 J(~L~SEALING k~ ~ -~. "--~ A. S~e'g Section 07 9005 for joint seater requirements. ~"'~a N 3.10 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation of Surface Flatness: 114 inch in 10 ft. B. Maximum Variation From True Position: 114 inch. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01 4000. B. Provide free access to concrete operations at project site and cooperate with appointed firm. C. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of concrete operations. D. Tests of concrete and concrete materials may be performed at any time to ensure conformance with specified requirements. E. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M. For each test, mold and cure three concrete test cylinders. Obtain test samples for every 75 cu yd or less of each class of concrete placed. MMS #1235-078 CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - 4 Salt Storage, Facility Public Works, fovea City, Iowa 07022 1. Take one additional test cylinder during cold weather concreting, cured on job site under same conditions as concrete it represents. 2. Perform one slump test for each set of test cylinders taken. F. Maintain records of placed concrete items. Record date, location of pour, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. 3.12 PROTECTION A. Immediately after placement, protect pavement from premature drying, excessive hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B. Do not permit vehicular traffic over pavement until 75 percent design strength of concrete has been achieved. C. When concrete is being placed in cold weather and temperatures may be expected to drop below 35 degrees, the following requirements must be met for concrete less than 36 hours old: 1. 24-hour forecast minimum temperature 35-32 degrees: 1 layer plastic or burlap 2. 24-your forecast minimum temperature 31-25 degrees: 1 layer plastic and 1 layer burlap or 2 layers burlap. 3. 24-hour forecast below 25 degrees: 6 inches straw and Z layers burlap. 4. Equivalent commercial insulating material, approved by the Architect may be used. D. Concrete shalt be protected from freezing temperatures until it is at least 5 days old. E. Concrete damaged by cold weather shall be removed and replaced at the contractor's expense. F. Maximum allowable concrete temperature: 90 degrees. G. If concrete is placed when the temperature could exceed 90 degrees, the contractor shall employ effective means, such as precooling of aggregates and/or mixing water as necessary to maintain the temperature of the concrete as is is placed below 90 degrees. r.._.~ END OF SECTION C.:7 ~ =' _ C:. ~:. .i j::- C1~ __ C' ; _ . `° ..~_• L~% 1 {. i r ~ --- i ~__ _j ! ~~ ~<...1 MMS #1235-078 CONCRETE PAVING 32 1313 - 5 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 329219 -SEEDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparation of subsoil. B. Placing topsoil. C. Seeding, mulching and fertilizer. D. Maintenance. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 07022 A. Section 01 57 13 -Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control B. Section 31 2200 -Grading: Preparation of subsoil and placement of topsoil in preparation for the work of this section. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. The fitness of all plantings shall be determined by the Landscape Architect andlor the Architect with the following requirements: 1. Nomenclature: Scientific and common names shall be in conformance with USDA listings and those established by nursery suppliers. B. All quantities of seed listed are for weights and percentiages of pure live seed (PLS). 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Weeds: include Dandelion, Jimsonweed, Quackgrass, Horsetail, Morning Glory, Rush Grass, Mustard, Lambsquarter, Chickweed, Cress, Crabgrass, Canadian Thistle, Nutgrass, Poison Oak, Blackberry, Tansy Ragwort, Bermuda Grass, Johnson Grass, Poison Ivy, Nut Sedge,. Nimble Will, Bindweed, Bent Grass, Wild Garlic, Perennial Sorrel, and Biome Grass. r`= ~_ 1.05 SUBMITTALS ` ~" %' A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, far submittal procedures ~- _. ®'__ B. Product data: Provide manufacturer's data indicating composition and compone~~f _ ~ ~~ commercially prepared fertilizer and other soil amendments. ~~ ~ -~~' --~ C. Supplier certificate: Certify that seed mixture is appropriate for existing site conofis. ;~` D. Test reports: Indicate results of analysis of existing topsoil, and recommendations for ~~ eliminating identified deficiencies. E. Topsoil samples: 1. Soil testing laboratory: G501 Agronomy, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50011. F. Seed bag mix tags. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with regulatory agencies for fertilizer and herbicide composition. B. Provide cert~cate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of seed mixture. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING MMS #1235-078 SEEDING 32 9219 -1 Salt Storage Facility 07022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa A. Deliver grass seed mixture in sealed containers. Seed in damaged packaging is not acceptable. Deliver seed mixture in containers showing percentage of seed mix, year of production, net weight, date of packaging, and location of packaging. B. Deliver fertilizer in waterproof bags showing weight, chemical analysis, and name of manufacturer. 1.08 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Furnish maintenance of seeded areas for 0 months from Date of Substantial Completion. B. Maintain seeded areas immediately and continue maintenance until grass is well established and exhibits a vigorous growing condition. C. Water, weed, mow, fertilize, spray, cultivate and otherwise maintain and protect all seeding. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEED MIXTURE A. Seed Mixture for lawn areas: Proportion of Kentucky Blue Grass, Creeping Red Fescue and Perennial Rye. B. Acceptable Mix: 1. Kentucky Blue Grass: 70 percent 2. Creeping Red Fescue Grass: 20 percent 3. Norlea Perennial Rye: 10 percent 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Mulching Material: Oat or wheat straw, free from weeds, foreign matter detrimental to plant life, and dry. Hay or chopped cornstalks are not acceptable. .,~ B: Fert~er: Granular, controlled release type; recommended for grass, with 50 percent of the ~~ el~k~its derived from organic sources; of proportion necessary to eliminat any deficiencies of _.~ ~:~ teC[" as per sil testing laboratory fertilizer mix recommendations. a a_ ; L~Jr ~a ~'° Clean, fresh and free of substances or matter that could inhibit vigorous growth of grass. ~• E.,! ,PARS 3 UTION ~;_ 3.OX/XN1~4TION ~~. Vertfythat prepared soil base is ready to receive the work of this Section. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Loosen seed bed by lightly discing -minimum working depth 3 inches; repair eroded areas. B. Rake to ensure smooth, uniform surface texture free from rocks, dirt clods and debris. C. Prepare subgrade in accordance with Section 31 2200. D. Place topsoil in accordance with Section 31 2200. 3.03 FERTILIZING A. Apply fertilizer at a rate of 5 pounds per 1000 sq. ft. B. Apply after smooth raking of topsoil and prior to roller compaction. C. Do not apply fertilizer at same time or with same machine as wilt be used to apply seed. D. Mix thoroughly into upper 2 inches of topsoil. Roll the prepare and fertilized seed bed. MMS #1235-078 SEEDING 32 9219 - 2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa Ciiy, Iowa E. Lightly water to aid the dissipation of fertilizer. 3.04 SEEDING 07022 A. Apply seed at a rate of 5 Ibs per 1000 sq ft evenly in two intersecting directions. Rake in lightly. B. Do not seed areas in excess of that which can be mulched on same day. C. Planting Season: Spring -April 15 to May 30: Fall -August 1 to September 15. D. Do not sow immediately following rain, when ground is too dry, or during windy periods. E. Immediately following seeding and compacting, apply mulch to a thickness of 1/8 inches. Maintain clear of shrubs and frees. F. Apply water with a fine spray immediately after each area has been mulched. Saturate to 4 inches of soil. 3.05 SEED PROTECTION A. Identify seeded areas with stakes and string around area periphery. Set string height to 24 inches. Space stakes at 60 inches. B. Cover seeded slopes where grade is 4 inches per foot or greater with erosion fabric. Roll fabric onto slopes without stretching or pulling. C. Lay fabric smoothly on surface, bury top end of each section in 6 inch deep excavated topsoil trench. Provide 12 inch overlap of adjacent rolls. Backfill trench and rake smooth, level with adjacent soil. D. Secure outside edges and overlaps at 36 inch intervals with stakes. E. Lightly dress slopes with topsoil to ensure close contact between fabric and soil. ,-. _, :_. r_--. F. At sides of ditches, lay fabric laps indirection of water flow. Lap ends and edge~~ninimur~t>6 inches. ~;- 3.06 MAINTENANCE t_ ~ T` --~ ~ :=: -; .~ A. Roll surface to remove minor depressions or irregularities. Regrade and reseed--ati~:-~reaa _, ' __f impacted by other construction processes prior to final acceptance of the work. ~_-~ ,-; '; ,___. ~., B. Control growth of weeds. Apply herbicides in accordance with manufacturer's inl3tuctions~ Remedy damage resulting from improper use of herbicides. -~ ° ~_. ; C. Immediately reseed areas which show bare spots or eroded areas wifh original mixtures, watering, or as necessary to establlish a close stand of grasses specified, free of weeds and undesireable grasses. D. Protect seeded areas with warning signs during maintenance period. E. Maintain seeded areas by mowing at a minimum height of 3 inches. Mow often to ensure cutting no more than 1/3 of the grass blade at any one mowing. F. Maintain seed areas until "Substantial Completion" of the project. END OF SECTION MMS #1235-078 SEEDING 32 9219 - 3 Salt Storage Facility 07022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 334111 -SITE STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Storm drainage piping, fittings, and accessories. B. Connection of drainage system to municipal sewers. C. Catch basins, Paved area drainage, and Site surface drainage. D. Storm Manholes and covers. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 31 2316 -Excavation: Excavating of trenches. B. Section 31 2323 -Fill: Bedding and backfilling. C. Section 31 2316.13 -Trenching: Excavating, bedding, and backfilling. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 76 -Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe; 2006. B. ASTM C 76M -Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe [Metricj; 2005b. r= '~ ~_ = _ C. ASTM C 443 -Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes;~alsing F~abber Gaskets; 2005a. _ - _ `; D. ASTM D 1785 - Standard S ecification for Pol Vin I Chloride PVC Plastic Pi ~ hediites ~ ~~~ P Y{ Y ) { ) ~~ Sq -~_ 40, 80, and 120; 2006. ~-' '-- ~~'~ E. ASTM D 2321 -Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic ~''" for ~"` `~---' Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications; 2005. ~=" ~' <-~ F. ASTM D 2729 -Standard Specrfication for Poly(Vinyi Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pip~~and Fittings; 2003. G. ASTM D 2751 -Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene {ABS) Sewer Pipe and Fittings; 2005. H. ASTM D 3034 -Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly(Vinyi Chloride} {PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings; 2006. I. IDOT Standard Specifications J. IDOT Highway Division - "Standard Road Plans Manual" i.04 DEFINITIONS A. Bedding: Fill placed under, beside and directly over pipe, prior to subsequent backfill operations. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirments -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data indicating pipe, pipe agcessories. MMS #1235-078 SITE STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING 33 4111 - 1 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07022 C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures required to install Products specified. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Current IDOT certification that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Project Record Documents: 1. Record location of pipe runs, connections, catch basins, cleanouts, and invert elevations. 2. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of uncharted utilities. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to specified standards for materials and installation of the Work of this section. B. Comply with applicable standards and requirements for Public Works for City of Iowa City, Iowa. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate the Work with termination of storm sewer connection outside building, trenching, connection to subdrainage system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEWER PIPE MATERIALS A. Concrete Pipe: Reinforced, ASTM C 76 (ASTM C 7fiM}, Class II with Wall type A; mesh reinforcement; inside nominal diameter as indicated on Drawings, bell and spigot end joints. 1. Mark pipe with date of manufacture and ASTM Class; if quandrant reinforcement is used, mark'TOP" of pipe on exterior surface. 2. "Lift Holes" NOT permitted. B. Reinforced Concrete Pipe Joint Device: ASTM C 443 (ASTM C 443M) rubber compression gasket joint. ~~~ C:° Plastic~ipe: ASTM D 2751, SDR 23.5, Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene {ABS) material; inside .:;?- norl~irS diameter as noted on the Drawings, bell and spigot, gasket seated joint end. € , [2i:. Pla&~ic Pipe: ASTM D 2729, Poiy(Vinyl Chloride) {PVC) material; inside nominal diameter as ~-~-J ~ nc~ted~t the Drawings, bell and spigot style gasket sealed joint end. _l ' J~,~ ~:02 ~E /4~.tiCSSORIES ~~- ..:~ ~.. ~:~ Pija~~gnts: Neoprene "O" ring gaskets. ~,~ 1~-~ Fittings,-. Same material as pipe molded or formed to suit pipe size and end design, in required tee, bends, elbows, cleanouts, reducers, traps and other configurations required. C. End Sections: Flared; sides tapered to maximum slope of 4:1. D. Filter Fabric: Comply with requirements of IDOT Standard Specification, Section 4196.B. 2.03 CATCH BASIN, CLEANOUT, AND AREA DRAIN COMPONENTS A. Frames and Grates: Cast iron construction. 1. Catch Basin: a. Grate Design: As noted on the Drawings. 2. Area Drain: a. Grate Design: As noted on the Drawings. 2.04 MANHOLES A. Manhole shaft construction and eccentric cone top section: Reinforced precast concrete pipe, MMS #1235-078 SITE STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING 33 4111 - 2 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07022 ASTM C76, Class It with Wall type 8, or ASTM C478, lipped male/femail joints; nominal shaft diameter of 48 inches: Wall joint shall be confined O-ring gasket meeting ASTM C443. B. Manhole Lid Adjusment Rings: Concrete masonry units 1. Height: 4 inches 2. Reinforcement: Manufacturer's standard C. Manhole frame and lid: Neenah R-1670 or East Jordan Iron Works Model 1117; or as noted on the Drawings. D. Manhole Steps: "PSI-PF" embedded steps manufactured by MA Industries. E. Base Pad: Cast-in-place concrete of type specked in Section 03 3000, levelled top surface to receive concrete shaft sections, sleeved to receive storm sewer pipe sections. 2.05 BEDDING AND COVER MATERIALS A. Bedding: As specified in Section 31 2316.13. B. Cover: As specified in Section 31 2323. 2.06 OTHER MATERIALS '_" (( C:_', A. Non-shrink, non-metallic grout: ASTM C1107; one of the following: ~_- , 1. "Masterflow 928" manufactured by Master Builders Technologies. _ •-° °~~ 2. "588" manufactured by W.R. Meadows. .--~~ ~~`- ~- --- .._.. _~. B. Riprap: Comply with IDOT Standard Specifications, Section 4130.05, gradatior;-~4 ~~ ~, ~"] n ~. ; ,-~ PART 3 EXECUTION r'~; ~~ ~ `~" °~-.- ~.~? - -, 0.,_.. 3.01 TRENCHING ~ -: _~ ~_ -.. A. See Section 31 2316.13 for additional requirements. B. Hand trim excavation for accurate placement of pipe to elevations indicated. C. Backfill around sides and to top of pipe with cover fill, tamp in place and compact, then complete backfilling. 3.02 INSTALLATION -PIPE A. Verify that trench cut is ready to receive work and excavations, dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on layout drawings. B. Install pipe, fittings, and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Seal watertight. 1. Plastic Pipe: Also comply with ASTM D 2321. C. Lay pipe to slope gradients noted on drawings; with maximum variation from true slope of 1/8 inch in 10 feet. D. Connect to building collection pits, through installed sleeves. 3.03 INSTALLATION -CATCH BASINS AND CLEANOUTS A. Form bottom of excavation clean and smooth to correct elevation. B. Form and place cast-in-place concrete base pad, with provision for sanitary sewer pipe end sections. MMS #1235-078 SITE STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING 33 4111 - 3 Salt Storage Facility 07022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa C. Level top surface of base pad; sleeve concrete shaft sections to receive storm sewer pipe sections. D. Establish elevations and pipe inverts for inlets and outlets as indicated. E. Mount lid and frame level in grout, secured to top cone section to elevation indicated. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field inspection and testing. B. If tests indicate Work does not meet specked requirements, remove Work, replace and retest at no cost to City of Iowa City. 3A5 PROTECTION A. Protect pipe and bedding cover from damage or displacement until backfilling operation is in progress. END OF SECTION -__ ._~ '~ .,: ~~. -. ~ u ,:--c Ua :~~ _~ -:, MMS #1235-078 SITE STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING 334111 -4 1_ r ~ 5 4- 4- 4d 5 Prepared by: Kim Sandberg, Public Works, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240, (319)356-5139 RESOLUTION NO. o~-x~ RESOLUTION SETTING A PUBLIC HEARING ON APRIL 29, 2008 ON PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, FORM OF CONTRACT, AND ESTIMATE OF COST FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE PUBLIC WORKS SALT STORAGE FACILITY PROJECT, DIRECTING CITY CLERK TO PUBLISH NOTICE OF SAID HEARING, AND DIRECTING THE CITY ENGINEER TO PLACE SAID PLANS ON FILE FOR PUBLIC INSPECTION. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA: 1. That a public hearing on the plans, specifications, form of contract, and estimate of cost for the construction of the above-mentioned project is to be held on the 29th day of April, 2008, at 7:00 p.m. in the Emma J. Harvat Hall, City Hall, Iowa City, Iowa, or if said meeting is cancelled, at the next meeting of the City Council thereafter as posted by the City Clerk. 2. That the City Clerk is hereby authorized and directed to publish notice of the public hearing for the above-named project in a newspaper published at least once weekly and having a general circulation in the City, not less than four (4) nor more than twenty (20) days before said hearing. 3. That the copy of the plans, specifications, form of contract, and estimate of cost for the construction of the above-named project is hereby ordered placed on file by the City Engineer in the office of the City Clerk for public inspection. Passed and approved this 1 Lath day of Anri 1 , 20_9..-• Approved b ATTEST: CITY`6LERK ~~~~ City Attorney's Office ~/rl~'~0 ~ pwengUes~setph saRstorage.doc Resolution No. 08-82 Page 2 It was moved by Champion and seconded by Wilburn the Resolution be adopted, and upon roll call there were: AYES: NAYS: ABSENT: ~_ Bailey x Champion x Correia x Hayek _~_ O'Donnell g Wilburn x Wright wpdatalglossary/resolution-ic.doc Publish 4/18 NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING ON PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, FORM OF CONTRACT AND ESTIMATED COST FOR PUBLIC WORKS SALT STORAGE FACILITY PROJECT IN THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA TO ALL TAXPAYERS OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, AND TO OTHER INTERESTED PERSONS: Public notice is hereby given that the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, will conduct a public hearing on plans, specifications, form of contract and estimated cost for the construction of the Public Works Salt Storage Facility Project in said City at 7:00 p.m. on the 29th day of April, 2008, said meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall in City Hall in said City, or if said meeting is cancelled, at the next meeting of the City Council thereafter as posted by the City Clerk. Said plans, specifications, form of contract and estimated cost are now on file in the office of the City Clerk in City Hall in Iowa City, Iowa, and may be inspected by any interested persons. Any interested persons may appear at said meeting of the City Council for the purpose of making objections to and comments concerning said plans, specifications, contract or the cost of making said improvement. This notice is given by order of the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa and as provided by law. MARIAN K. KARR, CITY CLERK Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 000101 -PROJECT TITLE PAGE PROJECT MANUAL FOR PUBLIC WORKS SALT STORAGE FACILITY IOWA CITY, IOWA ISSUE DATE: APRIL 25, 2008 NM PROJECT NO: 07.022 AN IOWA STATE TAX EXEMPT PROJECT _~. ,-., ~- `~ ~: . ;., ter.., .. _ _... _.~ ~ --, i ~' .~i~.~ ~ -, ~_~f } kl THIS PROJECT MANUAL INCLUDES - ~~ PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS =: -•' =-_' ray CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS ~" TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS PREPARED BY NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECTS PC 221 East College Street, Suite 303 Iowa City, IA 52240 PROJECT TITLE PAGE 00 0101 - 1 NOTE TO BIDDERS The successful bidder and all subcontractors are required to submit at least 8 days prior to award three references involving similar projects, including at least one municipal reference. Award of the bid or use of specific subcontractors may be denied if sufficient favorable references are not verified or may be denied based on past experience on projects with the City of Iowa City. 2. References shall be addressed to the City Engineer and include the name, address and phone number of the contact person, for City verification. 3. Bid submittals are: Envelope 1: Bid Bond Envelope 2: Form of Proposal ~~ _=~~~ - .:, _._ ~, c~ -~: ~ , -J n ~, ~ ~ ;- ~ r~1 _ ~. _) ` _ .~.. .. E...~.1 LJ <~ ~ ~ .. ~%'' N W NB-1 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 012300 -ALTERNATES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Alternate submission procedures. B. Documentation of changes to Contract Sum and Contract Time. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Document 00 2113 - Instructions to Bidders: Instructions for preparation of pricing for alternatives. B. Document 00 4113 -Bid Form: List of alternates with respective pricing. 0.022 C. Document 00 5200 -Agreement Form: Incorporating monetary value of accepted alternatives. 1.03 ACCEPTANCE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at City of Iowa City, Iowa's option. Accepted alternates will be identified in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. B. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work to integrate the Work of each alternate. 1.04 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. 1 (Add) -Paving: 1. Description: Provide rigid paving, curbing, related grading, and subgrade compaction for areas outside of building identified on the Drawings as Alternate No.1 work.. Construct the work of this Alternate in accordance with requirements of appropriate specification sections and Drawings. B. Alternate No. 2 (Add) -Materials Storage Building: 1. Description: Provide a new 2080 sq ft, open-front, material storage building adjacent to the salt storage building as shown on the Drawings. Provide related grading and paving under this Alternate. Construct the work of this Alternate in accordance with requirements of appropriate specification sections and Drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS -NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION -NOT USED END OF SECTION _._ {". t ' ~~_~ A - .. _- ,-, __ r`) ~~ -7 ~i - ~....i ~ N W ALTERNATES 01 2300 -1 TO BIDDERS: 1. PLEASE DO NOT USE THE FORM OF PROPOSAL INCLUDED IN THE BOUND VOLUME OF THE PROJECT MANUAL. SEPARATE COPIES OF THIS PROPOSAL ARE CONTAINED WITHIN THE BACK COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. 2. ALL BLANKS TO BE COMPLETED. 3. ONLY BIDS ON THESE FORMS WILL BE ACCEPTED. FORM OF PROPOSAL PROJECT CITY OF IOWA CITY Name of Bidder: Address of Bidder: BIDS RECEIVED BEFORE: TO: City Clerk City of Iowa City City Hall 410 East Washington Street Iowa City, Iowa 52240 In response to your request for bids, and in compliance with the Procurement and Contracting Requirements, the undersigned proposes to furnish all labor, materials and equipment, all supervision, coordination, and all related incidentals necessary to perform the work to complete PROJECT in strict accordance with the Project Manual and the Drawings dated ,including Addenda numbered and ,inclusive, prepared by ,for the Base Bid Lump Sum of BASE BID Dollars ($ The undersigned bidder submits herewith bid security in the amount of $ ten percent (10%) of the Base Bid amount. BID ALTERNATES: O r .~ `~~' C? . =~ Alternate No. 1: ~ _ "' _ ! ~ r ..~ __. {{ r ~`l 1. i ~~ -. Add or Deduct the Sum of: ' ~ '-~ r ,- -~ _ ' ~ i `~ _ _ -, _.J N Dollars ($ W FP-1 Alternate No. 2: Add or Deduct the Sum of: Dollars (~, The following names of those persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom we intend to enter into a major subcontract, together with the type of subcontracted work and approximate dollar amount of the subcontract. This list will not be read at the Bid Opening. Carpentry: Mechanical: Plumbing: Electrical: Asphalt: Concrete Paving: ~~ ~.__:~ .~ .y7 --'.1 / r_~ d~ ~ ,,.a i__- ~ -" ~ . W FP-2 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 074213 -METAL WALL PANELS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Manufactured metal panels for walls, with liners, related flashings, and accessory components. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 06 1000 -Rough Carpentry: Wall panel substrate. B. Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A 792/A 792M -Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process; 2006a. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3300 -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, layout, joints, construction details, methods of anchorage. C. Samples: Submit two samples of wall panel, illustrating profile, finish color, sheen, and texture. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Protect panels from accelerated weathering by removing or venting sheet plastic shipping wrap. B. Store prefinished material off ground and protected from weather. Prevent twisting, bending, or abrasion, and provide ventilation to stored materials. Slope metal sheets to ensure drainage. C. Prevent contact with materials that may cause discoloration or staining of products. ~~ ..,,_^ C,..~ _ 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS ~`~ .~~~~ A. Coordinate the Work with installation of window and door components or materials: ~ ~ ; =~`~~ 1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS -_-; ~ ~,"T1 A. See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements, for additional provisions. ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~--~ B. Supply five full length wall panels for City of Iowa City, Iowa's use in maintenance ofoject. ~y r°.7 1.08 WARRANTY W A. See Section 01 7700 -Closeout Procedures, for additional warranty requirements. B. Finish Warranty: Provide manufacturer's special warranty covering failure of factory-applied exterior finish on wall panels and agreeing to repair or replace panels that show evidence of finish degradation, including significant fading, chalking, cracking, or peeling within specified warranty period of 20 year period from date of Substantial Completion. C. Waterproofing Guarantee: Provide Installer's guarantee of weathertightness of wall system, including agreement to repair or replace wall panels that fail to keep out water within specified warranty period of 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. MBCI; Product - "PBR" wall panels. B. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: METAL WALL PANELS 07 4213 - 1 07.022 1. CECO. 2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 -Product Requirements. 2.02 MANUFACTURED METAL PANELS Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa A. Wall Panel System: Preformed and prefinished metal panel system of vertical ribbed profile; site assembled. B. Exterior Panel: 1. Minimum 22 gage thick precoated steel sheet. 2. Profile as indicated. 3. 36 inches wide panels; 1-1/4 inch depth. 4. Lapped edges, fitted with continuous gaskets. 5. Color: Rustic Red. C. Liner Panel: 1. Minimum 26 gage thick precoated steel sheet. 2. Manufacturer's standard profile. 3. 36 inches wide panels. 4. Color: White. D. Internal and External Corners: Same material, thickness, and finish as exterior sheets; corner profile to suit panel profile; brake formed to required angles. Color. "Burnished Slate" ~-_~ E. Expansion Joints: Same material, thickness and finish as exterior sheets; 26 gage, ~ ~ ~~~`' manufacturer's standard brake formed type, of profile to suit system. _ __-i `~~ ~-' F. Trim: Same material, thickness and finish as exterior sheets; brake formed to regia~?ed~profit~~s. ;-- Color: "Burnished Slate" ^` ~=- ?~I ) ~, _~~ G. Anchors: Galvanized steel. ~==j = -_' ~:. i--' .., _... 2.03 MATERIALS yr rv A. Precoated Steel Sheet: Aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet, ASTM A 792/A 792M, Commercial Steel (CS)) or Forming Steel (FS), with AZ50/AZM150 coating; continuous-coil-coated on exposed surfaces with specified finish coating and on panel back with specified panel back coating. B. Exterior Finish Coating: Panel manufacturer's standard polyvinylidene fluoride (PVF) top coat, over epoxy primer. C. Interior Finish Coating: Panel manufacturer's standard polyester top coat, over recommended primer. D. Panel Back Coating: Panel manufacturer's standard polyester wash coat. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Sealants: Specified in Section 07 9005 -Joint Sealers. Silicone type suitable for use with installation of system; non-staining; color as selected. B. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard type exposed fasteners to suit application; with soft neoprene washers, steel, hot dip galvanized. Fastener cap same color as exterior panel. C. Field Touch-up Paint: As recommended by panel manufacturer. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects. B. Form pieces in longest practicable lengths. METAL WALL PANELS 07 4213 - 2 Salt Storage Facility 07.022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that building framing members are ready to receive panels. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install panels on walls in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Fasten panels to structural supports; aligned, level, and plumb. C. Locate joints over supports. Lap panel ends minimum 2 inches. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Offset From True Alignment Between Adjacent Members Butting or In Line: 1/16 inch. B. Maximum Variation from Plane or Location Indicated on Drawings: 1/4 inch. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove site cuttings from finish surfaces. B. Clean and wash prefinished surfaces with mild soap and water; rinse with clean water. END OF SECTION r..~ ._ 'rte ~ ~~~ -~ i ___ .-:: ~1 ~ ~,~ ~ . ' --- = -y _ ~ r j-T- - ~~ ~ .. y ~.~ METAL WALL PANELS 07 4213 - 3 Salt Storage Facility 07022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 015713 -TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Prevention of erosion due to construction activities. B. Prevention of sedimentation of waterways, open drainage ways, and storm and sanitary sewers due to construction activities. C. Restoration of areas eroded due to insufficient preventive measures. D. Compensation to City of Iowa City for fines levied by authorities having jurisdiction due to non-compliance by the contractor . 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 31 1000 -Site Clearing: Limits on clearing; disposition of vegetative clearing debris. B. Section 31 2200 -Grading: Temporary and permanent grade changes for erosion control. C. Section 32 9219 -Seeding: Permanent turt for erosion control. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 4355 -Standard Test Method for Deterioration of Geotextiles by Exposure to Light, Moisture, and Heat in a Xenon Arc Type Apparatus; 2005. B. ASTM D 4491 -Standard Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity; 1999a (Reapproved 2004). C. ASTM D 4533 -Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles; 2004. D. ASTM D 4632 -Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles; 1991 (Reapproved 2003). . E. ASTM D 4751 -Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile; 2004. F. ASTM D 4873 -Standard Guide for Identification, Storage, and Handling of Geosynthetic Rolls and Samples; 2002. J G. EPA (NPDES) -National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES), Constrti~ General Permit; current edition; http://cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/stormwater/cgp.cfm. ~~'===- -='; ~`~ =z;p H. IDOT -Standard Specifications, Section 4130. -_~~--~; rv ~-_ ~ 1.04 EROSION CONTROL PERMIT ~ ~' ~~~ ~, '~~=:r~ A. The Owner will obtain and pay for the NPDES Permit by Iowa DNR for "General.#'errnit No-- for Storm Water Discharges Associated With Industrial Activity for Construction Activities' B. The Contractor and Sub-contractors shall become co-permittees with the Owner and sha' tf conduct their operations in conformance with the project Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. C. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP): Contractor shall sign and maintain a copy at the jobsite: 1. A copy of the "Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan" will be provided by the Owner. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for preparing and submitting an application to the City of Iowa City for a Construction Site Runoff (CSR) Permit. Contractor shall pay the CSR application fee. 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS ~--_. -~ -r-~ °--, ,~: MMS #1235-078 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713 - 1 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07022 ~~ A. Comply with provisions of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan" and all other requirements of Iowa DNR for erosion and sedimentation control. B. Comply with provisions of the "Construction Site Runoff' ordinance and all other requirements of the City of Iowa City, Iowa for erosion and sedimentation control. C. Do not begin clearing, grading, or other work involving disturbance of ground surface cover until applicable permits have been obtained; furnish all documentation required to obtain applicable permits. 1. City of Iowa City will obtain NPDES permit from the Iowa DNR and pay the fee associated with same. 2. Contractor will obtain CSR permit from the City of Iowa City and pay the fee associated with same. 3. City of Iowa City will withhold payment equivalent to all fines resulting from non-compliance with applicable regulations. D. Timing: Put preventive measures in place as soon as possible after disturbance of surface cover and before precipitation occurs. E. Storm Water Runoff: Control increased storm water runoff due to disturbance of surface cover due to construction activities for this project. 1. Prevent runoff into storm and sanitary sewer systems, including open drainage channels, in excess of actual capacity or amount allowed by authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is less. 2. Anticipate runoff volume due to the most extreme short term and 24-hour rainfall events that might occur in 25 years. F. Erosion On Site: Minimize wind, water, and vehicular erosion of soil on project site due to construction activities for this project. 1. Control movement of sediment and soil from temporary stockpiles of soil. 2. Prevent development of ruts due to equipment and vehicular traffic. ,., 3. If erosion occurs due to non-compliance with these requirements, restore e~ied ar at no cost to City of Iowa City. ~: ~ =~=; G. Erosion Off Site: Prevent erosion of soil and deposition of sediment on other p~-epe~ties ~ aused~ j by water leaving the project site due to construction activities for this project. _=., ~ -; ~, r- 1. Prevent windblown soil from leaving the project site. ~ ~~~ !._._: ;:-f_.j 2. Prevent tracking of mud onto public roads outside site. -- E'' _ 3. Prevent mud and sediment from flowing onto sidewalks and pavements. `~ ^?-~ .-- ~`--' 4. If erosion occurs due to non-compliance with these requirements, restore~ded ar~as at no cost to City of Iowa City. -~- H. Sedimentation of Waterways On Site: Prevent sedimentation of waterways on the project site, including rivers, streams, lakes, ponds, open drainage ways, storm sewers, and sanitary sewers. 1. If sedimentation occurs, install or correct preventive measures immediately at no cost to City of Iowa City; remove deposited sediments; comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. If sediment basins are used as temporary preventive measures, pump dry and remove deposited sediment after each storm. I. Sedimentation of Waterways Off Site: Prevent sedimentation of waterways off the project site, including rivers, streams, lakes, ponds, open drainage ways, storm sewers, and sanitary sewers. 1. If sedimentation occurs, install or correct preventive measures immediately at no cost to City of Iowa City; remove deposited sediments; comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Open Water: Prevent standing water that could become stagnant. MMS #1235-078 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713 - 2 Salt Storage Facility 07022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa K. Maintenance: Maintain temporary preventive measures until permanent measures have been established. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Certificate: Mill certificate for silt fence fabric attesting that fabric and factory seams comply with specified requirements, signed by legally authorized official of manufacturer; indicate actual minimum average roll values; identify fabric by roll identification numbers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Mulch: Use one of the following: 1. Straw or hay. 2. Erosion control matting or netting. B. Grass Seed For Temporary Cover: Select a species appropriate to climate, planting season, and intended purpose. If same area will later be planted with permanent vegetation, do not use species known to be excessively competitive or prone to volunteer in subsequent seasons. C. Silt Fence Fabric: Polypropylene geotextile resistant to common soil chemicals, mildew, and insects; non-biodegradable; in longest lengths possible; fabric including seams with the following minimum average roll lengths: 1. Average Opening Size: 30 U.S. Std. Sieve, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4751. 2. Permittivity: 0.05 sec^-1, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4491. 3. Ultraviolet Resistance: Retaining at least 70 percent of tensile strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4355 after 500 hours exposure. 4. Tensile Strength: 100 Ib-f, minimum, in cross-machine direction; 124 Ib-f, minimum, in machine direction; when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4632. 5. Elongation: 15 to 30 percent, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4632. 6. Tear Strength: 55 Ib-f, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4533. 7. Color: Manufacturer's standard, with embedment and fastener lines preprinted. .7 ~- _~ D. Silt Fence Posts: One of the following, minimum 5 feet long: _ 1. Steel U- or T-section, with minimum mass of 1.33 Ib per linear foot. ~`== ~' -~ E. Erosion Stone: Broken stone complying with IDOT Standard Specifications, Qivjsi6n 4 ~~ ~ Section 4130.05 -Erosion Stone. _ - c:, F. Gravel: See Section 32 1123 for aggregate. - ~ En' ~ -° ~ ~ ~~ PART 3 EXECUTION `_°'' "::- ~~'~~~~ -~=' r; ~ 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine site and identify existing features that contribute to erosion resistance; maintain such existing features to greatest extent possible. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Schedule work so that soil surfaces are left exposed for the minimum amount of time. MMS #1235-078 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713 - 3 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 3.03 SCOPE OF PREVENTIVE MEASURES 07022 A. In all cases, if permanent erosion resistant measures have been installed temporary preventive measures are not required. B. Construction Entrances: Traffic-bearing aggregate surface. 1. Width: As required; 20 feet, minimum. 2. Length: 50 feet, minimum. 3. Provide at each construction entrance from public right-of-way. 4. Where necessary to prevent tracking of mud onto right-of-way, provide wheel washing area out of direct traffic lane, with drain into sediment trap or basin. C. Linear Sediment Barriers: Made of silt fences. 1. Provide linear sediment barriers: a. Along downhill perimeter edge of disturbed areas, including soil stockpiles. b. Along the toe of cut slopes and fill slopes. c. Across the entrances to culverts and around storm intakes that receive runoff from disturbed areas. 2. Space sediment barriers as indicated in the "Storm Water Pollution Preve~n Plarnd with the following maximum slope length upslope from barrier: _~ ~--, ~`~ a. Slope of Less Than 2 Percent: 100 feet.. ._ .-_j `"ea b. Slo a Between 2 and 5 Percent: 75 feet. ~ • ~J ~ ~ c. Slope Between 5 and 10 Percent: 50 feet. ~_~ --~ cc ~~`~ d. Slope Between 10 and 20 Percent: 25 feet ~~~~ i. { ~` __x '~fVi e. Slope Over 20 Percent: 15 feet. - -~ -- ~ .~-~~,' J ~ D. Soil Stockpiles: Protect using one of the following measures: ~ •• 1. Cover with polyethylene film, secured by placing soil on outer edges. ~' ``' 2. Cover with mulch at least 2 inches thickness of pine needles, sawdust, bark, wood hips, or shredded leaves, or 2 inches of straw or hay. E. Mulching: Use only for areas that may be subjected to erosion for less than 6 months. F. Temporary Seeding: Use where temporary vegetated cover is required. G. Concrete Washout: 1. Do not wash out concrete trucks or equipment into streets, gutters, storm drains, or creeks 2. Wash out concrete trucks or equipment in a designated washout area where the water will flow into a temporary pit in a dirt area or onto stockpiles of aggregate base or sand. This area must be an identified location. 3. Collect and return sweepings from exposed aggregate concrete to a stockpile or dispose of the waste in a trash container. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Traffic-Bearing Aggregate Surface: 1. Excavate minimum of 12 inches. 2. Place geotextile fabric full width and length, with minimum 12 inch overlap at joints. 3. Place and compact at least 12 inches of 2 to 3.5 inch diameter stone. B. Silt Fences: 1. Store and handle fabric in accordance with ASTM D 4873. 2. Where slope gradient is less than 3:1 or barriers will be in place less than 6 months, use nominal 16 inch high barriers with minimum 36 inch long posts spaced at 6 feet maximum, with fabric embedded at least 4 inches in ground. 3. Where slope gradient is steeper than 3:1 or barriers will be in place over 6 months, use nominal 28 inch high barriers, minimum 48 inch long posts spaced at 6 feet maximum, with fabric embedded at least 6 inches in ground. MMS #1235-078 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713 - 4 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07022 4. Where slope gradient is steeper than 3:1 and vertical height of slope between barriers is more than 20 feet, use nominal 32 inch high barriers with woven wire reinforcement and steel posts spaced at 4 feet maximum, with fabric embedded at least 6 inches in ground. 5. Install with top of fabric at nominal height and embedment as specified. 6. Do not splice fabric width; minimize splices in fabric length; splice at post only, overlapping at least 18 inches, with extra post. 7. Fasten fabric to steel posts using wire, nylon cord, or integral pockets. 8. Wherever runoff will flow around end of barrier or over the top, provide temporary splash pad or other outlet protection; at such outlets in the run of the barrier, make barrier not more than 12 inches high with post spacing not more than 4 feet. C. Mulching Over Small and Medium Areas: 1. Dry Straw and Hay: Apply 1 to 2 inches depth. 2. Erosion Control Matting: Comply with manufacturer's instructions. D. Temporary Seeding: 1. When hydraulic seeder is used, seedbed preparation is not required. 2. When surface soil has been sealed by rainfall or consists of smooth undisturbed cut slopes, and conventional or manual seeding is to be used, prepare seedbed by scarifying sufficiently to allow seed to lodge and germinate. 3. If temporary mulching was used on planting area but not removed, apply nitrogen fertilizer at 1 pound per 1000 sq ft. 4. On soils of very low fertility, apply 10-10-10 fertilizer at rate of 12 to 16 pounds per 1000 sq ft. 5. Incorporate fertilizer into soil before seeding. 6. Apply seed uniformly; if using drill or cultipacker seeders place seed 1/2 to 1 inch deep deep. 7. Irrigate as required to thoroughly wet soil to depth that will ensure germination, without causing runoff or erosion. 8. Repeat irrigation as required until grass is established. -.3 3.05 MAINTENANCE ~~ ~==' A. Inspect preventive measures weekly, within 24 hours after the end of any storr~procT~es 0.5 inches or more rainfall at the project site, and daily during prolonged rainfall:` J =~ _~ 1 B. Repair deficiencies immediately. - '~ ~ ~' .-;.. C. Silt Fences: -= Ti:_? _ ~ '.__.° 1. Promptly replace fabric that deteriorates unless need for fence has passed,,% :-- 2. Remove silt deposits that exceed one-third of the height of the fence. 3. Repair fences that are undercut by runoff or otherwise damaged, whetherrunoff ~ other causes. D. Clean out temporary sediment control structures weekly and relocate soil on site. E. Place sediment in appropriate locations on site; do not remove from site. 3.06 CLEAN UP A. Remove temporary measures after permanent measures have been installed, unless permitted to remain by Neumann-Monson. B. Clean out temporary sediment control structures that are to remain as permanent measures. C. Where removal of temporary measures would leave exposed soil, shape surface to an acceptable grade and finish to match adjacent ground surfaces. END OF SECTION MMS #1235-078 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 01 5713 - 5 Salt Storage Facility 07022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa SECTION 334111 -SITE STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Storm drainage piping, fittings, and accessories. B. Connection of drainage system to municipal sewers. C. Catch basins, Paved area drainage, and Site surface drainage. D. Storm Manholes and covers. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 31 2316 -Excavation: Excavating of trenches. B. Section 31 2323 -Fill: Bedding and backfilling. C. Section 31 2316.13 -Trenching: Excavating, bedding, and backfilling. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C 76 -Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe; 2006. B. ASTM C 76M -Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe [Metric]; 2005b. C. ASTM C 443 -Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets; 2005a. D. ASTM D 1785 -Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120; 2006. E. ASTM D 2321 -Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications; 2005. F. ASTM D 2729 -Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings; 2003. G. ASTM D 2751 -Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (AB Sewer~e and Fittings; 2005. ~J ~, `~ H. ASTM D 3034 -Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) '~e~tver lie --(- and Fittings; 2006. `~ ~ ~ ~'`~ ____. __ ~._ ~:a ~ ._. I. IDOT Standard Specifications ~ `~~ ~ J. IDOT Highway Division - "Standard Road Plans Manual" ~ _-~ =`:: ~~ ~`--~ ~ 1.04 DEFINITIONS ~' ~ '' .~-- A. Bedding: Fill placed under, beside and directly over pipe, prior to subsequent backfill operations. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 -Administrative Requirments -Construction Submittals, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data indicating pipe, pipe accessories. MMS #1235-078 SITE STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING 33 4111 - 1 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07022 C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures required to install Products specified. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Current IDOT certification that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Project Record Documents: 1. Record location of pipe runs, connections, catch basins, cleanouts, and invert elevations. 2. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of uncharted utilities. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to specified standards for materials and installation of the Work of this section. B. Comply with applicable standards and requirements for Public Works for City of Iowa City, Iowa. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate the Work with termination of storm sewer connection outside building, trenching, connection to subdrainage system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SEWER PIPE MATERIALS A. Concrete Pipe: Reinforced, ASTM C 76 (ASTM C 76M), Class II with Wall type A; mesh reinforcement; inside nominal diameter as indicated on Drawings, bell and spigot end joints. 1. Mark pipe with date of manufacture and ASTM Class; if quandrant reinforcement is used, mark "TOP" of pipe on exterior surface. 2. "Lift Holes" NOT permitted. B. Reinforced Concrete Pipe Joint Device: ASTM C 443 (ASTM C 443M) rubber compression gasket joint. r-~ r=' C. Plastic Pipe: ASTM D 2751, SDR 23.5, Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) +~~a4'ial; amide nominal diameter as noted on the Drawings, bell and spigot, gasket sealed joinfi~itl~.", :~;~~ --4-~ D. Ductile Iron Pipe: AWWA C151: ~-'~ ~~ ~ ~~~ 1. Fittings: Ductile; AWWA/ANSI C110/A21.10 pressure class 250. ~s ~-' ~;~;, 2. Joints: Bell-an-spigot pipe joints conforming to ANSI A21.6 or ANSI A21.0 o~~ech~rlical ~~'-~ joints conforming to AWWA/ANSI C111/A21.11. ' _) ~~~ ,- `~-'~ E. PVC truss sewer pipe and fittings (through 15-inch) shall conform to ASTM D26~i; r,~ ~- 2.02 PIPE ACCESSORIES A. Pipe Joints: Neoprene "O" ring gaskets. B. Fittings: Same material as pipe molded or formed to suit pipe size and end design, in required tee, bends, elbows, cleanouts, reducers, traps and other configurations required. C. End Sections: Flared; sides tapered to maximum slope of 4:1. D. Filter Fabric: Comply with requirements of IDOT Standard Specification, Section 4196.6. 2.03 CATCH BASIN, CLEANOUT, AND AREA DRAIN COMPONENTS A. Frames and Grates: 1. Catch Basin: a. Grate Design 2. Area Drain: MMS #1235-078 Cast iron construction. As noted on the Drawings. SITE STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING 33 4111 - 2 Salt Storage Facility 07022 Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa a. Grate Design: As noted on the Drawings. 2.04 MANHOLES A. Manhole shaft construction and eccentric cone top section: Reinforced precast concrete pipe, ASTM C76, Class II with Wall type B, or ASTM C478, lipped male/femail joints; nominal shaft diameter of 48 inches: Wall joint shall be confined O-ring gasket meeting ASTM C443. B. Manhole Lid Adjusment Rings: Concrete masonry units 1. Height: 4 inches 2. Reinforcement: Manufacturer's standard C. Manhole frame and lid: Neenah R-1670 or East Jordan Iron Works Model 1117; or as noted on the Drawings. D. Manhole Steps: "PSI-PF" embedded steps manufactured by MA Industries. E. Base Pad: Cast-in-place concrete of type specified in Section 03 3000, levelled top surface to receive concrete shaft sections, sleeved to receive storm sewer pipe sections.`J~ ; ~,:~ 2.05 BEDDING AND COVER MATERIALS P A. Bedding: As specified in Section 31 2316.13. ~~~ ~`` r-.a T"-= - r° B. Cover: As specified in Section 31 2323. :-~; ~i - ~ ~i j 2.06 OTHER MATERIALS ~~;~ `~,'~ ~ ~`~ A. Non-shrink, non-metallic grout: ASTM C1107; one of the following: 5=.. ;v 1. "Masterflow 928" manufactured by Master Builders Technologies. ~" 2. "588" manufactured by W.R. Meadows. B. Riprap: Comply with IDOT Standard Specifications, Section 4130.05, gradation 34. 2.07 PLUG VALVES A. Non-lubricated, round or rectangular port with plug eccentrically offset from seat. Full open port area through valve shall not be less than 80% of pipe cross sectional area. Provide drip tight shutoff in both directions to full rating of valve. Provide flanged ANSI 125/150 NPT end connections as required. B. Valve body, plug and gear unit housings shall be cast iron ASTM 126 Class B. Plug facing shall be chloroprene or BUNA-N. For valves 3 inches and larger, seat shall be 1/8 inch raised welded 90% nickel. Stem seals shall be U-Cup or Vee type, self-compensating, externally adjustable, and replaceable without removing bonnet. Provide permanently lubricated heavy-duty stainless steel bearings and grit extruders in both upper and lower journals. C. Install valves with seat on inlet side. Where possible install valves with shaft in horizontal position with plug rotating up in open position. Provide externally adjustable closed position stop on all valves. D. Buried plug valves shall be provided with valve boxes. Box shall be 2-piece slip type Tyler Series 6855 Item 668A, or approved equal, range 63" to 83". Provide one 8 foot T handle wrench for all buried valves. E. Plug valves shall be Milliken Series 600 APCO, DeZurik, Val-Matic or an approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 TRENCHING. A. See Section 31 2316.13 for additional requirements. B. Hand trim excavation for accurate placement of pipe to elevations indicated. MMS #1235-078 SITE STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING 33 4111 - 3 Salt Storage Facility Public Works, Iowa City, Iowa 07022 C. Backfill around sides and to top of pipe with cover fill, tamp in place and compact, then complete backfilling. 3.02 INSTALLATION -PIPE A. Verify that trench cut is ready to receive work and excavations, dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on layout drawings. B. Install pipe, fittings, and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Seal watertight. 1. Plastic Pipe: Also comply with ASTM D 2321. C. Lay pipe to slope gradients noted on drawings; with maximum variation from true slope of 1/8 inch in 10 feet. D. Connect to building collection pits, through installed sleeves. 3.03 INSTALLATION -CATCH BASINS AND CLEANOUTS A. Form bottom of excavation clean and smooth to correct elevation. B. Form and place cast-in-place concrete base pad, with provision for sanitary sewer pipe end sections. C. Level top surface of base pad; sleeve concrete shaft sections to receive storm sewer pipe sections. D. Establish elevations and pipe inverts for inlets and outlets as indicated. E. Mount lid and frame level in grout, secured to top cone section to elevation indicated. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field inspection and testing. B. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and retest at no cost to City of Iowa City. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect pipe and bedding cover from damage or displacement until backfilling operation is in progress. END OF SECTION ~~-~ t_-~ "~7 -, r,.~ .__...,- `-~- _ _ Ji. /..,~ ~ i ... ~~- i~l"l _Y~ (~~ x...e MMS #1235-078 SITE STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING 334111 -4 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Public Works Salt Storage Facility Sealed proposals will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, before 2:00 P.M. on the 27th day of May, 2008. Sealed proposals will be opened immediately thereafter by the City Engineer or designee. Bids submitted by fax machine shall not be deemed a "sealed bid" for purposes of this Project. Proposals received after this deadline will be returned to the bidder unopened. Proposals will be acted upon by the City Council at its next regular meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall at 7:00 P.M. on the 3rd day of June, 2008, or at a special meeting called for that purpose. . The Project is described in general as: A salt storage building approximately 57ft wide by 93 ft long with two additional equipment storage bays approximately 22 ft wide by the length of the building. The building structure consists of treated timber framing and wood roof trusses with plywood roof sheathing. The work includes structural design for wood plank containment walls supported by rectangular timber posts cabled to each other to withstand lateral load of internal pile. All work is to be done in strict compliance with the plans and specifications prepared by Neumann Monson PC, of Iowa City, Iowa, which have heretofore been approved by the City Council, and are on file for public examination in the Office of the City Clerk. Each proposal shall be completed on a form furnished by the City and must be accompanied in a sealed envelope, separate from the one containing the proposal, by a bid bond executed by a corporation authorized to contract as a surety in the State of Iowa, in the sum of 10% of the bid. The bid security shall be made payable to the TREASURER OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, and shall be forfeited to the City of Iowa City in the event the successful bidder fails to enter into a contract within ten (10) calendar days and post bond satisfactory to the City ensuring the faithful performance of the contract and maintenance of said Project, if required, pursuant to the provisions of this notice and the other contract documents. Bid bonds of the lowest two or more bidders may be retained for a period of not to exceed fifteen (15) calendar days until a contract is awarded, or until rejection is made. Other bid bonds will be returned after the canvass- and tabulation of bids is completed and reported to the City Council. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price, said bond to be issued by a responsible surety approved by the City Council, and shall guarantee the prompt payment of all materials and labor, and also protect and save harmless the City from all claims and damages of any kind caused directly or indirectly by the operation of the contract, and shall also guarantee the maintenance of the improvement for a period of one (1) year(s) from and after its completion and formal acceptance by the City. The following limitations shall apply to this Project: Specified Completion Date: October 30"', 2008 Liquidated Damages: $500 per day The plans, specifications and proposed contract documents may be examined at the office of the City Clerk. Copies of said plans and specifications and form of proposal blanks may be secured at the Office of Neumann Monson PC, Iowa, (Phone# 319.338.7878) by bona fide bidders. A $50 refundable and a $ 5.00 nonrefundable, is required for each set of plans and specifications provided to bidders or other interested persons. The fees shall be in the form of two separate checks, made payable to Neumann Monson PC. Prospective bidders are advised that the City of Iowa City desires to employ minority contractors and subcontractors on City projects. Bidders shall list on the Form of Proposal the names of persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom the bidder intends to subcontract. This list shall include the type of work and approximate subcontract amount(s). The Contractor awarded the contract shall submit a list on the Form of Agreement of the proposed subcontractors, together with quantities, unit prices and extended dollar amounts. If no minority business enterprises (MBE) are utilized, the Contractor shall furnish documentation of all reasonable, good faith efforts to recruit MBE's. A listing of minority contractors can be obtained from the Iowa Department of Economic Development at (515) 242- 4721. By virtue of statutory authority, preference will be given to products and provisions grown and coal produced within the State of Iowa, and to Iowa domestic labor, to the extent lawfully required under Iowa Statutes. The Iowa Reciprocal Preference Act applies to the contract with respect to bidders who are not Iowa residents. The City reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, and also reserves the right to waive technicalities and irregu- larities. Published upon order of the City Council of Iowa City, Iowa. MARIAN K. KARR, CITY CLERK pweng~ad bidslsalt storage.doc R-1 ~`~'~J 9 Prepared by: Kim Sandberg, Public Works, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240 (319) 356-5139 RESOLUTION NO. 08-i l0 RESOLUTION APPROVING PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, FORM OF CON- TRACT, AND ESTIMATE OF COST FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE PUBLIC WORKS SALT STORAGE FACILITY PROJECT, ESTABLISHING AMOUNT OF BID SECURITY TO ACCOMPANY EACH BID, DIRECTING CITY CLERK TO PUBLISH ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS, AND FIXING TIME AND PLACE FOR RECEIPT OF BIDS. WHEREAS, notice of public hearing on the plans, specifications, form of contract and estimate of cost for the above-named project was published as required by law, and the hearing thereon held. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA THAT: 1. The plans, specifications, form of contract and estimate of cost for the above-named project are hereby approved. 2. The amount of bid security to accompany each bid for the construction of the above- named project shall be in the amount of 10% (ten percent) of bid payable to Treasurer, City of Iowa City, Iowa. 3. The City Clerk is hereby authorized and directed to publish notice, not less than 4 and not more than 45 days before the date for filing the bids, for the receipt of bids for the construction of the above-named project in a newspaper published at least once weekly and having a general circulation in the city. 4. Sealed bids for the above-named project are to be received by the City of Iowa City, Iowa, at the Office of the City Clerk, at the City Hall, before 2:00 p.m. on the 27th day of May, 2008. At that time, the bids will be opened by the City Engineer or his designee, and thereupon referred to the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, for action upon said bids at its next regular meeting, to be held at the Emma J. Harvat Hall, City Hall, Iowa City, Iowa, at 7:00 p.m. on the 3rd day of June, 2008, or at a special meeting called for that purpose. Passed and approved this 9~ day of ATTEST: ,,. - 7 y CITY LERK pweng\res\OSSaItStorage.doc 4/08 20 n~ City Attorney's Office ~~~ Resolution No. 08-110 Page 2 It was moved by Wilburn and seconded by Champion the Resolution be adopted, and upon roll call there were: AYES: NAYS: ABSENT: x Bailey x Champion x Correia ~_ Hayek x ~ O'Donnell _~ Wilburn x Wright wpdata/glossary/resolution-ic.doc Printer's Fee $ CERTIFICATE OF PUBLICATION STATE OF IOWA, JOHNSON COUNTY, 5S: THE IOWA CITY PRESS-CITIZEN FED. ID # 42-0330670 I, ~~ ,r 1- -~,r. e 0.~~ PY ,being duly sworn, say that I am the legal clerk of the IOWA CITY PRESS-CITIZEN, a newspaper published in said county, and .that a notice, a printed copy of which is hereto attached, was published in said paper .time(s), on the following date(s): Legal Clerk Subscribed and sworn to before me this _ day of A.D. 20~_. tary Public ~ tJNDA KROTZ ~ ~ Commission Number 73161 ivy Conxrlis ~E OFFICIAL PUBLICATION NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING ON PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, FORM OF CONTRACT SAND ESTIMATED COST FOR PUBLIC WORKS SALT STORAGE FACILITY PROJECT IN THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA- TO ALL TAXPAYERS OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, AND TO OTHER INTERESTED PERSONS: Public notice is hereby given that the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, will conduct a public hearing on plans, speci- _. _ -- ~fications, form of contract and estimated cost for the construction of the Public Works 5aft Storage Facility Project in said ~~ City at 7:00 p.m. on the 29th day of April, 2008; said meeting to be held m the Emma J. Harvat Hall in City Halpin said City, or'rf said meeting is cancelled, at the next meeting of the City Council thereafter as posted by the City Clerk. Said plans, spec cations, form of con- tract and estimated cost are now on file in the office of the City Clerk in City Hall in Iowa City, Iowa, -and may Lie inspected by any interested persons. ar at Any interested persons may, apps said meeting of the City Council for the purpose of making objections~to and com- ments concerning said plans, specifica- tions, contract or the cost of making said improvement. This notice is given by order ofithe City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa and as provided by law. MARIAN K. KARR, CITY CLERK 75258 April 18, 2008 ~r ~J Prepared by: Kumi Morris, Engineering Division, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240 (319)356-044 RESOLUTION NO. 08-172 RESOLUTION AWARDING CONTRACT AND AUTHORIZING THE MAYOR TO SIGN AND THE CITY CLERK TO ATTEST A CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE PUBLIC WORKS SALT STORAGE FACILITY PROJECT. WHEREAS, Apex Construction Co., Inc. of Iowa City, Iowa has submitted the lowest responsible bid of $670,000.00 for construction of the above-named project. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, THAT: The contract for the construction of the above-named project is hereby awarded to Apex Construction Co.,lnc., subject to the condition that awardee secure adequate performance and payment bond, insurance certificates, and contract compliance program statements. 2. The Mayor is hereby authorized to sign and the City Clerk to attest the contract for construction of the above-named project, subject to the condition that awardee secure adequate performance and payment bond, insurance certificates, and contract compliance program statements.. 3. The Public Works Director is authorized to execute change orders as they may become necessary in the construction of the above-named project. Passed and approved this 3rd day of Jude , 20 O8 -~(/ Approved by U ATTEST: ~ • v CI CLERK City Attorney's Office s/~~~0~ It was moved by Wilburn and seconded by Hayek the Resolution be adopted, and upon roll call there were: AYES: x x x x ~_ NAYS: ABSENT: Bailey Champion Correia Hayek O'Donnell Wilburn Wright ~~ pweng\res4award con salt storage.doc Printer's Fee $ ~q' CERTIFICATE OF PUBLICATION STATE OF IOWA, JOHNSON COUNTY, SS: THE IOWA CITY PRESS-CITIZEN FED. ID # 42-0330670 I, ~ ~ ~ e vt ~ ~ ~G~ i2 v Bi~reel~, being duly sworn, say that I am the legal clerk of the IOWA CITY PRESS-CITIZEN, a newspaper published in said county, and that a notice, a printed copy of which is hereto attached, was published in said paper ~ time(s), on the following date(s): LC.GI~~ Legal Clerk Subscribed and sworn to before me this ~~' day of A.D. 20~_. ___"~ ~~;y Public ~pl.L I ~ ~ ~p N132619 .~ ~~ OFFICIAL PUBLICATION ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS Public Works Salt Storage Facility Sealed, proposals will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, before 2:00 P.M. on the 27th day of May, 2008. Sealed proposals will be opened immediately there-after by the City Engineer or designee. Bids submit- ted by faz machine shall not be deemed a "sealed bid" for purposes of this Project. Proposals received after this deadline will be returned to the bidder unopened. Proposals will be acted upon by the City Council at its next regular meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hali at 7:00 P.M. on the 3rd day of June, 2008, or at a special meeting called for that purpose. The Project is described in general as: A salt storage building approximately 57ft wide by 93 ft long with two additional equipment storage .bays approximately 22 ft wide by the length of the buikfing: The building structure consists of treated timber framing and wood roof trusses wRh plywood roof sheathing. The work includes structural design for wood plank comainmeM walls. supported byrectangu- lar timber posts cabled to each other to withstand lateral load of internal pile. All work.is to be done in strict compli- ance with the plans and specifications prepared by_ Neumann Monson PC, of Iowa City, Iowa, which have hereto-fore been approved by the City Council, and are on file for public examination in the Office of the City Clerk. Each proposal shall be completed on a form furnished by the City and must be accompanied in a sealed envelope, sep- arate from. the'one containing the.prgpos- al; by a bid bond executed by a corpora- tion authorized to contract as a surety in the State of Iowa, in the. sum of 10% of the bid. The bid security shall be made pay-able to the TREASURER OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, and shall be forfeited "to the City of Iowa City in the event the successful bidder fails to enter iMc a contract .within ten (10) calendar days. and. post bond satisfactory to the City ensuring the faithful performance of the contract and maintenance of said Project, if required, pursuant to the provi- sions of this notice and the other contract documents: Bid bonds ofthe:bwgst two or more bidders may be retained.#or a period of not to:exceed fifteen (15) calen- dar days. until a contract is awarded,. or until rejection is made. Other bid bonds will Ge returned after the canvass and tab- ulation of bids is completed and reported to the City Council. The successful bidderwill be required to furnish a bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price, said bond to be issued by a respon- sible surety approved by the City Council, and shall guarantee the prompt payment of alf materials and'labor, and also protect and save harmless the City from all claims and damages of any kind caused directly or indirectly by the operation of the contract, and shall also guarantee the maintenance of the improvement for a period of one (i) year(s) from and after its completion and formal acceptance by the City. The following limitations shall apply to this Project: Specified Completion Date: October 30th, 2008 Liquidated Damages: $500 per day The plans, specifications and .proposed contract documents may be examined at the office of the City Clerk. Copies of said plans and specifications and form of pro- posalblanks may be secured at the Office of Neumann Monson PC, Iowa, (Phone# 319.338.7878) by bona fide bidders. A $50 refundable and a $ 5.00 nonre- fundable, is required for each set of plans and specifications provided to bidders or other interested persons. The fees shall be in the form of two separate checks, made payable to Neumann Monson PC. Prospective bidders are advised that the City of Iowa City desires to employ minor- ity contractors and subcontractors on City projects. Bidders shall list on the Form of Proposal the names of persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom the bidder intends to subcontract. This list shall include the type of work and approx- imate-subcontract amount(s). The Contractor awarded the contract shall submit a list on the Form of Agreement of the proposed subcontrac- tors, together with quantities; unit prices and extended dollar amounts. If no minor- ity business enterprises (MBE) are uti- lized, the Contractor shall furnish docu- mentation of all reasonable, good faith efforts to recruit MBE's. A I+sting of minority contractors can be obtained from the Iowa Department of Economic Development at (515) 242- 4721. By virtue of statutory authority, pref- erence will be given to products and pro- visions grown and coal produced within the State of Iowa, and to Iowa domestic labor, to the extent lawfully required under Iowa Statutes. The Iowa Recipro-cal Preference Act applies to the contract with respect to bidders who are not Iowa residents. The Gity reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, and also 7eserves the right to waive technicalities and irregular- ities. Published upon order of the City Council of Iowa City, Iowa. MARIAN K. KARR, CITY CLERK 75348 May 5, 2008 Q~ G~ Bond No. IAC 54866 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND Apex Construction Company, Inc. , as (insert the name and address or legal title of the Contractor) Principal, hereinafter called the Contractor and Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) (insert the legal title of the Surety) 2100 Fleur Drive, Des Moines, Iowa 50321-1158 , as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Iowa City, Iowa, as obligee, hereinafter called the Owner, in the amount of Six Hundred Seventy Thousand Dollars ( $670,000.00 )for the payment for which Contractor and Surety hereby bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally. WHEREAS, Contractor has, as of June 3, 2008 ,entered into a (date) written Agreement with Owner for City of Iowa City Public Works Salt Storage Facility, Iowa City ;and WHEREAS, the Agreement requires execution of this Performance and Payment Bond, to be completed by Contractor, in accordance with.ptans and specifications prepared Ross Spitz, P.E., Civil Engineer for the City of Iowa Ciry, Iowa, which Agreement is by reference made a part hereof, and the agreed-upon work is hereafter referred to as the Project. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said Agreement, then the obligation of this bond shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect until satisfactory completion of the Project. A. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of time made by the Owner. B.Whenever Contractor shall be, and is declared by Owner to be, in default under the Agreement, the Owner having performed Owner's obligations thereunder; the Surety may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly: 1. Complete the Project in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, or 2. Obtain a bid or bids for submission to Owner for completing the Project in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement; and upon determina- tion by Owner and Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and Owner, and make available, as work progresses (even though there may be a default or a succession of defaults under the Agreement or subsequent contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph), sufficient PB-1 CON 0572 IA (4/05) funds to pay the cost of completion, less the balance of the Contract Price, but not exceeding the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term "balance of the Contract Price," as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor under the Agreement, together with any addenda and/or amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor. C. The Contractor and Contractor's Surety shall be obligated to keep the improvements covered by this bond in good repair for a period of 1 years from the date of formal acceptance of the improvements by the Owner. D. No right of action shall accrue to or for the use of any person, corporation or third party other than the Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, administrators or successors of Owner. IT IS A FURTHER CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION that the Principal and Surety, in accordance with provisions of Chapter 573, Code of Iowa, shall pay to all persons, firms or corporations having contracts directly with the Principal, including any of Principal's subcontrac- tors, all claims due them for labor performed or materials furnished in the performance of the Agreement for whose benefit this bond is given. The provisions of Chapter 573, Code of Iowa, are a part of this bond to the same extent as if it were expressly set out herein.. SIGNED AND SEALED THIS 14th DAY OF 20 08 . IN THE PRESENCE OF: Witness ~l~/ Witnes Tracy inesworth June Merchants Bonding any (Mutual) (Surety) SCOTT~A ER Attorney-In-Fact (Title) P 0 BOX 218, 610 10TH STREET (Street) MARION, IA 52302 (City, State, Zip) 319-377-4861 (Phone) P B-2 Secretary (Title) Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) POWER OF ATTORNEY Bond#: IAC54866 Know All Persons By These Presents, that the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Iowa, and having its prinapal office in the City of Des Moines, County of Polk, State of Iowa, hath made, constituted and appointed, and does by these presents make, constitute and appoint SCOTT A DRAPER of MARION and State of IA its true and lawful Attomey-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to sign, execute, acknowledge and deliver in its behalf as surety any and all bonds, undertakings, recognizances or other written obligations in the nature thereof, subject to the limitation that any such instrument shall not exceed the amount of: TWO MILLION ($2,000,000.00) DOLLARS and to bind the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond or undertaking was signed by the duly authorized officers of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), and all the acts of said Attomey-in-Fact, pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This Power-of-Attomey is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following Amended Substituted and Restated By- Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) on November 16, 2002. ARTICLE II, SECTION 8 -The Chairman of the Board or President or any ~ce President or Secretary shall have power and authority to appoint Attorneys-in-Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the Seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof. ARTICLE II, SECTION 9 -The signature of any authorized officer and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any Power of Attomey or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed. In Witness Whereof, MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) has caused these presents to be signed by its President and its corporate seal to be hereto affuced, this 20th day of March 2008 . STATE OF IOWA COUNTY OF POLK ss. .•---•. • • ~\N~ C0,1~••• • : V ~J~•?,c: :ry-:= -o- o~ .y; :3. a ~ 1933 • y • c. • J. ~~b. • ~ ~~ • • Jl • .• ••....• MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) By ~«/~~~ President On this 20th day of March 2008 .before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), the corporation described in the foregoing instrument, and that the Seal affixed to the said instrument is the Corporate Seal of the said Corporation and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its Board of Directors. In Testimony Whereof, i have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Offidal Seal at the City of Des Moines, Iowa, the day and year first above written. CINDY SMYTH ~rr/~- ~~ Commission Number 173504 ~~ My Commission Expires V March 16, 2005 Notary Public, Polk County, Iowa STATE OF IOWA COUNTY OF POLK ss. I, William Warner, Jr., Secretary of the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER-OF-ATTORNEY executed by said MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL), which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Company on this 14th day of POA 0005 (1/06) June 2008 , • . • ~ C . • .moo?~`~P p 9!~A •• •9. • : V '~j,•yc; ~•:~ 1933 .~ c' •• •...... Secretary ~~~.®aJ ~,~~,,~I II~~ ~~ ~ ~- "~MII~°~°~~~ ~+'tJi._ CITY OF IOWA CITY 410 East Washington Street Iowa City, Iowa 52240-1826 (319) 3515-5000 (319) 356-5009 FAX ENGINEER'S REPORT www.icgov.org February 4, 2010 Honorable Mayor and City Council Iowa City, Iowa Re: Public Works Salt Storage Building Project Dear Honorable Mayor and Councilpersons: I hereby certify that Apex Construction Company, Inc., of Iowa City, Iowa has completed the construction of the Public Works Salt Storage Building Project in substantial accordance with the plans and specifications prepared by Neumann Monson Architects P.C., of Iowa City, Iowa. The required performance and payment bond is on file in the City Clerk's office. The final contract price is $710,036.62 I recommend that the above-referenced improvements be accepted by the City of Iowa City. Sincerely, ;k=~.~ lC--.. Ron Knoche, P.E. City Engineer S~\ENGWRCHITECTURE FILE\Projects\Public Works Satt Storage Building\Engineefs Report_Public Works Salt Storage Building.doc i '~ ~~ 5e 1 Prepared by: Kumi Morris, Engineering Division, 410 E. Washington St., Iowa City, IA 52240 (319) 356-5044 RESOLUTION NO. 10-40 RESOLUTION ACCEPTING THE WORK FOR THE PUBLIC WORKS SALT STORAGE FACILITY PROJECT WHEREAS, the Engineering Division has recommended that the work for construction of the Public Works Salt Storage Facility, as included in a contract between the City of Iowa City and Apex Construction Company, Inc. of Iowa City, Iowa, dated June 3`~, 2008, be accepted; and WHEREAS, the Engineer's Report and the performance and payment bond have been filed in the City Clerk's office; and WHEREAS, the final contract price is $710,036.62. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, THAT said improvements are hereby accepted by the City of Iowa City, Iowa. Passed and approved this 16th day of February , 20 10 ~ ~_J`XI MAYOR Approved by ATTEST: P~ ~1~+~/,1~'~l~u~-~ CIT LERK City Attorney's Office a~~/~v It was moved by Champion and seconded by Wright the Resolution be adopted, and upon roll call there were: AYES: -~ ~._ x ~- X ~_ -~ NAYS: ABSENT: Bailey Champion Dickens Hayek Mims Wilburn Wright Pwenglres/Acptwk-SaltStorage. doc 2110 D A Fool No 1 hereby certify that the portion of this technical * jolts$ � # *� submission described herein was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and responsible charge. I am a ." Q'k,.. * * *••�•••..••"'' duly licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of ,.�" •.• •.+ ,. the State of Iowa. ° .. 4 .° :'' JON W. AUSTIN �/� e4 r : AUSTIN : , ► signatme Date 12481 ` *. .: My license renewal date is December 31, •, °* ,•; .: P� #�t►fr �� #4• ►••�� * *•w *� °� ° °* Pages or sheets covered byftsea]: S -101,5 -102 I g I P] : *AVI Cc 0 D- wonvin I ol M GENERAL DRAWINGS G -001 TITLE SHEET & DRAWING INDEX CIVIL DRAWINGS C -001 TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY C -100 SITE LAYOUT PLAN C -101 SITE GRADING & EROSION CONTROL PLAN C -102 SITE UTILITY PLAN STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS S -101 FOUNDATION PLAN AND NOTES S -102 ROOF FRAMING PLAN ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS A -101 FLOOR PLAN A -11 1 ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING PLAN A -201 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A -211 BUILDING SECTIONS A -501 DETAILS A -502 DETAILS A -500 DETAILS P ■ K S T ORAGE BL U 5 MATERIAL SYMBOLS (TYP.) COMPACTED EARTH EARTH BAIT INSULATION RIGID INSULATION POROUS FILL I hereby certify that the portion of this technical •� � �,� �..;. •'` . a submission described herein was prepared by me or under ALT my direct supervi ' a d responsible charge. I am a ° ae CONCRETE duly register chi, ' under the laws of the State of ° � ��yb 8 �?p..y� ny � � "`c5 � tC� ik y'� � q i£ M k�' I � OTH � R. Iowa. TI HY R. SCHROEDER ° 4, 4. 1Z °a 1 o@ .�� ; Signattrce Date ,a ♦ * v JOINT B.C. Registration expires June 30, LW LONG WAY BEJ Pages or tscove is seal �ae8aaeaa�caa3a�a MAXIMUM BNT BENT Date issued: 1 hereby certify that the portion of this technical * jolts$ � # *� submission described herein was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and responsible charge. I am a ." Q'k,.. * * *••�•••..••"'' duly licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of ,.�" •.• •.+ ,. the State of Iowa. ° .. 4 .° :'' JON W. AUSTIN �/� e4 r : AUSTIN : , ► signatme Date 12481 ` *. .: My license renewal date is December 31, •, °* ,•; .: P� #�t►fr �� #4• ►••�� * *•w *� °� ° °* Pages or sheets covered byftsea]: S -101,5 -102 I g I P] : *AVI Cc 0 D- wonvin I ol M GENERAL DRAWINGS G -001 TITLE SHEET & DRAWING INDEX CIVIL DRAWINGS C -001 TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY C -100 SITE LAYOUT PLAN C -101 SITE GRADING & EROSION CONTROL PLAN C -102 SITE UTILITY PLAN STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS S -101 FOUNDATION PLAN AND NOTES S -102 ROOF FRAMING PLAN ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS A -101 FLOOR PLAN A -11 1 ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING PLAN A -201 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A -211 BUILDING SECTIONS A -501 DETAILS A -502 DETAILS A -500 DETAILS P ■ K S T ORAGE BL U 5 MATERIAL SYMBOLS (TYP.) COMPACTED EARTH EARTH BAIT INSULATION RIGID INSULATION POROUS FILL STEEL GRO UT PLYWOOD ALT ALTERNATIVE ° ae CONCRETE ROUGH WOOD REFERENCE INDICATIONS- SECTION IDENTIFICATION sHEer SHEET WHERE SHOWN BUILDING SECTION ''� SECTION IDENTIFICATION 5HE SHEET WHERE SHOWN WALL SECTION SECTION IDENTIFICATION HE SHEET WHERE SHOWN DETAIL - ''`�- ELEVATION IDENTIFICATION HE SHEET WHERE SHOWN INTERIOR ELEVATION ROOM NAME OFFICE 101 ROOM NUMBER ROOM IDENTIFICATION 8'—W FIN.FLR. ELEVATIONS El— WALL TYPE 8 DOOR NUMBER G2 WINDOW TAG @ AT GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD ALT ALTERNATIVE H.M. HOLLOW METAL A.F.F ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR HORIZ HORIZONTAL ALUM. ALUMINUM JT JOINT B.C. BUILDING CONTRACTOR LW LONG WAY BEJ BRICK EXPANSION JOINT MAX MAXIMUM BNT BENT MIN MINIMUM B.O. BOTTOM OF MTL METAL BRNG BEARING O.C. ON CENTER CJ CONTROL JOINT O.D. OUTSIDE DIAMETER q CENTER LINE OPP OPPOSITE CLG CEILING PLT PLATE CLR CLEAR PREF. PREFINISHED COL COLUMN RB RUBBER BASE CONC CONCRETE REF REFERENCE CONT. CONTINUOUS REFR REFRIGERATOR DBL DOUBLE REINF REINFORCEMENT DIA DIAMETER S.A.T.C. SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL DO AUTO DOOR OPERATOR TILE CEILING • EA EACH SIM SIMILAR E.H.O. ELECTRIC HOLD OPEN S.S. STAINLESS STEEL E.J. EXPANSION JOINT STD STANDARD EL ELEVATION STL STEEL EQ EQUAL SUS SUSPENDED EXP EXPANSION T &B TOP AND BOTTOM F.E. FLOOR ELEVATION T.O. TOP OF F.F.E. FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION T.O.M. TOP OF MASONRY FLR FLOOR TYP TYPICAL FTG FOOTING VERT VERTICAL GA GAGE WI WITH 1 3 4 5 NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECT S A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O N 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319- 338.7878 319 - 338 -7879 FAX Consultants: • Project Tlfle', PUBLIC WORKS SALT STORAGE FACILITY CITY OF IOWA CITY Project No.: 07.022 Drawn by: Checked by: Issue: Date Description 04.1 1.0a BILE D06UMEIT5 Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON — INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. (�C CQPYRIGHT UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: A COVER SHEET Sheet Number: 0�001 .'. • Project Tlfle', PUBLIC WORKS SALT STORAGE FACILITY CITY OF IOWA CITY Project No.: 07.022 Drawn by: Checked by: Issue: Date Description 04.1 1.0a BILE D06UMEIT5 Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON — INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. (�C CQPYRIGHT UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: A COVER SHEET Sheet Number: 0�001 � m � ! u| } / ' / ,r OD ` ;T-E o m oo GRAPHIC SCALE IN M \ CO°^"-'F P«nmwo 0 ` aswc* w�nx \ / - \ ' \ (' / \ \ LO \ BoSnwn '' \ onxvEL smoT cowo WALL o \ / \ *�� /~ , \ ! \ '' \ ` � . \ ` ^ \ ' \ ` ` \ ` \ \ ` ^ \ EXIST / BLDG ` / sxISnwo \ ' onxvEL 653.01 \ - ^_ --- . ',. \ --- -- ' BENCHMARK INFORMATION CUT ')( ON INTAKE ON NAPOLEON LANE NORTH OF E)USTING BUILDING ELEVATION 651.66 (USGS ) DATUM STANDARD LEGEND AND NOTES PROPERTY &/or BOUNDARY LINE7 CONGRESSIONAL SECTION LINES RIGHT-OF-WAY LINES EXISTING RIGHT-OF-WAY LINES CENTER LINES - LOT LINES, |wTEewxL -------' -------- LOT UwEs PLATTED on BY oEco ---------pnOPOSED EASEMENT LINES ----------------- EmSnwo EASEMENT LINES + - BovCnwA*w (*) - *EoonDEo D|wswSIowS 22-1 - CURVE SEGMENT NUMBER -EXIST- -PnuP- - unuTrpOus - LIGHT POLE - SANITARY MANHOLE - FIRE HYDRANT ^�, .' ° - wmnsn VALVE @ - DRAINAGE MANHOLE - ounB |wusT -----x - FENCE LINE --------(--------- EXISTING SANITARY SEWER - pwoPoSeo SANITARY SEWER - EXISTING STORM SEWER - Pnoposso Srnnw SEWER --------8 y�--------'- WATER LINES --------c--------- ELECTRICAL LINES --------r--------- TcLEpxowc uwso --------o--------- GAS LINES oowToue uwEo (1' |wTcRvAU - PROPOSED o*0uwD ------�----------- B0STIw0 GROUND - Ex|Snwo TREE LINE Ex|Snwo oEo|ououo TREE - /U� | EXISTING EVERGREEN TREES T�E ACTUAL SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL PROPOSED FACILITIES SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, WHICH ARE TO BE PREPARED AND SUBMITTED SUBSEQUENT TO THE APPROVAL OF THIS DOCUMENT. I �- �� -U | E C U S r � /v `�^ / ^ + ^ A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O N 221 E. COLLEGE 3T. IOWA CITY, /A 52240 319-338'7878 319 -338-7879 FAX Consultants: MMS CONSULTANTS ` INC. Iowa City, |mwn 9 351-8282 Cedar Rapids, |mwo (319) 841-5488 <> mwLsmmwsERS ^> LAND PLANNERS «^ <> LxwoscxpE xncn/nsnna <> LAND SURVEYORS «» <> ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIALISTS <> STIf Qc IOWA MY Project No.: 0-1.022 Drawn by. Checked by: /oouex Date Description 04.11.05 01 P 5ET Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAININGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON-IN70FERENCE VATH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL &�<:�c»R~)-p:R|c,- F/ -r UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS pRm*BI70. Sheet Title: 7 < SITE CONSTRUCTION PLANS D _KS S A I U B IC WO I I I S OL AG 1OWA �OWA CITY, j �: 4 o C101 4 4 <0100 4 Fe-1 4 166 tz < Rio () 4 .0 KoN \ r 4 a ,- y 4. as 4 a FIR < . /I �l WA 411 \<7 < 4 4 < ay .04 EXISTING CONCRETE PARKING 1 ............. ......... .. . ... ............ 4 AC it, y 4 41 4. © 4 a. 4 <4 ALTERNATE BID #2 4 'A < < < 4 < 4. .4 < ALTERNATE BID #V 4 < (PAVEMENT) < 4 4 Ll < 4 < 4: CLEAN OUT < 4 4-' 4 4 4 4 4 < 41 moo EXISTING BUILDING [AC] So "�Q ------------ G G us 31E UP 0 10 20 GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET 1"=20' PROPERTY &/Or BOUNDARY LINES CONGRESSIONAL SECTION LINES RIGHT-OF-WAY LINES EXISTING RIGHT-OF-WAY LINES CENTER LINES EXISTING CENTER LINES LOT LINES, INTERNAL LOT LINES, PLATTED OR BY DEED PROPOSED EASEMENT LINES EXISTING EASEMENT LINES 4 - BENCHMARK (R) - RECORDED DIMENSIONS 22-1 - CURVE SEGMENT NUMBER -EXIST- -PROP- CQ;' - UTILITY POLE - LIGHT POLE - SANITARY MANHOLE o - FIRE HYDRANT - WATER VALVE 00 - AINAGE MANHOLE wii 0 - CURB INLET -x -x- - FENCE LINE - EXISTING SANITARY SEWER - PROPOSED SANITARY SEWER < - EXISTING STORM SEWER "< - PROPOSED STORM SEWER 8W- WATER LINES E ELECTRICAL LINES T TELEPHONE LINES G GAS LINES CONTOUR LINES (1' INTERVAL) PROPOSED GROUND EXISTING GROUND EXISTING TREE LINE EXISTING DECIDUOUS TREE EXISTING EVERGREEN TREES THE ACTUAL SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL PROPOSED FACILITIES SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, WHICH ARE TO BE PREPARED AND SUBMITTED SUBSEQUENT TO THE APPROVAL OF THIS DOCUMENT. TYPICAL DRIVE SEC-nON N.T.S. 24' DRIVE WIDTH 7" PCC I PAVEMENT I SLOPE VARIES :4 A 6" INTEGRAL CURB 6" CRUSHED ROCK BASE u: t • ARCHITECT S A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319- 338 -7878 319-338-7879 FAX Consultants: MMS CONSULTANTS, INC. Iowa City, Iowa (319) 351-8282 Cedar Rapids, Iowa (319) 841-5488 M <> CIVIL ENGINEERS <> LAND PLANNERS <> <> LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS <> LAND SURVEYORS <> <> ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIALISTS <> G: \1 200\1 235078\1 235078Y. dwg Owner: aff CA"m" IOWA C" Project No.: 07.022 Drawn by. Checked by: Issue: Date Description 04.11.06 50 5E 1" Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON - INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL c-, C> F=- --rR I C.- H -r UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: SITE LAYOUT" PLAN Sheet Number: SIT]E CONSTRUCTION ]PLANS _B C WO _LK S S A S 0 A G 10 WA CITY, _[OWA � I i ♦•iii • + ♦` +♦ s i ♦i { ♦♦ ♦♦ ♦♦♦i ♦ SILT FENCE i♦ r - --'"� 4, a t d � � o , ♦ Q 'd AN0011* ♦ a to �. 4 ♦ Q 10 # ? -- i , , t REMOVE TREES TO 10'1 ♦ -y' WEST OF STORM SEWER i F © , < t 3 r - /,- 1L-_ Ilk /1 a \ 652.18. r • � � 6c 6s ° ♦♦ 4 4 ♦♦ 6 1.5 ?� ♦ a c 4♦ toN No ls� Z- p� s ?`gyp F r X 0 , EXISTING CONCRETE PARKING G� © 4 4 Q ° a. ° a 14 \ 5262 s ALTERN TE BID #2 4n Q Q \ ° Q \ Q ° 4 ° Q \ F46� Q o °ALTERNATE BID �? Q Q � ;, Q (PAVEMENT) a a a " ° CAD s s? © ° © 652 ' 4 S 4 Q Q ° 651. 1 Q a .8 65_ 1_71 4 4 ° © ° ° Q 4 ' 1`L .g? 4 Q Q Q 652.14 .1. < Q � I f"` Q°� ° ° a Q 4 L 11 D a 4 4 6 © Ll Q a � Q ,� 651.65 oo� sso� N 6 � 0.7 -� 51.34 L 1.44 65�� 4 X Iii ♦s �` �5r ♦ ♦1 iiiaii�i 649 84 ♦i ♦• ♦ iii. `iiii S ♦, ♦ SILT FENCE laws iii 1♦ • I 1 ° Q ° � s 2, O Ao CLEAN OUT ° 10. a s$2 " A C Y NOTE: ALL ELEVATIONS TOP O/F SLAB UNLESS NOTED OTHEf�GISE NOTE: ALL DISTURB GROUND SHALL BE SEEDE &MULCHED WITH A TURF ASS MIXTURE FOLLOWING ISH GRADING GRADING NOTES 1.) MAXIMUM SLOPE ON CUTS AND FILLS SHALL BE 3.5: HORIZONTAL TO 1: VERTICAL . 2.) NO EXCAVATION SHALL BE ALLOWED WITHIN 2' OF PROPERTY LINES. 3.) WHERE HEIGHT OF FILL IS GREATER THAN 30' AN INTERMEDIATE TERRACE OF AT LEAST 6' WIDE SHALL BE ESTABLISHED AT MID HEIGHT. SEE TYPICAL FILL SECTION. 4.) COMPACTION TO BE 90% MODIFIED STANDARD PROCTOR WHERE > 6 :1 SLOPE. 5.) ALL TREES OUTSIDE THE LIMITS OF GRADING OPERATIONS SHALL BE SAVED, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED TO BE REMOVED. TREES NEAR THE EDGES OF GRADING LIMITS AND IN THE STORM WATER DETENTION BASIN AREAS SHALL BE SAVED IF POSSIBLE, WITHIN THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. 6.) PRIOR TO ANY GRADING A CONSTRUCTION SAFETY FENCE SHALL. BE INSTALLED 50 FEET FROM TRUNKS OF TREES TO BE PROTECTED. 7.) STABILIZATION SEEDING SHALL BE COMPLETED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE, BUT NOT MORE THAN 14 DAYS, UPON COMPLETION OF GRADING IN ANY AREA OF GRADING OPERATIONS. DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE KEPT AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE TO PREVENT LARGE SCALE EROSION PROBLEMS. IF THE GRADING CONTRACTOR STOPS GRADING OPERATIONS FOR MORE THAN 14 DAYS, THEN STABILIZATION SEEDING SHALL BE DONE ON ALL DISTURBED AREAS. 8.) SILT FENCE LOCATIONS AND LENGTHS, AS INDICATED, ARE APPROXIMATE ONLY. FINAL LOCATIONS AND LENGTHS WILL BE DETERMINED, AS NEEDED, UPON COMPLETION OF GRADING OPERATIONS IN AN AREA. 9.) ALL STREET SUBGRADES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AND COMPACTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CITY OF IOWA CITY DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AND PROCEDURES. in 0 10 20 GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET 1 » =20' STABILIZATION SEEDING STABILIZATION SEEDING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH I.D.O.T. STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 2601.05 STABILIZING CROP SEEDING AND FERTILIZING. SEED MIXTURES SHALL BE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: SPRING- MARCH 1 TO MAY 20 WINTER RYE OR OATS 1 BUSHEL PER ACRE SUDANGRASS (PIPER) 25 LBS. PER ACRE FESCUE, KENTUCKY 31 OR FAWN 15 LBS. PER ACRE. ALFALFA (RANGER OR VERNAL) 5 LBS. PER ACRE SUMMER - MAY 21 TO JULY 20 OATS 1 BUSHEL PER ACRE SUDANGRASS (PIPER) 35 LBS PER ACRE FESCUE, KENTUCKY 31 OR FAWN 15 LBS PER ACRE ALFALFA (RANGER OR VERNAL) 5 LBS PER ACRE FALL - JULY 21 TO SEPTEMBER 30 WINTER RYE 2 BUSHEL PER ACRE FESCUE, KENTUCKY 31 OR FAWN 15 LBS PER ACRE ALFALFA (RANGER OR VERNAL) * 5 LBS PER ACRE *AFTER AUGUST 31, HAIRY VETCH SHALL BE SUBSTITUTED FOR ALFALFA AT THE RATE OF 10 LBS PER ACRE FERTILIZER SHALL BE APPLIED AT A RATE OF 450 LBS PER ACRE USING CHEMICALLY COMBINED COMMERCIAL 13 -13 -13 FERTILIZER. SILT FENCE DETAIL N.T.S. COMPACTED NATIVE SOIL BACK FILL 'i'i' WOOD OR STEEL POST FILTER FABRIC UNDISTURBED OR COMPACTED SOIL INSTALLATION 1. POSTS SHALL EITHER 4" DIAMETER WOOD OR 1.33 POUNDS PER LINEAL FOOX STEEL WITH A MINIMUM LENGTH OF 5 FEET. STEEL POSTS SH HAVE PROJECTIONS FOR FASTENING WIRE TO THEM. 2. SILT FENCE FABRIC S LL CONFORM TO I.D.O.T. STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 196.01.A. SILT FENCING SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 24" AND A AXIMUM OF 36" HIGH WHEN COMPLETE. 3. THE FILTER FABRIC SHALL BE URCHASED IN A CONTINUOUS ROLL CUT TO THE LENGTH OF E FENCE TO AVOID THE USE OF JOINTS. WHEN JOINTS ARE N SSARY, THE FILTER CLOTH SHALL BE SPLICED TOGETHER ONL T A SUPPORT POST, WITH A MINIMUM 6" OVERLAP, AND SECUR Y SEALED. 4. POSTS SHALL BE SPACED A MAXIMUM OF $FEET APART AND DRIVEN SECURELY INTO THE GROUND ALONG THE FENCE ALIGNMENT. POSTS SHALL BE DRIVEN INTO THE GROUND A MINIMUM OF 28 ". 5. A TRENCH SHALL BE EXCAVATED APPROXIMATELY 4" WIDE BY 12" DEEP ALONG THE UPSLOPE SIDE OF THE POSTS. 6. FILTER FABRIC SHALL BE STAPLED OR WIRED TO THE POSTS SUCH THAT THE FABRIC EXTENDS INTO THE TRENCH AS SHOWN ABOVE. THE FABRIC SHALL BE FASTENED A MINIMUM OF THREE PLACES ON EACH POST. 7. THE TRENCH SHALL BE BACK FILLED WITH EXCAVATED MATERIAL AND THOROUGHLY COMPACTED. X0111111111111FIRWIM 1. SILT FENCES SHALL BE INSPECTED WEEKLY AND AFTER EACH RAIN- FALL EVENT OF 0.5 INCHES OR MORE. DURING PERIODS OF PROLONGED RAIN INSPECTIONS SHALL BE AT LEAST DAILY. ANY REPAIRS NEEDED TO MAINTAIN THE SILT FENCE'S EFFECTIVENESS SHALL BE MADE IMMEDIATELY. 2 SHOULD THE FABRIC ON A SILT FENCE DECOMPOSE OR BECOME INEFFECTIVE PRIOR TO STABILIZING THE UPSLOPE AREAS THE FABRIC SHALL BE REPLACED PROMPTLY. 3. SEDIMENT DEPOSITS SHOULD BE REMOVED AFTER EACH STORM EVENT. THEY MUST BE REMOVED WHEN THE DEPOSITS REACH APPROXIMATELY ONE -HALF THE HEIGHT OF THE FENCE. SILTS REMOVED SHALL BE PLACED IN A PROTECTED PLACE THAT WILL PREVENT THEIR ESCAPE FROM THE CONSTRUCTION SITE. 4. ANY SEDIMENT DEPOSITS REMAINING IN PLACE AFTER THE SILT FENCE IS NO LONGER NEEDED SHALL BE DRESSED TO CONFORM WITH THE EXISTING GRADE, PREPARED AND SEEDED. 5. SILT FENCE SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL IT IS NO LONGER NEEDED AS DIRECTED BY THE POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN. GENERALLY SILT FENCES SHALL REMAIN UNTIL THE UPSLOPE AREAS ARE STABILIZED WITH AN ESTABLISHED GRASS COVER AS A MINIMUM. ' T.= 1 ARCHITECT S A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319- 338 -7878 319 - 338 -7879 FAX Consultants: MMS CONSULTANTS, INC. Iowa City, Iowa (319) 351 -8282 Cedar Rapids, Iowa (319) 841 -5488 <> CIVIL ENGINEERS <> LAND PLANNERS <> <> LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS <> LAND SURVEYORS <> <> ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIALISTS <> G: \1 200\1 235078\1 235078Y.dwg C" KNA C" Project No.: 07.022 Drawn by. Checked by: Issue: Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON- INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER "TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL, @COP'YRIoH-r UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: 01 W Sheet Number: TU UHL EXIST SAN MH TR = M-7.53 IE IN = 03(03 IE our _ (36.193 SITE CONSTRUCTION PLANS WO K S A ZAG I U"� WA C IT J y JL0 WA EXIST NM (RA -AO) TG = 6483A / IE IN (PROP) = 644.04 IE °alr (E 1617) EXISTING 41NTK) 1S U' PRIVATE GAS LINE FROM EXISTING PRIVATE DISTRIBUTION LINE AT REAR \ Iz / EXIST 44' - 2V o PVC TP4)55 0 OAS% 1 ❑ EXIST" SAN MH TR = WV4 IEIN ) =03714 � IE IN 5) = (37.14 IE t1l!'f' = 030.94 � a \ '.' ♦ �t3 •�4s $ GAS M ANHO E #4 \ W NEE AH R- 670 :°,�'�� \ LID �:Elr TAME os TR MEW2.35 n IE IN = 647.67L- IE OUT = 647.57 P L 16 -40 PVC x� r 02.00% v , INTAKE /SAND TRAP \ RA -49 W /NEENAH R- 2565 -F GRATE & FRAME TR = 651.89 r W IE IN (N) = 646.83 �/ it IE OUT (W) = 646.6 t' 0 \ IE OUT (E) = 646.69 a BOTTOM INTK 642.69 �1 r, PRIVATE ELECTRIC OF ADMINISTRATION BUILDING SECONDARY FROM EXISTING TRANSFORMER AT ADMINISTRATION BUILDING �WSTtN� � t INSTALL 8" ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVE 1.5' FROM INTAKE. PROVIDE FLANGE FITTINGS TO t` DIP PIPE AND VALVE BOX FOR OPERATION FROM GROUND \ SURFACE. VALVE SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR DIRECT BURY INSTALLATION. 33' - 8 "0 DIP 00.80% \ CATCH BASIN #1 \ (PER DETAIL) TC= 652.08 \ IE IN (E) = 646.43 \ IE IN (SE) = 646.22 \ IE OUT = 646.16 n AC Lt Y Ann -- - I===I 0 10 20 GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET 1 " =20' FLOOR DRAINS (TYP. OF 6) TG = 652.45 #1 IE OUT = 650.33 FLOOR DRAIN #7 le P`_ (PER DETAIL THIS SHEET) TG = 652.35 IE IN = 648.88 IE OUT = 678.83 �aN IE = 649.62 #2 5�N (ISP Q�G oy �� rL 2 flo°Jo 9fi tcU' PROPOSED KG's -oL BUILDING IE = 647.99 / ' / i p 15' - 8 "0 PVC TRUSS ® 1.40% 93' STORM MANHOLE #1 W /NEENAH R -1670 STORM MANHOLE #2 � LID &FRAME W %NEENNAH R -26$0 TR = 652.11 GRATE & FRAME IE IN = 647.10 TR = 651.02 �6 8l IE OUT = 647.05 IE OUT = 648.02 0 C <71WUSS ¢G FLOOR DRAIN #7 DETAIL N.T.S. NEENAH R- 1791 -A SOLID LID AND FRAME, SELF SEALING. ALSO PROVIDE A NEENAH R -2499 GRATE, (NO FRAME), FOR USE WHEN 12" DRAINAGE IS DESIRED. FLOOR "RIM" ELEVATION a 4 • L7A NOTED ON PLANS .° 6" TYP SEE PLANS FOR (" Iowa City, Iowa (319) 351 -8282 PIPE SIZE 15 "0 REINFORCED •4: AND CONCRETE PIPE <> LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS <> LAND SURVEYORS <> INVERT ELEVATION EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE v / BASE s 104 . ' n SEE PLAN FOR FLOOR DRAIN LOCATION #4 1 CUT 8" X 8" WYE INTO EXISTING 8 "0 PVC TRUSS ALTERNATE BID #1 ° "0 176' FROM DOWNSTREA MH (PAVEMENT} El = 638.07 12' -8 DIP 0 2.00% INSTALL 8" EC NTRIC PLUG (MIN.) VALVE 1.5' OM INTAKE. PROVIDE F NGE FITTINGS TO DIP PIPE ND VALVE BOX FOR OPERATI N FROM GROUND SURFA . VALVE SHALL BE SUIT LE FOR DIRECT BURY INS ALLATION. 15' - 8 "0 PVC TRUSS ® 1.40% 93' STORM MANHOLE #1 W /NEENAH R -1670 STORM MANHOLE #2 � LID &FRAME W %NEENNAH R -26$0 TR = 652.11 GRATE & FRAME IE IN = 647.10 TR = 651.02 �6 8l IE OUT = 647.05 IE OUT = 648.02 0 C <71WUSS ¢G FLOOR DRAIN #7 DETAIL N.T.S. NEENAH R- 1791 -A SOLID LID AND FRAME, SELF SEALING. ALSO PROVIDE A NEENAH R -2499 GRATE, (NO FRAME), FOR USE WHEN 12" DRAINAGE IS DESIRED. FLOOR "RIM" ELEVATION a 4 • L7A NOTED ON PLANS .° EXISTING CONCRETE PARKING c CATC ASIN #2 \ (P DETAIL) T = 651.14 E IN = 646.93 IE OUT = 646.83 EXI5TIWI SAN MH TR = 0121 IE IN = 038.(1 \ f IE GUI" = 08AI NOTE: FLOOR DRAINS #1 -6 SHALL BE ACO DRAIN SERIES 600. PROVIDE TYPE 610 TOP AND TYPE 612 SHORT BASE AND A DUCTILE IRON GRATE BY ACO POLYMER PRODUCTS, INC. FOR EACH FLOOR DRAIN. •� i • : •' N.T.S. CRETEX EXTERIOR EY SEAL REQUIR 1' -11" MIN. EXISTING STEP --'' BUILDING PSI -PF (OR APPROVED EQUAL) C C ALTERNATE BID #2 STORM MANHOLE #3 W /NEENAH R -2680 GRATE & FRAME TR = 651.21 IE OUT = 647.71 2' -0" \ 1 N AD X r- d 48"0 FOR < 21" PIPE 60 "0 FOR 21" PIPE 84 "0 FOR > 21" PIPE 10 L T Q 441ag4 a 44 44 4 0 NOTE: STORM SEWER MANHOLES MAY UTILIZE INTEGRAL PRECAST BOTTOM SECTION WITH "A -LOK" PIPE CONNECTIONS AND PRECAST INVERT, IN LIEU OF POURED IN PLACE CONCRETE BASE. WATERTIGHT FRAME AND LID; - ADJUSTMENT RINGS PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS CONFORMING TO ASTM C -478 JOINTS TO BE CONFINED O -RING GASKET MEETING ASTM C -443 TYPICAL STREET GRATE INLET N.T.S. CURB INLET FRAME, REVERSIBLE GRATE & CURB BOX TO BE NEENAH R -3067 OR APPROVED EQUAL jGRADE BEHIND f CURB GROUT FRAME TO WALL WALLS TO BE 6" POUI CONCRETE OR PRECA; REINFORCED CONCRETI SECTIONS 3" SAND CUSI z o z z w z � w x x M a M w w 0 0 � 2 Q o ° SECTION A -A 0 CURB ,RS ®12" C. -C. VERT. & 3" MIN. COVER A R C H I T E C T S A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O N 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 - 338 -7878 319 - 338 -7879 FAX Consultants: 6" TYP SEE PLANS FOR (" Iowa City, Iowa (319) 351 -8282 PIPE SIZE 15 "0 REINFORCED •4: AND CONCRETE PIPE <> LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS <> LAND SURVEYORS <> INVERT ELEVATION EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE v / BASE EXISTING CONCRETE PARKING c CATC ASIN #2 \ (P DETAIL) T = 651.14 E IN = 646.93 IE OUT = 646.83 EXI5TIWI SAN MH TR = 0121 IE IN = 038.(1 \ f IE GUI" = 08AI NOTE: FLOOR DRAINS #1 -6 SHALL BE ACO DRAIN SERIES 600. PROVIDE TYPE 610 TOP AND TYPE 612 SHORT BASE AND A DUCTILE IRON GRATE BY ACO POLYMER PRODUCTS, INC. FOR EACH FLOOR DRAIN. •� i • : •' N.T.S. CRETEX EXTERIOR EY SEAL REQUIR 1' -11" MIN. EXISTING STEP --'' BUILDING PSI -PF (OR APPROVED EQUAL) C C ALTERNATE BID #2 STORM MANHOLE #3 W /NEENAH R -2680 GRATE & FRAME TR = 651.21 IE OUT = 647.71 2' -0" \ 1 N AD X r- d 48"0 FOR < 21" PIPE 60 "0 FOR 21" PIPE 84 "0 FOR > 21" PIPE 10 L T Q 441ag4 a 44 44 4 0 NOTE: STORM SEWER MANHOLES MAY UTILIZE INTEGRAL PRECAST BOTTOM SECTION WITH "A -LOK" PIPE CONNECTIONS AND PRECAST INVERT, IN LIEU OF POURED IN PLACE CONCRETE BASE. WATERTIGHT FRAME AND LID; - ADJUSTMENT RINGS PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS CONFORMING TO ASTM C -478 JOINTS TO BE CONFINED O -RING GASKET MEETING ASTM C -443 TYPICAL STREET GRATE INLET N.T.S. CURB INLET FRAME, REVERSIBLE GRATE & CURB BOX TO BE NEENAH R -3067 OR APPROVED EQUAL jGRADE BEHIND f CURB GROUT FRAME TO WALL WALLS TO BE 6" POUI CONCRETE OR PRECA; REINFORCED CONCRETI SECTIONS 3" SAND CUSI z o z z w z � w x x M a M w w 0 0 � 2 Q o ° SECTION A -A 0 CURB ,RS ®12" C. -C. VERT. & 3" MIN. COVER A R C H I T E C T S A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O N 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 - 338 -7878 319 - 338 -7879 FAX Consultants: 6" TYP CONSULTANTS, I NC . Iowa City, Iowa (319) 351 -8282 rl!m Cedar Rapids, Iowa (319) 841 -5488 •4: <> CIVIL ENGINEERS <> LAND PLANNERS <> <> LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS <> LAND SURVEYORS <> <> ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIALISTS <> v G: \1200 \1235078 \1235078Y.dwg . ' NOTE: SEE PLAN FOR FLOOR DRAIN LOCATION EXISTING CONCRETE PARKING c CATC ASIN #2 \ (P DETAIL) T = 651.14 E IN = 646.93 IE OUT = 646.83 EXI5TIWI SAN MH TR = 0121 IE IN = 038.(1 \ f IE GUI" = 08AI NOTE: FLOOR DRAINS #1 -6 SHALL BE ACO DRAIN SERIES 600. PROVIDE TYPE 610 TOP AND TYPE 612 SHORT BASE AND A DUCTILE IRON GRATE BY ACO POLYMER PRODUCTS, INC. FOR EACH FLOOR DRAIN. •� i • : •' N.T.S. CRETEX EXTERIOR EY SEAL REQUIR 1' -11" MIN. EXISTING STEP --'' BUILDING PSI -PF (OR APPROVED EQUAL) C C ALTERNATE BID #2 STORM MANHOLE #3 W /NEENAH R -2680 GRATE & FRAME TR = 651.21 IE OUT = 647.71 2' -0" \ 1 N AD X r- d 48"0 FOR < 21" PIPE 60 "0 FOR 21" PIPE 84 "0 FOR > 21" PIPE 10 L T Q 441ag4 a 44 44 4 0 NOTE: STORM SEWER MANHOLES MAY UTILIZE INTEGRAL PRECAST BOTTOM SECTION WITH "A -LOK" PIPE CONNECTIONS AND PRECAST INVERT, IN LIEU OF POURED IN PLACE CONCRETE BASE. WATERTIGHT FRAME AND LID; - ADJUSTMENT RINGS PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS CONFORMING TO ASTM C -478 JOINTS TO BE CONFINED O -RING GASKET MEETING ASTM C -443 TYPICAL STREET GRATE INLET N.T.S. CURB INLET FRAME, REVERSIBLE GRATE & CURB BOX TO BE NEENAH R -3067 OR APPROVED EQUAL jGRADE BEHIND f CURB GROUT FRAME TO WALL WALLS TO BE 6" POUI CONCRETE OR PRECA; REINFORCED CONCRETI SECTIONS 3" SAND CUSI z o z z w z � w x x M a M w w 0 0 � 2 Q o ° SECTION A -A 0 CURB ,RS ®12" C. -C. VERT. & 3" MIN. COVER A R C H I T E C T S A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O N 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 - 338 -7878 319 - 338 -7879 FAX Consultants: MMMS CONSULTANTS, I NC . Iowa City, Iowa (319) 351 -8282 rl!m Cedar Rapids, Iowa (319) 841 -5488 <> CIVIL ENGINEERS <> LAND PLANNERS <> <> LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS <> LAND SURVEYORS <> <> ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIALISTS <> v G: \1200 \1235078 \1235078Y.dwg Project Title: i s Project No.: 0-7.022 Drawn by: Checked by: Issue: Date Description 04.11.08 f31D 5ET N ote: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS, CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON - INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL @C0F'`YF210H_17 UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: Sheet Number: IN I I 1 ` 8/YW CUT JOINT OEPTH= D/3 VWSEALANT 1/211OIA.x2-0 SMOOTH DOWELS PREFORMED KEYWAY JOINT VWSEAb4NT CONTROL JOINT ISTRUCTION JOINT 2 SLAB-ON-GRADE DETAILS STRUCTURAL WOOD FRAMING 1. DESIGN STRUCTURAL WOOD TIMBER AND TRUSS FRAMING FOR THE LOADS INDICATED UNDER DESIGN CRITERIA. 2. ALL STRUCTURAL WOOD MEMBERS SHALL BE FASTENED TD OTHER WOOD MEMBERS WITH CORROSION RESISTANT STEEL STRAPS, STEEL FRAMING ANCHORS, LAG BOLTS, CARRIAGE BOLTS UR STEEL JOIST HANGERS INADDITION TO NORMAL NAILING. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR CORROSION RESISTANT MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS. 8. ALL HORIZONTAL FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE ASSEMBLED BY DIRECT BEARING. 4. USE TREATED LUMBER FOR ALL LOCATIONS WHERE LUMBER |S|NDIRECT CONTACT WITH CONCRETE, MASONRY, SAND-SALT MIXTURE OREARTH. 5. FASTENERS |N TREATED LUMBER: USE ONLY FASTENERS RECOMMENDED BYTHE FASTENER MANUFACTURE FOR USE |N TREATED LUMBER. 0. THE FRAMING LAYOUT AND CONFIGURATION SHOWN |8 FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. THE SUPPLIER MAY MODIFY THE FRAMING AND FOUNDATION LAYOUT WITH THE APPROVAL {}F THE ARCHITECT/ ENGINEER. 8UBM|T8HC}P DRAWINGS A8 PER THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR APPROVAL. 7. THE ROOF TRUSS SUPPLIER |8 RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ROOF TRUSSES WHICH FULLY FRAME OUT THE SHAPE AND DIMENSION OF THE ROOF AND CEILING STRUCTURE A8 SHOWN WITHOUT ADDITIONAL HAND FRAMING EXCEPT AS NOTED. THIS INCLUDES HIP ENDS, VALLEY SETS, PARALLEL CHORD TRUSSES, TRUSS GIRDERS, AND OTHER SPECIAL TRUSSES. THE TRUSS SUPPLIER SHALL PROVIDE ALL HANGERS AND OTHER -MISCELLANEOUS CONNECTORS FOR ALL TRUSS TO TRUSS CONNECTIONS AND OTP� CONNECTIONS A8INDICATED. 100 1-011 561-811 211-811 ' 1-011 1-011 A3 1-011 CONT. F I TG. A-59W T.O.F. (-61-011) YA-111 T.O.F. (-6-0--) TYP. ___J r7 11 0 (5* L_ _J L_ J i- J I- -1-i L L__�__J I- _J t__1 _J L_ Jul LU T.O.F.(-3-0-) P. SLOPE-1110-- -..SLOPE 31-011 X 31-011 X 31-011 CONC. DEAD MANANCHOR UJ UJ CL Al GALV. CABLE TIE L SLOPE- -SLOPE CONT. FTG. 7" CONC. SLAB EACH WAY 8" HMA 41-011 CL SLOPE SLOPE 0 T.O.F. (-6-011) yAl SLOPE- -SLOPE CONT. FTG. Woji FOUNDATIONS 1. FOUNDATION DESIGN BASED ONTHE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT �ROPOGB]PUBUC WORKS FACILITY, IOWA CITY, IOVA`" DATED FEBRUARY 18' 2000 BYTERFV\CON. 2. ASSUMED ALLOWABLE BEARING CAPACITY: 2000 p8F 8. EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE FREE C}F FROST, WATER AND LOOSE SOIL. 4. �OOT|N[�88HALLB�AHONF|RK�UNO|8TURBEO8O|L. 5. LAP FOOTING REINFORCING 2-0'AT SPLICES AND STEP-DOWNS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1. AQ30 SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FOR BUILDINGS. 2. AO318BU|LO|NG0ODEHEQU|REMENTSR]R8TRU[TURALCONORBE' AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE. 3. REINFORCING STEEL: A8TMA815. GRADE 8O 4. 28-OAY STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS FOR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE: ALL STRUCTURAL CONCRETE: 4000 PSI 5. JOINTS |N SLABS ON GRADE: REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR JOINT TYPE, AREA AND SIZE LIMITS FOR CONCRETE PLACEMENT. LENGTH TO WIDTH RATIO NOT TO EXCEED 1.5.. 8. CONCRETE COVER FOR REINFORCING: CONCRETE DEPOSITED AGAINST AND PERMANENTLY EXPOSED TO EARTH- FORMED CONCRETE EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER #6 BARS OR LARGER: 2" CONCRETE NOT EXPOSED TO WEATHER OR EXPO TO EARTH SLABS AND WALLS: 1 " BEAMS AND COLUMNS: 1 1/2" 7. K4|N|K4UK4 BAR LAP SPLICE OREMBED 8. ALL HOOKS ARE STANDARD LE TH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. 8. HORIZONTAL WALL AND LL FOOTING REINFORCEMENT: CONTINUOUS WITH 90 DEGREE BENDS AND ENSIONS, OR CORNER BARS OF EQUIVALENT SIZE WITH MINIMUM LAP SPLIC ENGTHS, AT CORNERS AND INTERSECTIONS. 10. DOWEUS:FUL K4BEOMENT WITH 80 DEGREE HOOKS. MATCH SIZE AND SPACING OF MAIN RE FORCEK4ENT. ` ` DESIGN CRITERIA INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE, 20O8EDITION ASCE7-05 MINIMUM DESIGN LOADS FOR BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES LOADS 1. DESIGN LIVE LOADS ROOF LIVE 20 P8F ROOF8NCW 30 P8F 2. SUPERIMPOSED DEAD LOADS TRUSS TOP CHORD 10 PSF TRUSS BOTTOM CHORD 10 P8F 8. SNOW LOADS OCCUPANCY CATEGORY | IMPORTANCE FACTOR 0.80 GRDUND8NCNV 25 PGF EXPOSURE FACTOR 1.0 THERMAL FACTOR 1.2 4. WIND LOADS OCCUPANCY CATEGORY �~-|- _ IMPORTANCE FACTOR ' 0.87 BASIC WIND 8P 80 MPH EXPOSUR 8 ME| ND EXPOSURE FACTOR 1.05 BRAPH|CFACTOR 1.00 5. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY OCCUPANCY CATEGORY | IMPORTANCE FACTOR 1.00 SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY A O. LATERAL PRESSURE OF STORED MATERIAL STORED MATERIAL SAND-SALT MIX UNIT WEIGHT C)FMATERIAL 110 PCF INTERNAL FRICTION ANGLE 32 DEGREES PILE HEIGHT: 1OFT EXTENDING TOWARD THE CENTER OF THE BUILDING AT32 DEGREE ANGLE FOR AMAXIMUM HEIGHT OF27 FT. GENERAL NOTES 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS, ELEVATIONS AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND AT THE SITE |NRELATION TO INFORMATION IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2. ANY ENGINEERING DESIGN PROVIDED BY OTHERS AND SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW [}R RECORD SHALL BE SEALED BYA PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER LICENSED |NTHE STATE OFIOWA. 3. ELEVATIONS NOTED THUS (+X'-%") ARE TO TOP OF STRUCTURAL FEATURES WITH REFERENCE TO THE FINISHED FIRST FLOOR LINE =[�01'. 4. DETAILS, SECTIONS AND NOTES DN THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED T[}BE TYPICAL, AND SHALL APPLY TO SIMILAR CONDITIONS ELSEWHERE UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN C)RNOTED. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ANY OPENINGS, INSERTS, SLEEVES, AND OTHER ITEMS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER [)F ANY ITEMS THAT CONFLICT WITH THE STRUCTURE. T.O.F. SLOPE V SLOPE 81-011 791-011 1-011 1-011 CONT. FTG. EA H WAY 1-011 1-011 1-011 1 1-011 1-011 1-011 1411-011 25-011 1 12 1 -011 25 1 LU 6" CONC. SLAB Sim. CONTROL JOINT TYP. TYPICAL CONTROL JOINT I SEE D4/S-101 A TYP. SEE D4/S-1 01 4 1-011 1-611 1-011 I-611xi 1-011 BOTTOM - BOTTOM BOTTOM BOTTOM A5 TYP. CONT. FTG. (-81-0� FOUNDATION ON PLAN NO. 1) NEUMANN MONSON A R C H I T E C T S A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE 8T. IOWA CITY, |A 52240 3l9'338-7878 319-338-7879 FAX [l am Project Title: PUBLIC WORKS SALT STORAGE FACILITY Owner: CrrY OF IOWA CITY Project No.: 07J022 Drawn by. Checked by. Date Description 04.1 I.Ob 51P D0C.UMr=-NT5 Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND cLEAnAwcss DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK nv|oR To |weTAuxnow FOR ACCURACY AND NON- INTERFERENCE WITH ornsn TRADES. esAo PROJECT MANUAL cc)F`~/Fe|c-,H-r uwAurnoR|Zso oopnmm o|ncLmauns on CONSTRUCTION ITHOUT WRITTEN ps��s/ow B,wsuw^ww wowoow PC IS pncwm/rso. uww/Tno*|Zso aoAww|wo OF owmmwma IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: FOUNDATION PLAN Sheet Number: S�101 B 1 2 3 4 5 ROOF FRAMING ■ i . , ROOF FRAMING _� i 1 2 3 4 5 NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECT S A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O N 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 - 338 -7878 319 - 338 -7879 FAX D Consultants: PUBLIC SALT STORAG, FACILITY Owner: CrrY OF IOWA CITY B Project No.: 0 1.022 Drawn by: Checked by: Issue: Date Description 04.11.05 f3v DocumeNT5 Al Nate: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON- INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. C©RYFRIC ;HT UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: ROOF FRAMING PLAN Sheet Number: S�102 A 1 9 3 4 5 A2 A -201 A3 FRAME FOR FUTURE A -210 OVERHEAD DOOR Of 100' -011 21' -8" 56' -8" 21' -811 4 ' 41-011 " -811 14' -0 83' -4" 4' -0" 31- " 4' -0" 14' -0 0 0 I I o I I- - - -00 I 19 A -502 I I �f- I I I A-502 I - - -� I C5 I A-503 I _J �► ♦ I I - - - - - -- - - - - - -- DOWNSPOUT; TYP - - - - - - - - - - - A4 A- 1 rB2 133 13 A -210 A -210 00 00 rn � ' a -2o1 1 A -210 1 1 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 1 as •d n e v ' a d e n a . •a r .• d . • e v a -- — 1 o ' 1 1 e r 1 A -201 1 D3 1 1 a e• e 1 1 a 1 1 1 e N 1 1 .a d 1 3000 TON 1 6" CONC. FILLED 6" CONC. FILLED 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - BOLLARD; TYP. :a BOLLARD; TYP. d -- ---- -- — -- -- -- -- SALT /SAND 1 1 -- - - - - -- ---- - - - - -- (SEE A5 /A -503) 1 0 0 0 0 1 25' -0" 12' -0" 12' -0" 25' -0" 1 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ° x-502 SLOPE i „ B5 SLOPE �? °" i 1 1' -0" 1' -0" D4 1' -0" 1' -0" D5 1'- " 1 1 I I IM. i4 - - SLOPE 4 A -5M _ 1? _ 4 4- i 1 HEATED UN- HEATED 1 A -201 °a STORAGE -503 X03 o A2 8' -1 STORAGE ` 1 A -503 c -- --- - - - - -- 0 o 0 0 4' -0" 14' -0" r 18-4" " 14' -0" 4' -0" ALT NATE N0.2 8-4 ' 3-83-8 6" CONC. SIDEWALK 6" CONC, SIDEWALK 100' -011 8' -0" A3 6" CONC. FILLED 6" CONC. FILLED A -210 BOLLARD; TYP. /134\%A, BOLLARD; TYP. (SEE A5 /A -503) A -201 (SEE A5 /A -503) PLAN MATERIAL STORAGE (ALTERNATE NO. 2) 1 /811= 11 -011 G77 1 2 3 4 5 ARCHITECT S A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 - 338 -7878 319- 338 -7879 FAX D Consultants: PUBLIC SALT STORAGE FACILITY C71V OF 1 . Project No.: 07,022 Drawn by: Checked by: Issue: Date Description 04.11.05 aip r>oGUMr=NT5 Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON - INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. }C ccDpYFRIGH-r UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: Sheet Number: A.�101 D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE SYMBOL LABEL CATALOG NUMBER DESCRIPTION LAMP LUMENS WATTS FA IB 454 I -BEAM FLUORESCENT FOUR (4) 54 WATT TS 4400 246 HIGH BAY, 4 LAMP, HIGH OUTPUT LINEAR F54T5H0, NARROW FLUORESCENT RATED DISTRIBUTION, W/ 4400 LUMENS IN 25 UPLIGHT DEG. C. AMBIENT SURFACE MO NTED LECTRIC PANEL O o I I I I E CTRI L METER MOUNTED -I MOUNTED I I 1 I I I I I I I I ------------------- - - - - - - - 3 RADIANT HEATING SYSTEM J ° SUSPENDED FROM CEILING, TYP. EQ. 24' -0" EQ. 3000 TON OUTLINE OF OVEHEAD- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - DOOR ABOVE ------------- - - - - -- SALT /SAND _ II I ----------------- I i CLNG I I CLNG I MOUNTEDI I MOUNTEDI I 1 I I O I I I I I I I I HEATED �- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ -� UN- HEATED ' STORAGE ' STORAGE I , I I I O O I I O O O O ------ - - - - -- ------ - - - - -- O O O O O A4ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING PLAN 2 3 4 5 NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECT S A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O N 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319- 338 -7878 319- 338 -7879 fAX D Consultants: PUBLIC WORKS SALT STORAGE FACILITY Owner: CrrY OF IOWA CITY B Project Na,: 0?.0 22 Drawn by: Checked by: Issue: Date Description 04.II.08 t3v DC?GUME NTS Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON- INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. �C(DPYRIGHT UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: A ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING PLAN Sheet Number: Ems A 4 5 WINN NINE NOW NINE OWN! MINN NINE WON MEN! NINE NINE NN1N NNN NUNN NNE JUNK NINE N1N11 MEN MIND NINE NNIN MINN NINE MINN NINE NN1N MINN NOW! NINE MINN NINE MIND OPEN 111110111 NN1N1 MEN MEMO NINE WON MINN![ NINE NINE NINE NNN NINE MINN NINE NINE MEN OWN NINE NNN1 NINE NINE NOW MINN monii inon mimm ammi sion mimn nion simm womi ammi nimm mmin amin Now womi NOW Wool INNIS Wool 11101111 NINO MINN WINN 011111111 MINIM Wool NINE NON! NINE mmon NOW! somi mmot mma unimi mmmi wims momi ammi Now wom MINN WON WON WINN Wool MINN MINN Wool MISS OMNI 01111111 111111111 NN1111 nom MINN mmin � mmiii smim wimm wimm mum unn womI Imon mmin WON MINN WINN NNIN NNIN NNIN NNIN NNIN NNIN 4#4 1 PRE - FINISHED STANDING D5 D03 PRE—FINISHED SEAM METAL A211 TRIM (TYP.); COLOR # 2 ROOF; COLOR #4 SNOW GUARD PRE- FINISHED METAL WALL PANEL; CL -EAR F F 2 3,5 COLOR #1 PRE - FINISHED METAL PRE - FINISHED METAL 1 1 GUTTER; COLOR #2 GUTTER AND DOWNSPOUT; oo COLOR #2 1 1 PRE - FINISHED METAL IN WIN DOWNSPOUT; COLOR #2 PRE - FINISHED METAL C1 TRIM (TYP.); COLOR # 2 PRE - FINISHED METAL r ' � LL PANEL COLOR #1 2-0" A.F.F. 0 i I I I � ---------------- - -- ------------------------------------------- - - -- - -- ------------------------------------------- - - - - -- - CONCRETE WALLS .. 1 EXTEND TO 10' -0" A.F.F. 1 N 1 D2NORTH ELEVATION EAST/ WEST ELEVATION NORTH ELEVATION 3/321" =1' -0" 3/32" =1' -0" 3/32" 1 i NINE NINE i i i i i i Millio1 iNINE NINE SON! MINN WINN WINN MINN MINN i N i i _II NINE N11N11 NEWS UNION MINN i i i MINN 01111111 i 1W i i_ i i i i _ i MEMO i MINN i NINE NINE i iNINE i iNINE MINN i i i NINE i iNINE ALTERNATE NO.1 ROOF VENTILATOR ti PRE - FINISHED METAL TRIM (TYP.); COLOR #2 PRE - FINISHED METAL WALL PANEL; COLOR #2 PRE - FINISHED METAL GUTTER; COLOR #2 PRE - FINISHED METAL TRIM (TYP.); COLOR #2 FRAME FOR FUTURE 14' -0 "X14' -0" DOOR) CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALL B2WEST ELEVATION 3/32" =1' -0" 3.5 " A.F.F. TRUSS OUTLINE OF DESIGN SALX166- 3.5 A. F. F. 39' -1 Y2" A.F.F. 30' -6" BTM C2 CHORD OF TRUSS ' -5 OUTLINE OF DESIGN SALT PILE -12� 3.5 16-0" A.F.F. ............................ ............................... 2-0" A.F.F. II I II I it II I � i i II II II II ii II II II it II Ii 11 II II II I - -! ! - -! ! - -! i - -! ! -- 11 -- IL ----- - - - - -- --- - - - - -� -------------------- -iL - -! L -- i i - -!! - -!! - -! i - -!! - -!! - -!L -- i i - -! i -- iL _ �L - -! i -- i i - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - -- II II it II II II II II II II II iI II II II L L E L E EEU� I LU� I LL� L- L LU-: I E OVERHEAD A3 Al SECTIONAL A -501 A -503 DOORS A2NORTH ELEVATION 3/32" =1' -0" 2' -0" A.F.F. I I 39' -1 Y2' A.F.F. 16-0" A.F.F. A3 A -211 - 12 -- 3.5 �i- 41.. oIco v -12� 3.5 I I A-503 1 It c • i• OVERHEAD SECTIONAL DOORS CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALL LiGTNING PROTECTION; PROIDE BLOCKING AS REQ.D FOR MOUNTING ROOF VENTILATOR SNOW GUARD; TYP. PRE - FINISHED STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF; COLOR #4 PRE - FINISHED METAL TRIM (TYP.); COLOR #2 FIBERGLASS FRAMED WINDOWS; PRE - FINISHED METAL WALL PANEL; COLOR #1 PRE - FINISHED STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF; COLOR #4 PRE - FINISHED METAL GUTTER; COLOR #2 PRE - FINISHED METAL DOWNSPOUT; COLOR #2 PRE - FINISHED METAL TRIM (TYP.) COLOR #2 CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALL NEUMANN MONSON A R C H I T E C T A PROFESSIONAL C O R P O R A T I O N 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319- 338 -7873 319 -338 -7879 FAX D Consultants: Project Title; PUBLIC SALT STORAGE FACILITY Owner: CrrY OF IOWA CITY B Project No.: 0-1.0722 Drawn by. Checked by: Issue: Date Description 04.11.08 Blip DOCUMENT5 Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON— INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. COF'YFRI(—,H7 UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS iS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: A ELEVATIONS Sheet Number: A� 01 1 D 0 i A 2 4 5 � 1 1 1 1 1 1 D3 A -503 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 J 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I� ONO 0.2 �I A3BUILDING SECTION 1/811 = 1' -011 4 5 1 A3 1 A -541 u�IxO�G1►1►�uL��Y�]r► ARCHITECT S A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O N 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319- 338 -7878 319- 338 -7879 FAX D Consultants: Project Title: PUBLIC WORKS SALT STORAGE FACILITY Owner: CrrY OF IOWA CITY E3 Project No.: 07.022 Drawn by: Checked by: Issue: Date Description 04.11.08 BID DOGUMENT5 Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON - INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. CI COP`r'FRIGHT UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN .MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: A BUILDING SECTIONS Sheet Number: D r MAINTAIN HEIGI AROI DETAIL @ ROOF 1 1/211 = 1' -0" TREATED 1x3 TACK STRIP FOR MEMBRANE 12' -0" - - - - - — A.F.F. PROTECTION MEMBRANE 10' -0" A.F.F. TREATED 1x3 FILL LINE MARKER r Djej , 0' -011 ' ! .. i.Y :.. ..,...............:.... ;•. •.:'s'P.'. ..t11z:11w ' ..... ! t i . t : '.YFIN. FLOOR ... ........... .. . .. .. .:...... ..........:i:.. ....... ..... ..._ 1 ,'.... J � ...' .. ° ... . < ... . ... .r.. ..... . .. .... ...... � : ; .... ... -� -� „�,� ) / . 1 f ( -� �-�? /t ✓ �� r r •rr r r ■ ri • • r X2" PLYWOOD L WALL PANEL ■ ■ SEAM ROOF OVER FELT ROOFING THING Q d �1 �i FASTEN POST TO FOUNDATION AS PER CONTRACTORS DESIGN CONCRETE FOOTING r • r • 1 1/211 = 1' -0" V PLYWOOD DETAIL @ WALL TRANSIT J 1 1/211 = 1 " -0" TREATED 1x3 TACK STRIP FOR MEMBRANE 12' -0" INVA.F.F. / L 2' -0" .I T.O. FOUNDATION PROTECTION MEMBRANE TREATED 3X12 (NOM.) BRIDGE PLANK TIMBER CURB - 2" ASPHALT TOPPING - (2) 3" ASPHALT BASE COURSES - Ah 0' -011 47FIN. FLOOR 14 1T.O. FOOTING COMPACTED BASE GALV. TENSIONING CABLE AS PER CONTRACTORS DESIGN 3 4 5 METAL STANDING SEAM ROOF RED ROSIN PAPER OVER FELT PAPER, TYP. @ ALL ROOFING J2” PLYWOOD SHEATHING RAKE TRIM 2x4 WOOD GIRTS WOOD TRUSS PREF. METAL WALL PANEL 2x4 WOOD GIRTS PREF. METAL WALL PANEL PREF. SHEET METAL BASE TRIM i I 1 ■ CONCRETE FOOTING BEYOND I i i i i I k L- -- - - - - -- _—------ - - - -__ 1 1/211 11-011 r • '•• 2' -0" T.O. FOUNDATION 1-/FIN. FLOOR 4 -3' -0" _ T.O. FOOTING 1 1/211=11-011 l / / METAL STANDING SEAM ROOF RED ROSIN PAPER OVER FELT PAPER, TYP. @ ALL ROOFING PLYWOOD ROOF SHEATHING OVER 2x4 PURLINS @ 2411O.C. TRUSSITIMBER ANCHORAGE AS PER CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN Fg iGl . r • •. �■ i R -19 BATT INSULATION METAL LINER PANEL BLOCKING AS REQ'D FOR LIGTING, HEATING ELEMENT, ETC PREF. METAL WALL PANEL AIR BARRIER (@ SIDE BAYS ONLY) INSULATION (@ HEATED BAY ONLY) 6x6 TIMBER POST 2x6 HORIZONTAL GIRTS @ 24 "0 C. X211 PLYWOOD SHEATHING 5/811 PLYWOOD SHEATHING AIR BARRIER (@ SIDE BAYS ONLY) R -19 BATT INSULATION (@ HEATED BAY ONLY) 6x6 TIMBER POST AS PER CONTRACTORS DESIGN 2x6 HORIZONTAL GIRTS @ 24 "O.C. PREF. SHEET METAL BASE TRIM #41s @ 18" O.C. BOND BREAK i #4s @16 / /`. Q i� 3 #5s CONT. � � 3 4 �► NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECT S A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O N 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 - 338 -7878 319- 338 -7879 FAX D Consultants: Project Tine: PUBLIC WORKS SALT STORAGE FACILITY Owner: CrrY OF IOWA CITY Project No.: 01.022 Drawn by. Checked by: Issue: Date Description i7 04.11.08 BID 0GUMNTS Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON - INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. C CC)PYR10H7 UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: Sheet Number: A.�.501 D- 31-011 D4 D3 A-502 A -502 co rC'3 Y C4 A -502 A -502 D2WINDOW ELEVATION 1/211 11-Ul 0 co 31-011 FIBERGLASS WINDOW ASSEMBLY B3 B A -502 A -502 2 WINDOW ELEVATION 1/211 1' -U" 'IBERGLASS VINDOW ASSEMBLY 3 4 5 PREF. SHEET METAL WALL PANEL 2x4 GIRT 2X8 WOOD BLOCKING Y2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING FIBERGLASS WINDOW SYSTEM FIBERGLASS WINDOW SYSTEM 2X8 WOOD BLOCKING Y2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING 2x4 GIRT PREF. SHEET METAL WALL/f ONE FIBERG DOW IN SS S W SYSTEM WINDOW PREF. SHE METAL WALL PANEL 8X8 TIMBER\ 2x4 GIRT 2X4 BLOCKING, SHIM AS REQ'D EL E .1 F-ft-i NENIMR 1 kill ............ 4 ............ ... FWA, W1 M. 2X6 WOOD BLOCKING Y? PLYWOOD SHEATHING FIBERGLASS WINDOW SYSTEM FIBERGLASS WINDOW SYSTEM 2X6 WOOD BLOCKING Y2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING PREF. SHEET METAL WALL PANEL r• MIMI r • ASS WINDOW SYSTEM 'ET METAL WALL PANEL NG 161, Mad • I r T11111 • 411 811 34' TO NXT WD POST J_* %* L _J Z 01 C) t x C0 /p F- C/) fo? PROTECTIVE MEMBRANE U/ z 0 F- Cf) PLAN DETAIL A 1 1 /211 = 11-91 HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME ROD & SEALANT PREF. SHEET METAL WALL PANEL X211 PLYWOOD 1011 EDGE OF CONC. FOUNDATION WALL METAL WALL PANEL 2X BLOCKING 6" DIA. GALV. STL. BOLLARD; CONC. FILLED; PAINTED SAFETY YELLOW A A A WA • J*] [0] LAI I Mal 9] 1 1/2 1' -01] 1011 PROTECTIVE MEMBRANE 1011 go-& �'vfh' -.A J, 6"DIA. GALV. STL. BOLLARD; CONC, FILLED; PAINTED SAFETY YELLOW 1X TACK STRIP FOR PREF. SHT.MTL. MEMBRANE /N JAMB TRIM /Iz 61IDIA. GALV. STL. BOLLARD; CONC. FILLED; PAINTED SAFETY YELLOW SLIDING DOOR JAMB DETAIL B 5 1 1/211 = 11-011 10 6"DIA. GALV. STL. BOLLARD; CONC. FILLED; PAINTED SAFETY YELLOW PLAN DETAIL CORNER A5 1 1 /211 = 1' -0'1 61IDIA. GALV. STL. BOLLARD; CONC. FILLED; PAINTED SAFETY YELLOW O METAL WALL PANEL NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECT S A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 - 338 -7878 319-338-7879 FAX Consultants: ■ Owner: CfIY OF IOWA CITY B Project No.: 01.022 Drawn by. Checked by. Issue. Date Description 04.11.05 E31r,> DoamrENT5 Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON-INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL C 0 Q R "rFR I C;; H _17 UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: Sheet Number: D A t- 1 2 3 4 5 2X4 GIRTS SPACED PER CONTRACTORS DESIGN 2x6's @ 2' -0" O.C. 1/2" DIA. ANCHOR BOLTS @ 4' -0" O.C. 10, -0" _ t� . •i PREF. SHEET E TOP OF METAL BASE TRIM ° CONCRETE a r �1 #5 C 1' -611 • 1 j p 1 (4) #5 I d ° o �..° 3' -011 FOUNDATION WALL DETAIL 1 " = 1' -t7' M 1' -4" A 1 FDN. DETAIL @ OVERHEAD DOOR ill = 1' -011 PREF. SHEET METAL TRIM METAL STANDING SEAM ROOF RED ROSIN PAPER OVER FELT PAPER, TYP. @ ALL ROOFING 19' PLYWOOD SHEATHING ` ADJUSTABLE JOIST HANGER SHEET METAL TRIM D2HEAD DETAIL 1 1/211 = 1' -0" PREF. SHEET METAL WALL PANEL 2x4 WOOD GIRT WOOD TRUSSES 30' -6" SHEET METAL TRIM A.F.F. (2) LVL BLOCKING Q ' -0" , 8x8 TIMBER BEYOND 30 A.F.F. SLIDING DOOR SEEi 1 4" C2HEAD DETAIL @ SLIDING DOOR 1 1/2'1 = 1' -0" 8" ASPHALT COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE e i1 . /.. PROTECTIVE MEMBRANE SLIDING DOOR TREATED 3X12 (NOM) BRIDGE PLANK #4 @12" O.C. o EACH FACE co #4 @18" O.C. EACH FACE 3 #5 CONT. A2FOUNDATION DETAIL @ SLIDING DOOR i It = 11 -91 TREATED TIMBER CURB 8" ASPHALT T.O. METAL STANDING SEAM ROOF RED ROSIN PAPER OVER FELT PAPER, TYP. @ ALL ROOFING %" PLYWOOD SHEATHING HEET METAL GUTTER LE PITCH CONNECTOR DETAIL, 1 1/2'1 = 1' -0" • • 11111011 Fill 1111i� • �••' #5 x 2-0" x 2-0" CORNER BAR MATCH HORIZONTAL BAR SPACING - - - - - -- -- - - - - - -- -!! - - --! i 1 } t t t 1 1 TYP. WALL REINF. I 1 r •j � -u RAMP WALL DETAIL 111 = 1' -011 1' -6" _ac i n" STOOP DETAII 1" = V -0" 3/4" CHAMFER #5s @ 12" 5912 rMe E #5 @ 12" EACH WAY 6" CONCRETE FILLED PIPE BOLLARD PAINTED FEDERAL SAFETY YELLOW Iff 0 PIPE B• ,.D DETAIL 1 " = 1' -0" 1 2 3 4 5 NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECT S A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O N 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 - 338 -7878 319 - 338 -7879 FAX D Consultants: PUBLIC WORKS SALT STORAGE FACILITY Owner: CrrY OF IOWA Project No.: 01.022 Drawn by. Checked by: Issue: Date Description 04.11.08 Blr> r)OGUMF-we, Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON - INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. 0 C> I= -y-FR 1 G t-I T UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: A DETAILS Sheet Number. A.� t� . •i PREF. SHEET a i i METAL BASE TRIM ( 2' -011 BTM. OF j a 11011 1 #5 @12" O.C. WALL PANEL EA WAY Q EA. FACE vl i a 0' -0" FIN. FLR. a #° -------- -! - - -- 1 a 1. #5 DOWELS @ 121, O.C. ��. o r 1 1 co #5 C 1' -611 • 1 j p 1 (4) #5 I d ° o �..° 3' -011 FOUNDATION WALL DETAIL 1 " = 1' -t7' M 1' -4" A 1 FDN. DETAIL @ OVERHEAD DOOR ill = 1' -011 PREF. SHEET METAL TRIM METAL STANDING SEAM ROOF RED ROSIN PAPER OVER FELT PAPER, TYP. @ ALL ROOFING 19' PLYWOOD SHEATHING ` ADJUSTABLE JOIST HANGER SHEET METAL TRIM D2HEAD DETAIL 1 1/211 = 1' -0" PREF. SHEET METAL WALL PANEL 2x4 WOOD GIRT WOOD TRUSSES 30' -6" SHEET METAL TRIM A.F.F. (2) LVL BLOCKING Q ' -0" , 8x8 TIMBER BEYOND 30 A.F.F. SLIDING DOOR SEEi 1 4" C2HEAD DETAIL @ SLIDING DOOR 1 1/2'1 = 1' -0" 8" ASPHALT COMPACTED GRANULAR BASE e i1 . /.. PROTECTIVE MEMBRANE SLIDING DOOR TREATED 3X12 (NOM) BRIDGE PLANK #4 @12" O.C. o EACH FACE co #4 @18" O.C. EACH FACE 3 #5 CONT. A2FOUNDATION DETAIL @ SLIDING DOOR i It = 11 -91 TREATED TIMBER CURB 8" ASPHALT T.O. METAL STANDING SEAM ROOF RED ROSIN PAPER OVER FELT PAPER, TYP. @ ALL ROOFING %" PLYWOOD SHEATHING HEET METAL GUTTER LE PITCH CONNECTOR DETAIL, 1 1/2'1 = 1' -0" • • 11111011 Fill 1111i� • �••' #5 x 2-0" x 2-0" CORNER BAR MATCH HORIZONTAL BAR SPACING - - - - - -- -- - - - - - -- -!! - - --! i 1 } t t t 1 1 TYP. WALL REINF. I 1 r •j � -u RAMP WALL DETAIL 111 = 1' -011 1' -6" _ac i n" STOOP DETAII 1" = V -0" 3/4" CHAMFER #5s @ 12" 5912 rMe E #5 @ 12" EACH WAY 6" CONCRETE FILLED PIPE BOLLARD PAINTED FEDERAL SAFETY YELLOW Iff 0 PIPE B• ,.D DETAIL 1 " = 1' -0" 1 2 3 4 5 NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECT S A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O N 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 - 338 -7878 319 - 338 -7879 FAX D Consultants: PUBLIC WORKS SALT STORAGE FACILITY Owner: CrrY OF IOWA Project No.: 01.022 Drawn by. Checked by: Issue: Date Description 04.11.08 Blr> r)OGUMF-we, Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON - INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. 0 C> I= -y-FR 1 G t-I T UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: A DETAILS Sheet Number. A.� 1 2 3 4 5 Consultants: 1 -71 53 1 1 ©�t i / iJ / s / 0,0 �E RRM o 30 60 GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET I » =60' y / / / / ,t. [1, li'- R{ C it BENCHMARK INFORMATION BM NO. I CUT ')' ON INTAKE ON NAPOLEON LANE NORTH OF E)ISTING BUILDING ELEVATION 651.66 USGS DATUM STANDARD LEGEND AND NOTES THE ACTUAL SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL PROPOSED FACILITIES SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, WHICH ARE TO BE PREPARED AND SUBMITTED SUBSEQUENT TO THE APPROVAL OF THIS DOCUMENT. aft] ' =J � I1& &A • 111, 1 1111111 A R C H I T E C T A PROF=ESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319- 338 -7878 319 -338 -7879 FAX Consultants: MMS CONSULTANTS , INC. Iowa City, Iowa (319) 351 -8282 Cedar Rapids, Iowa (319) 841 -5488 <> CIVIL ENGINEERS <> LAND PLANNERS <> <> LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS <> LAND SURVEYORS <> <> ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIALISTS <> CffY OF K)WA C" Project No.: 0 -7.022 Drawn by: Checked by: Issue: Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. O. a- DRAWINGS OTHER APPROPRIATE R .. LAY OUT • r COORDINATE ALL WORK •- TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON—INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. PROJECT i UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, • OR t WITHOUT PERMISSION + PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Skeet Title: " ""' 1• Sheet Number: - PROPERTY & /or BOUNDARY LINES — — - CONGRESSIONAL SECTION LINES - RIGHT -OF -WAY LINES -- - - -- -- - - - --- - - - EXISTING RIGHT -OF -WAY LINES — - CENTER LINES - -- -- - - - - - -- - EXISTING CENTER LINES - LOT LINES, INTERNAL _. _ - _ ___ _- _ LOT LINES, PLATTED OR BY DEED — — — — — — — — - PROPOSED EASEMENT LINES EXISTING EASEMENT LINES - BENCHMARK (R) - RECORDED DIMENSIONS 22 -1 - CURVE SEGMENT NUMBER - EXIST- -PROP - ` =' UTILITY POLE LIGHT POLE SANITARY MANHOLE Y. - FIRE HYDRANT WATER VALVE DRAINAGE MANHOLE D - CURB INLET - - - - -„ - - -- -- ;� - - - - -- - FENCE LINE ------------ (--------------- ..____ _ EXISTING SANITARY SEWER - PROPOSED SANITARY SEWER EXISTING STORM SEWER - PROPOSED STORM SEWER 8W - WATER LINES -.ELECTRICAL LINES - - -- -- - T - - - TELEPHONE LINES GAS LINES - CONTOUR LINES (1' INTERVAL) - PROPOSED GROUND -- -- ---- `'- ° -" - EXISTING GROUND - EXISTING TREE LINE - EXISTING DECIDUOUS TREE - EXISTING EVERGREEN TREES THE ACTUAL SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL PROPOSED FACILITIES SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, WHICH ARE TO BE PREPARED AND SUBMITTED SUBSEQUENT TO THE APPROVAL OF THIS DOCUMENT. aft] ' =J � I1& &A • 111, 1 1111111 A R C H I T E C T A PROF=ESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319- 338 -7878 319 -338 -7879 FAX Consultants: MMS CONSULTANTS , INC. Iowa City, Iowa (319) 351 -8282 Cedar Rapids, Iowa (319) 841 -5488 <> CIVIL ENGINEERS <> LAND PLANNERS <> <> LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS <> LAND SURVEYORS <> <> ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIALISTS <> CffY OF K)WA C" Project No.: 0 -7.022 Drawn by: Checked by: Issue: Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. O. a- DRAWINGS OTHER APPROPRIATE R .. LAY OUT • r COORDINATE ALL WORK •- TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON—INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. PROJECT i UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, • OR t WITHOUT PERMISSION + PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Skeet Title: " ""' 1• Sheet Number: / SITE CONSTRUCTION PLANS ID I ID I I VO A/7 A S u _L\_ - � I I u I AG_ IOWA CITY, -[OWA ' . , \ \ \ \ \ � \ \ � \ \ \ � \ ` \ � � u * .6 ~~� \ \ ./ � ^ � � � � � � AC y ^~ STING LDING FA _C1 �So - An ^~ � A-- ~e~ ' . ^� y� « \ 6}/ _ ZA 41 CO ILI ,11A ALTERNATE BID #2 ALTERNATE BID #V (PAVEMENT) 4n EXISTING CLEAN OUT. ^~ ~� ~� NL+_\~� ��0 �" � °� �� <|: �i �m""= '' �~ '''''' � - -- '' �� Rpm o m uo GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET - THE ACTUAL SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL PROPOSED FACILITIES SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, WHICH ARE TO BE PREPARED AND SUBMITTED SUBSEQUENT TO THE APPROVAL OF THIS DOCUMENT. TYPICAL DRIVE SECTION — 24' DRIVE WIDTH 8" PCC PAVEMENT SLOPE VARIES 6" CRUSHED 6" INTEGRAL CURB ROCK BASE F NOTE: ALTERNATE BID #1 INCLUDES SITE PAVING AND SIDEWALKS BUT EXCLU IE DES THE BUILDING STOOPS. /�� / ` PROPERTY &/or BOUNDARY LINES | � T / ~~^ T E ----- -- -- ------ oowonsSSIow^L Sscnow uwss �------�~�~�-~~--�-- RIGHT-OF-WAY LINES -- ---- -'-- -- - Ex|snwo RIGHT-OF-WAY uwcS ------ -- ------- oEw7sR uwsS ------ -- -------- sx|Snwo CENTER uwEs 338 7878 - LOT LINES, |wTsnwAL -------- --------- LOT LINES, PLATTED OR BY DEED ---- ---- --------- - PRoPosso EAsEwcwr uwcS - -- — -- ------ --- EXISTING EASEMENT LINES ° - eEwc*wxnw (n) - ncconoso o|wcws|owS 22-1 - ounvs Ssuwcwr wuwesR -EXIST- -pnup- -7� - UTILITY POLE * �y - LIGHT POLE - SANITARY MANHOLE - p|ns HYDRANT - WATER vxLvs 0� 0� - onmwAos MANHOLE O - ouma INLET ------x-------x------ - rEwcs uws - sx|enwu Sxw|Txn, SEWER --------(�--------- pnoPoSEo SANITARY SEWER ----------�--------' - sx|onwG sTonw SEWER - pnoPosso arnRw SEWER -------'8 - WATER uwcs ----------'c --'--'----- - ELECTRICAL uwss - -------'r '----'---- - TELEPHONE LINES --------G --------ws� - - GAS u - oowToun uwEs (1' |wTcnvxL) - PnoPosso onouwo -- -- --� ---- -- -- -- - Ex|Snwn oROuwo - Ex|Snwn Tnsc uwe - EXISTING oco|ouous Tncs cx|snwo EvERonssw TREES THE ACTUAL SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL PROPOSED FACILITIES SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, WHICH ARE TO BE PREPARED AND SUBMITTED SUBSEQUENT TO THE APPROVAL OF THIS DOCUMENT. TYPICAL DRIVE SECTION — 24' DRIVE WIDTH 8" PCC PAVEMENT SLOPE VARIES 6" CRUSHED 6" INTEGRAL CURB ROCK BASE F NOTE: ALTERNATE BID #1 INCLUDES SITE PAVING AND SIDEWALKS BUT EXCLU IE DES THE BUILDING STOOPS. /�� / ` | � �� F-\ /� ~�� / / | � T / ~~^ T E S A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E COLLEGE ST |[}W\4 CITY, |A 52240 319 338 7878 319-338-7879 FAX Consultants: MMZ CONSULTANTS INC. k Iowa City, Iowa B 351-8282 Cedar Rapids, Iowa (318) 841-5488 «~ CIVIL smmmcznS «~ mmn PLAwwcns c` «, uwosom=s Ancy/TEcrs c, mmo sunvs,ons /> ^> swwnowwcwrAL sPso/*usre c` CM vr IMA I(= Project No.: 07/022 Drawn by: Checked b}: Issue-, Date Description FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWNGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAW!INGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATIION FOR ACCURACY AND NON-INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAVANGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: SITE L A Y A"�m�"r P% I UILL Mill Sheet Number: In SUN SILT FENCE 6 \ �// kzl A 64 Z41 2.59. • J 4_ < co Oq < LO can .000 co J. 4 <1 10" co Q) REMOVE TREES TO 10' WEST OF STORM SEWER 6 < 0-11 <1 4L b Z., 652.18 hry 61 ro SITE CONSTRUCTION PLANS IOWA � --IOWA EXISTING CONCRETE PARKING .0o, 000* .00** .001 10.1 .01 3N 0 0 J (A 4n 40 <7 \: t _3 '.A ALTERNATE BID #2 le, < r \ 0652 62 ,,,,,. °'/ _. v `� ° \ --+ � le, < ..5 4 41)", V- 0001 V-3 .00e ..1 ALTERNATE BID `' !I/ #V <7 (PAVEMENT) V 0 <1 EXISTIN6 (,LEAN CUT r ,I 62 .8 < < N,* 1.5 ;6 �5_< <1 < AIN *4444* 40 649--- SILT FENCE '652 <7 000, Z' 10" 65- 1.71 '15l.6 <1 00. 100 &00�\ < 001 2.11 .01 og .01 <1 wool 01 N 'o77 51. 4 651/.4 19 tK ,-667 7 'Nixon IN IN 0 0 Y NOTE: ALL ELEVATIONS TOP OF SLAB UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE NOTE: ALL DISTURBED GROUND SHALL BE SEEDED & MULCHED WITH A TURF GRASS MIXTURE FOLLOWING FINISH GRADING GRADING NOTES 1.) MAXIMUM SLOPE ON CUTS AND FILLS SHALL BE 3.5: HORIZONTAL TO 1: VERTICAL - 2.) NO EXCAVATION SHALL BE ALLOWED WITHIN 2' OF PROPERTY LINES. 3.) COMPACTION TO BE 90% MODIFIED STANDARD PROCTOR WHERE > 6:1 SLOPE. 4.) ALL TREES OUTSIDE THE LIMITS OF GRADING OPERATIONS SHALL BE SAVED, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED TO BE REMOVED. TREES NEAR THE EDGES OF GRADING LIMITS AND IN THE STORM WATER DETENTION BASIN AREAS SHALL BE SAVED IF POSSIBLE, WITHIN THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. 5.) PRIOR TO ANY GRADING A CONSTRUCTION SAFETY FENCE SHALL BE INSTALLED 50 FEET FROM TRUNKS OF TREES TO BE PROTECTED. 6.) STABILIZATION SEEDING SHALL BE COMPLETED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE, BUT NOT MORE THAN 14 DAYS, UPON COMPLETION OF GRADING IN ANY AREA OF GRADING OPERATIONS. DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE KEPT AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE TO PREVENT LARGE SCALE EROSION PROBLEMS. IF THE GRADING CONTRACTOR STOPS GRADING OPERATIONS FOR MORE THAN 14 DAYS, THEN STABILIZATION SEEDING SHALL BE DONE ON ALL DISTURBED AREAS. 7.) SILT FENCE LOCATIONS AND LENGTHS, AS INDICATED, ARE APPROXIMATE ONLY. FINAL LOCATIONS AND LENGTHS WILL BE DETERMINED, AS NEEDED, UPON COMPLETION OF GRADING OPERATIONS IN AN AREA. 8.) ALL STREET SUBGRADES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AND COMPACTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS PREPARED FOR THE SITE. INSTALLATION 201 1.27 0 10 20 GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET 1"=20' STABILIZATION SEEDING STABILIZATION SEEDING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH I.D.O.T. STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 2601.05 STABILIZING CROP SEEDING AND FERTILIZING. SEED MIXTURES SHALL BE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: SPRING- MARCH 1 TO MAY 20 WINTER RYE OR OATS !: NE ANN MONSON h 28 2 1 A R C HITECT S SUMMER - MAY 21 TO JULY 20 FILTER FABRIC OATS 10 SUDANGRASS (PIPER) 35 LBS PER ACRE FESCUE, KENTUCKY 31 OR FAWN 15 LBS PER ACRE ALFALFA (RANGER OR VERNAL) A P R 0 F ES SI ONAL CORPORA] ION WINTER RYE 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 FESCUE, KENTUCKY 31 OR FAWN 15 LBS PER ACRE 319 - 3 3 8 - 7 8 7 8 319-338-7879 FAX STABILIZATION SEEDING STABILIZATION SEEDING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH I.D.O.T. STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 2601.05 STABILIZING CROP SEEDING AND FERTILIZING. SEED MIXTURES SHALL BE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: SPRING- MARCH 1 TO MAY 20 WINTER RYE OR OATS 1 BUSHEL PER ACRE SUDANGRASS (PIPER) 25 LBS, PER ACRE FESCUE, KENTUCKY 31 OR FAWN 15 LBS. PER ACRE ALFALFA (RANGER OR VERNAL) 5 LBS. PER ACRE SUMMER - MAY 21 TO JULY 20 FILTER FABRIC OATS 1 BUSHEL PER ACRE SUDANGRASS (PIPER) 35 LBS PER ACRE FESCUE, KENTUCKY 31 OR FAWN 15 LBS PER ACRE ALFALFA (RANGER OR VERNAL) 5 LBS PER ACRE FALL - JULY 21 TO SEPTEMBER 30 WINTER RYE 2 BUSHEL PER ACRE FESCUE, KENTUCKY 31 OR FAWN 15 LBS PER ACRE ALFALFA (RANGER OR VERNAL) 5 LBS PER ACRE *AFTER AUGUST 31, HAIRY VETCH SHALL BE SUBSTITUTED FOR ALFALFA AT THE RATE OF 10 LBS PER ACRE FERTILIZER SHALL BE APPLIED AT A RATE OF 450 LBS PER ACRE USING CHEMICALLY COMBINED COMMERCIAL 13-13-13 FERTILIZER. SILT FENCE DETAIL N. .S. COMPACTED NATIVE SOIL BACK FILL STOEOEDL POST FILTER FABRIC UNDISTURBED OR 4" COMPACTED SOIL 1. POSTS SHALL BE EITHER 4" DIAMETER WOOD OR 1.33 POUNDS PER LINEAL FOOT STEEL WITH A MINIMUM LENGTH OF 5 FEET. STEEL POSTS SHALL HAVE PROJECTIONS FOR FASTENING WIRE TO THEM. 2. SILT FENCE FABRIC SHALL CONFORM TO I.D.O.T. STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 4196.01.A. SILT FENCING SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 24" AND A MAXIMUM OF 36" HIGH WHEN COMPLETE. 3. THE FILTER FABRIC SHALL BE PURCHASED IN A CONTINUOUS ROLL CUT TO THE LENGTH OF THE FENCE TO AVOID THE USE OF JOINTS. WHEN JOINTS ARE NECESSARY, THE FILTER CLOTH SHALL BE SPLICED TOGETHER ONLY AT A SUPPORT POST, WITH A MINIMUM 6" OVERLAP, AND SECURELY SEALED. 4. POSTS SHALL BE SPACED A MAXIMUM OF 8 FEET APART AND DRIVEN SECURELY INTO THE GROUND ALONG THE FENCE ALIGNMENT. POSTS SHALL BE DRIVEN INTO THE GROUND A MINIMUM OF 28". 5. A TRENCH SHALL BE EXCAVATED APPROXIMATELY 4" WIDE BY 12" DEEP ALONG THE UPSLOPE SIDE OF THE POSTS. 6. FILTER FABRIC SHALL BE STAPLED OR WIRED TO THE POSTS SUCH THAT THE FABRIC EXTENDS INTO THE TRENCH AS SHOWN ABOVE. THE FABRIC SHALL BE FASTENED A MINIMUM OF THREE PLACES ON EACH POST. 7. THE TRENCH SHALL BE BACK FILLED WITH EXCAVATED MATERIAL AND THOROUGHLY COMPACTED. MAINTENANCE 1. SILT FENCES SHALL BE INSPECTED WEEKLY AND AFTER EACH RAIN- FALL EVENT OF 0.5 INCHES OR MORE. DURING PERIODS OF PROLONGED RAIN INSPECTIONS SHALL BE AT LEAST DAILY. ANY REPAIRS NEEDED TO MAINTAIN THE SILT FENCE'S EFFECTIVENESS SHALL BE MADE IMMEDIATELY. 2 SHOULD THE FABRIC ON A SILT FENCE DECOMPOSE OR BECOME INEFFECTIVE PRIOR TO STABILIZING THE UPSLOPE AREAS THE FABRIC SHALL BE REPLACED PROMPTLY. 3. SEDIMENT DEPOSITS SHOULD BE REMOVED AFTER EACH STORM EVENT. THEY MUST BE REMOVED WHEN THE DEPOSITS REACH APPROXIMATELY ONE-HALF THE HEIGHT OF THE FENCE. SILTS REMOVED SHALL BE PLACED IN A PROTECTED PLACE THAT WILL PREVENT THEIR ESCAPE FROM THE CONSTRUCTION SITE. 4. ANY SEDIMENT DEPOSITS REMAINING IN PLACE AFTER THE SILT FENCE IS NO LONGER NEEDED SHALL BE DRESSED TO CONFORM WITH THE EXISTING GRADE, PREPARED AND SEEDED. 5. SILT FENCE SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL IT IS NO LONGER NEEDED AS DIRECTED BY THE POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN. GENERALLY SILT FENCES SHALL REMAIN UNTIL THE UPSLOPE AREAS ARE STABILIZED WITH AN ESTABLISHED GRASS COVER AS A MINIMUM. Consultants: MMS CONSULTANTS INC. Iowa City, Iowa (319) 351-8282 Cedar Rapids, Iowa (319) 841-5488 M <> CIVIL ENGINEERS <> LAND PLANNERS <> <> LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS <> LAND SURVEYORS <> <> ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIALISTS <> Project Title: Project No.: 07.022 Drawn by: Checked by: Issue: Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLA71ON FOR ACCURACY AND NON-INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL @ C • F=> UNAUTHORIZED COP�ING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: Sheet Number: ANIN& AV 'M REMMS U STORM SEWER MANHOLE 6' OR LESS IN DEPTI N.T.S. 1' -111" MIN. 27-0" STEP CN PSI-PF (OR APPROVED EQUAL) < 48"O FOR < 21" PIPE C-1:1 60"0 FOR 21" PIPE 4"0 FOR > 21" PIPE t8� 1;r 10 D 1' ADJUSTMENT RINGS PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS CONFORMING TO ASTM C-478 JOINTS TO BE CONFINED O-RING GASKET MEETING ASTM C-443 Ll D 0 pp %, Lq NOTE: STORM SEWER MANHOLES MAY UTILIZE INTEGRAL PRECAST BOTTOM SECTION WITH "A-LOK" PIPE CONNECTIONS AND PRECAST INVERT, IN LIEU OF POURED IN PLACE CONCRETE BASE. EX16T 6AN MH TR = 0720 IE IN = 06.73 E Off = (3OJ9i, SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE #2 N.T.S. NEENAH R-1670 SOLID LID AND FRAME, SELF SEALING. 'SANITARY SEWER' SHALL BE CAST IN THE LID 21-01' STEP z X PSI-PF (OR C-4 APPROVED EQUAL) 48"0 ADJUSTMENT RINGS PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS CONFORMING TO ASTM C-478 JOINTS TO BE CONFINED PLUG END SEAL O-RING GASKET MEETING OF TEE ASTM C-443 WATERTIGHT WATERTIGHT SEAL IE=647.77 U) IE=647.67 3"LONG eO PIPE 44 4gob4 b b4 L) 114P NOTE: SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES MAY UTILIZE INTEGRAL PRECAST BOTTOM SECTION WITH "A-LOK" PIPE CONNECTIONS AND PRECAST INVERT, IN LIEU OF POURED IN PLACE CONCRETE BASE. EXIST INTK (FA-40) T6 = 645-1�4 IE IN (PROP) = 644.04 (CONNECT TO EXISTING INTK) IE JUT (EXIST} 643.54 PRIVATE GAS LINE FROM EXISTING PRIVATE DISTRIBUTION LINE AT REAR EXIST 44' - V'o PVG TRUSS @ 0-4�577,-, EXIST SAN Mh TP, = 649-04 IF IN F) = 07-24 IE IN 5) = (07.14 IF CUT 00.94 PIPP R1=r)r)1Nr."q' r)F=TA11 PRIVATE ELECTRIC OF ADMINISTRATION BUILDING Z>tk;UNUAKT FROM tAlbHNU TRANSFORMER AT ADMINISTRATION BUILDING �051\100. W: WA ;-,E 0 10 20 GRAPHIC SCALE IN FEET 1 " =20' NOTE: FLOOR DRAINS #1-6 SHALL BE ACO DRAIN SERIES 600. PROVIDE TYPE 610 TOP AND TYPE 612 SHORT BASE AND A DUCTILE IRON GRATE BY ACO POLYMER PRODUCTS, INC. FOR EACH FLOOR DRAIN. SITE CONSTRUCTION PLANS S AG IOWA CITY, IOTA EX CC PA FLOOR DRAIN #7 DETAIL N.T.S. NEENAH R-1791-A SOLID LID AND FRAME, SELF SEALING, ALSO PROVIDE A NEENAH R-2499 GRATE, (NO FRAME), FOR USE WHEN 12" DRAINAGE IS DESIRED, FLOOR RIM" ELEVATION L 7ANOTED ON PLANS r A Id A 6" TYR X '6 (0 C14 A . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTE: SEE PLAN FOR FLOOR DRAIN LOCATION FLOOR DRAINS (TYP. OF 6) TG = 652.45 #1 I-C311 650.33 .00e .00, @ CLEAN OUT 100, FLOOR DRAIN #7 PROVIDE (PER DETAIL THIS SHEET) 3 VENT STACK/ IE IN = 648.88 GAS METER IE OUT = 678.83 ls� I IE 649.62 ELECTRIC METER .00e 1000* 0 oo;l @ rC .0 0 @ @ SANITARY MANHOLE @ (SEE DETAIL) TR - 652.35 PROPOSED BUILDING 0 6� IE IN = 647.77 0 1 IE OUT = 647.67 IE = 647.99 #3 r 24' - 4"0 SDR L #5 23.5 P VC @ CUT 8" X 4" WYE INTO 2.0% (MIN.) lop EXISTING 8"0 PVC TRUSS ALTERNATE BID #2 E03 ' FROM DOWNSTREAM MH 100, l 6 37.69 00-11 0 16' 4"0 PVC .0000. INTAKE/SAND TRAP (96-0 MH) W/NEENAH R-2680 GRATE & FRAME TR = 651.89 IE IN (N) = 646.83 IE 11 (S) = 646.84 IE OUT (W) = 646.69 IE OUT (E) = 646.69 BOTTOM INTK = 642.69 ,13 Z 0 .001 00e rSANITARY MANHOLE 71' CONSTRUCT OVER EXISTING SEWER WITH ALTERNATE I n ui INTERNAL DROP TR = 653.55 (PAVEMENT) IE I N (PROP.) = 646.45 12' - 8"0 IE IN �DROP ) 638.37 EXISTING DIP 0 2.00% IE IN EXIST) 638.07 CLEAN OUT (MIN.) QE OUT (EXIST) = 638.0 INSTALL 8" ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVE 1.5' INSTALL 12" ECCENTRIC PLUG FROM INTAKE. Ar\t. rKUVIUt t-LAINIUL FITTINGS 1U VALVE 1.5' FROM INTAKE. DIP PIPE AND VALVE BOX FOR OPERATION 9d MAX PROVIDE FLANGE FITTINGS TO FROM GROUND SURFACE. VALVE SHALL BE FL�ll DIP PIPE AND VALVE BOX FOR SUITABLE FOR DIRECT BURY INSTALLATION. 0000' .000 < OPERATION FROM GROUND Bid I - I tl!�F-BACKFILL ID FEET & SURFACE. VALVE SHALL BE 10 STORM MANHOLE #1 .000, HAND INCHES If SUITABI IF FOR DIRECT BURY W/NEENAH R-1670 STORM MANHOLE #2 PLACED INCHES BACKRLL ut.-Us'.. g INSTALLATION. LID & FRAME W/NEENNAH R-2680 - 12 0 DI - Ila I CRUSHED 4 2-0 33 TR = 652.11 GRATE & FRAME 6 2-0 00.80% STORM MANHOLE #3 STONE #3 8 2-3 -COMPACTED GRANU R IE IN = 647.10 TR = 651.02 W/NEENAH R-2680 10 2-3 IE OUT 647.05 IE OUT 648.02 IE BACKFILL CATCH BASIN #1 15' 8"0 PVC GRATE & FRAME 12 2-3 d-1 D 15 2-9 TRUSS 0 1.40% TR = 651.21 yc18 3-0 0000, 3-3 IE IN (E) = 646.43 IN -. UI (PER DETAIL) IE OUT 647.71 TC= 652.08 21 24 3-6 D 4" min. + T cl/8� MIN.) IE IN (SE) = 646.22 -UNDISTURBED IE OUT 646.16 93, UNDISTURBED SOIL SOIL CLASS "B" BEDDING CRUSHED STONE ENCASEMENT 0 NOTES: NTS FOR PVC SEWERS 0 0 1) PIPE SHALL BE PLACED ON COMPACTED GRANULAR MATERIAL, WHICH IS TO BE PLACED ON UNDISTURBED SOIL .00, 2) BELL HOLES SHALL BE HAND SHAPED SUCH THAT THE BARREL OF THE PIPE LAYS ON COMPACTED BEDDING. 3) BACKFILL SHALL BE HAND TAMPED UP TO 12- ABOVE THE TOP OF THE PIPE. 4) PAVED AREAS: UNDER AND WITHIN 5 FEET OF PAVED SURFACES, INCLUDING STREETS, SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS, CATCH BASIN #2 PANeMl I <ZW.&H PP CLASS A rr?H1:ZW97n qTnNP- PLACED IN ONE FOOT LIFTS COMPACTED TO 957, STANDARD (PER DETAIL) PROCTOR DENSITY. THE TOP 12 INCHES DIRECTLY BELOW PAVED SURFACES SHALL BE CLASS A CRUSHED STONE COMPACTED TO 98% STANDARD PROCTOR DENSITY. IF UNDER PAVEMENT, BACKFILL TO BOTTOM OF THE SUBGRADE. IN NOT UNDER PAVEMENT, BACKFILL TO WITHIN 12 INCHES OF FINISHED SURFACE. 5) ALL OTHER AREAS: BACKFILL SHALL CONSIST OF SUITABLE JOB EXCAVATED MATERIAL PLACED IN ONE FOOT LIFTS COMPACTED TO 907* STANDARD PROCTOR DENSITY. IF EXCAVATED MATERIAL IS UNSUITABLE, BACKFILL WITH CLASS A CRUSHED STONE TO WITHIN 12 INCHES OF FINISHED SURFACE. \ % 6) PLACE BEDDING TO ENSURE THAT THERE ARE NO VOIDS UNDER OR ALONG THE LENGTH OF PIPE. Oe 7) SEE TABLE FOR ALLOWABLE TRENCH WIDTH Bd. TC = 651.14 IE IN (SE) = 646.93 IE IN (NE) = 646.93 QE OUT = 646.83 EXISTING MH TR = 012l 06 M IE IN = (655.61 IE aT = (38Al 0 2 Ail i 2 .1 V'A C SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE #1 N.T.S. NEENAH R-1670 SOLID LID AND V-11" MIN. FRAME, SELF SEALING. 'SANITARY SEWER' SHALL BE CAST IN THE LID L �-ADJUSTMENT RINGS am PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS CONFORMING TO ASTM C-478 STEP: PSI-PF___./ SEE PLANS FOR PIPE SIZE 115"0 REINFORCED AND CONCRETE PIPE INVERT ELEVATION EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE BASE X < 6" TYR X '6 (0 C14 A . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTE: SEE PLAN FOR FLOOR DRAIN LOCATION FLOOR DRAINS (TYP. OF 6) TG = 652.45 #1 I-C311 650.33 .00e .00, @ CLEAN OUT 100, FLOOR DRAIN #7 PROVIDE (PER DETAIL THIS SHEET) 3 VENT STACK/ IE IN = 648.88 GAS METER IE OUT = 678.83 ls� I IE 649.62 ELECTRIC METER .00e 1000* 0 oo;l @ rC .0 0 @ @ SANITARY MANHOLE @ (SEE DETAIL) TR - 652.35 PROPOSED BUILDING 0 6� IE IN = 647.77 0 1 IE OUT = 647.67 IE = 647.99 #3 r 24' - 4"0 SDR L #5 23.5 P VC @ CUT 8" X 4" WYE INTO 2.0% (MIN.) lop EXISTING 8"0 PVC TRUSS ALTERNATE BID #2 E03 ' FROM DOWNSTREAM MH 100, l 6 37.69 00-11 0 16' 4"0 PVC .0000. INTAKE/SAND TRAP (96-0 MH) W/NEENAH R-2680 GRATE & FRAME TR = 651.89 IE IN (N) = 646.83 IE 11 (S) = 646.84 IE OUT (W) = 646.69 IE OUT (E) = 646.69 BOTTOM INTK = 642.69 ,13 Z 0 .001 00e rSANITARY MANHOLE 71' CONSTRUCT OVER EXISTING SEWER WITH ALTERNATE I n ui INTERNAL DROP TR = 653.55 (PAVEMENT) IE I N (PROP.) = 646.45 12' - 8"0 IE IN �DROP ) 638.37 EXISTING DIP 0 2.00% IE IN EXIST) 638.07 CLEAN OUT (MIN.) QE OUT (EXIST) = 638.0 INSTALL 8" ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVE 1.5' INSTALL 12" ECCENTRIC PLUG FROM INTAKE. Ar\t. rKUVIUt t-LAINIUL FITTINGS 1U VALVE 1.5' FROM INTAKE. DIP PIPE AND VALVE BOX FOR OPERATION 9d MAX PROVIDE FLANGE FITTINGS TO FROM GROUND SURFACE. VALVE SHALL BE FL�ll DIP PIPE AND VALVE BOX FOR SUITABLE FOR DIRECT BURY INSTALLATION. 0000' .000 < OPERATION FROM GROUND Bid I - I tl!�F-BACKFILL ID FEET & SURFACE. VALVE SHALL BE 10 STORM MANHOLE #1 .000, HAND INCHES If SUITABI IF FOR DIRECT BURY W/NEENAH R-1670 STORM MANHOLE #2 PLACED INCHES BACKRLL ut.-Us'.. g INSTALLATION. LID & FRAME W/NEENNAH R-2680 - 12 0 DI - Ila I CRUSHED 4 2-0 33 TR = 652.11 GRATE & FRAME 6 2-0 00.80% STORM MANHOLE #3 STONE #3 8 2-3 -COMPACTED GRANU R IE IN = 647.10 TR = 651.02 W/NEENAH R-2680 10 2-3 IE OUT 647.05 IE OUT 648.02 IE BACKFILL CATCH BASIN #1 15' 8"0 PVC GRATE & FRAME 12 2-3 d-1 D 15 2-9 TRUSS 0 1.40% TR = 651.21 yc18 3-0 0000, 3-3 IE IN (E) = 646.43 IN -. UI (PER DETAIL) IE OUT 647.71 TC= 652.08 21 24 3-6 D 4" min. + T cl/8� MIN.) IE IN (SE) = 646.22 -UNDISTURBED IE OUT 646.16 93, UNDISTURBED SOIL SOIL CLASS "B" BEDDING CRUSHED STONE ENCASEMENT 0 NOTES: NTS FOR PVC SEWERS 0 0 1) PIPE SHALL BE PLACED ON COMPACTED GRANULAR MATERIAL, WHICH IS TO BE PLACED ON UNDISTURBED SOIL .00, 2) BELL HOLES SHALL BE HAND SHAPED SUCH THAT THE BARREL OF THE PIPE LAYS ON COMPACTED BEDDING. 3) BACKFILL SHALL BE HAND TAMPED UP TO 12- ABOVE THE TOP OF THE PIPE. 4) PAVED AREAS: UNDER AND WITHIN 5 FEET OF PAVED SURFACES, INCLUDING STREETS, SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS, CATCH BASIN #2 PANeMl I <ZW.&H PP CLASS A rr?H1:ZW97n qTnNP- PLACED IN ONE FOOT LIFTS COMPACTED TO 957, STANDARD (PER DETAIL) PROCTOR DENSITY. THE TOP 12 INCHES DIRECTLY BELOW PAVED SURFACES SHALL BE CLASS A CRUSHED STONE COMPACTED TO 98% STANDARD PROCTOR DENSITY. IF UNDER PAVEMENT, BACKFILL TO BOTTOM OF THE SUBGRADE. IN NOT UNDER PAVEMENT, BACKFILL TO WITHIN 12 INCHES OF FINISHED SURFACE. 5) ALL OTHER AREAS: BACKFILL SHALL CONSIST OF SUITABLE JOB EXCAVATED MATERIAL PLACED IN ONE FOOT LIFTS COMPACTED TO 907* STANDARD PROCTOR DENSITY. IF EXCAVATED MATERIAL IS UNSUITABLE, BACKFILL WITH CLASS A CRUSHED STONE TO WITHIN 12 INCHES OF FINISHED SURFACE. \ % 6) PLACE BEDDING TO ENSURE THAT THERE ARE NO VOIDS UNDER OR ALONG THE LENGTH OF PIPE. Oe 7) SEE TABLE FOR ALLOWABLE TRENCH WIDTH Bd. TC = 651.14 IE IN (SE) = 646.93 IE IN (NE) = 646.93 QE OUT = 646.83 EXISTING MH TR = 012l 06 M IE IN = (655.61 IE aT = (38Al 0 2 Ail i 2 .1 V'A C SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE #1 N.T.S. NEENAH R-1670 SOLID LID AND V-11" MIN. FRAME, SELF SEALING. 'SANITARY SEWER' SHALL BE CAST IN THE LID L �-ADJUSTMENT RINGS am PRECAST CONCRETE SECTIONS CONFORMING TO ASTM C-478 STEP: PSI-PF___./ OR APPROVED EQUAL X < CORE DRILL AND LINK SEAL PIPE INK SEAL - n 0, PENETRATION PENETRATION 48"0 FERNCO FITTING FERN CO INSTALL TWO STAINLESS STEEL Ns JOINTS TO BE CONFINED �VAT STRAPS AND 3/8" STAINLESS /"'-STEEL O-RING GASKET MEETING ANCHOR BOLTS EVENLY ASTM C-443 SPACED TO SECURE DROP TO IE=646.45 MANHOLE WALL. FILLET MANHOLE 6" SCHEDULE 40 PVC INTERNAL BOTTOM TO PROMOTE IE= 638.37 DROP WITH GLUED FITTINGS. USE POSITIVE FLOW FROM 6" TEE AND FERNCO FITTING AT NEW SERVICE. CONNECTION TO 6" SEWER AND 10 90' BEND AT BASE. DIRECT 90' BEND TOWARD OUTLET SEWER Do L) b L) L) NOTE: SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES MAY UTILIZE INTEGRAL PRECAST BOTTOM SECTION WITH "A-LOK" PIPE CONNECTIONS AND PRECAST INVERT, IN LIEU OF POURED IN PLACE CONCRETE BASE. TYPICAL STREET GRATE INLET N.T.S. CURB INLET FRAME, REVERSIBLE GRATE & CURB BOX TO BE NEENAH R-3067 OR APPROVED EQUAL GRADE BEHIND CURB STREET GRADE 4 do :-4 2t-0- 4' GROUT FRAME d INSIDE TO WALL 4d A-4 A WALLS TO BE 6" POURED Cq 4 BARS @12" C.-C. VERT. & CONCRETE OR PRECAST REINFORCED CONCRETE 9' A HORIZ. 3" MIN. COVER SECTIONS 4A Aq 12's 0- • A -q 4 A 3" SAND CUSHION SECTION A-A z A 0 z 0 z Ld :2 Ld x 0 x M 0 M LA in w V) C3 V) z 0 0 0 CURB Consultants: e.o. MACMS CONSULTANTS, INC. Iowa City, Iowa (319) 351-8282 Cedar Rapids, Iowa (319) 841-5488 M <> CIVIL ENGINEERS <> LAND PLANNERS <> <> LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTS <> LAND SURVEYORS <> &a <> ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIALISTS <> H PIBLIC WOw"6'Kt'; SALT UR 1U"E FA(A; Owner: OkT-Y OF K)WA CM Project No.: 0-7.022 Drawn by: Checked by: Issue: Date Description 04.25.05 E310 SET Note: FIELD VEIRIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON-INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PR @ C #R UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Skeet Title: Sheet Number: 199901k. In IN 09 M. 00 - I I I SAW CUT JO|NT 1/Ok�»2-O PREFORMED DEPTH =D0 SMOOTH DOWELS KEYWAY JOINT Vy��EALANT / � AT2��O'C' \ / VV/SEALANT A ONE SLAB-ON-GRADE DETAILS D2N.T.S. STRUCTURAL WOOD FRAMING 1. DESIGN STRUCTURAL WOOD TIMBER AND TRUSS FRAMING FOR THE LOADS INDICATED UNDER DESIGN CRITERIA. 2. FASTENERS FOR STRUCTURAL WOOD MEMBERS: SALT STORAGE FACILITY: ALL STRUCTURAL WOOD MEMBERS SHALL 8E FASTENED TO OTHER WOOD MEMBERS WITH CORROSION RESISTANT STEEL STRAPS, STEEL FRAMING ANCHORS, LAG BOLTS OR CARRIAGE BOLTS |N ADDITION TO NORMAL NAILING. STEEL JOIST HANGERS ARE NOT TOBE USED |N THIS FACILITY. GEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR CORROSION RESISTANT MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS. (ALTERNATE MATERIAL STORAGE FACILITY NO. ALL STRUCTURAL WOOD MEMBERS SHALL BE FASTENED TO OTHER WOOD MEMBERS WITH CORROSION RESISTANT STEEL STRAPS, STEEL FRAMING ANCHORS, LAG BOLTS, CARRIAGE BOLTS OR STEEL JOIST HANGERS |NADDITION TO NORMAL NAILING. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR CORROSION RESISTANT MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS. 8. ALL HORIZONTAL FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE ASSEMBLED BY DIRECT BEARING 4. USE TREATED LUMBER FOR ALL LOCATIONS WHERE LUMBER |8|NDIRECT CONTACT WITH CONCRETE, MASONRY, SAND-SALT MIXTURE OREARTH. S. FASTENERS |N TREATED LUMBER: USE ONLY FASTENERS RECOMMENDED BYTHE FASTENER MANUFACTURE FOR USE |N TREATED LUMBER. O. THE FRAMING LAYOUT AND CONFIGURATION SHOWN |8 FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. THE SUPPLIER MAY MODIFY THE FRAMING AND FOUNDATION LAYOUT WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT/ ENGINEER, GUBK4|TBHDP DRAWINGS A8 PER THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR APPROVAL. 7. THE ROOF TRUSS SUPPLIER |8RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ROOF TRUSSES WHICH FULLY FRAME OUT THE SHAPE AND DIMENSION {lP THE ROOF AND CEILING STRUCTURE A8 SHOWN WITHOUT ADDITIONAL HAND FRAMING EXCEPT A8 NOTED. THIS INCLUDES PARALLEL CHORD TRUSSES, TRUSS GIRDERS, AND OTHER SPECIAL TRUSSES. 8. THE TRUSS SUPPLIER SHALL PROVIDE MISCELLANEO JS CONNECTORS FOR ALL TRUSS 10 TRUSS CONNECTIONS AND OTHER C |(]NGAGINDICATED. 11-411 x 1141 x 1 1-011 _\\�_ yAl FTG, 3-00 x 3-0" x 11-611 A3\ FTG. 2-00 x 2-0" x 11-611 IL SLOPE SLOPE CONC. DEAD r- 7 -1 MANANCHOR UJ 7 IT LU a- C/) 0 If _J C/) 7, 1 LIJ 0 I L+ C0 rT I Typ. SLOPE 7" CONC. SLAB EACH WAY 8" HMA 5� T if F CO n co C/) SLOPE SLOPE Mob 1-011 A3 If 1-011 1 ` _ 1. FOUNDATION DESIGN BASED ON THE GEDTECHN!CAL ENGINEERING REPORT "PROPOSED PUBLIC WORKS FACILITY, IOWA CITY, |OWA," DATED FEBRUARY 1E, 2000 BYTERFACON. g. ASSUMED ALLOWABLE BEARING CAPACITY: 2000 PSF 3. EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE FREE OF FROST, WATER AND LOOSE SOIL. 4. FOOTINGS SHALL BEAR DN FIRM UNDISTURBED SOIL. 5. LAP FOOTING REINFORCING 2-O"AT SPLICES AND STEP-DOWNS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1. ACI30SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FOR BUILDINGS. 2. AC31BBU|LO|NGOOOEREOU|REMENT8FORGTRUCTUHALCONCRETE. AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE. 3. REINFORCING STEEL: A8TMAO15. GRADE 8O 4. 28'DAY STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS FOR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE: ALL STRUCTURAL CONCRETE: 4000 PSI 5. JOINTS |N SLABS ON GRADE: REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR JOINT TYPE, AREA AND SIZE LIMITS FOR CONCRETE PLACEMENT. LENGTH TO WIDTH RATIO NOT TO EXCEED 1.5.. O. CONCRETE COVER FOR REINFORCING: CONCRETE DEPOSITED AGAINST AND PERMANENTLY EXPOSED TO EARTH: 3" FORMED CONCRETE EXPOSED TD EARTH ORWEATHER #5 BARS OR SMALLER: 11/2" #G BARS [}R LARGER: 2" CONCRETE NOT EXPOSED TO WEATHER DR EXPOSED TOEARTH SLABS AND WALLS: 1" BEAMS AND COLUMNS: 11/2" 7. MINIMUM BAR LAP SPLICE OR EMBEDMENT: 24" GENERAL NOTES _ 8. ALL HOOKS ARE STANDARD LENGTH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. 9. HORIZONTAL WALL AND WALL FOOTING REINFORCEMENT: CONTINUOUS WITH BO DEGREE BENDS AND EXTENSIONS, OR CORNER BARS OF EQUIVALENT SIZE WITH MINIMUM LAP SPLICE LENGTHS, AT CORNERS AND INTER GE T|{]N8. 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS, ELEVATIONS AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION AND NOTIFY THE ARCH ITECl7ENG|NEER[)F ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND AT THE SITE |NRELATION TO INFORMATION |N THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. DESIGN CRITERIA J' 2 88 21 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE, 2006 EDITION LYI &ORISI, A/A ASCE 7-05 MINIMUM DESIGN LOADS FOR BUILDINGS AND OTHER ANY ENGINEERING DESIGN PROVIDED BY OTHERS AND SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW OR RECORD SHALL BE SEALED BYA PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER LICENSED |NTHE LOADS 1. DESIGN LIVE LOADS ROOF LIVE 20 PSF CONT. FTG. 41-011 00 OFk4A|NRE|NFORCEMENT. 2. SUPERIMPOSED DEAD LOADS STATE OFIOWA. TRUSS TOP CHORD 10 PSF TRUSS BOTTOM CHORD 10 PSF ELEVATIONS NOTED THUS (+X�X") ARE 7D TOP OF STRUCTURAL FEATURES WITH 3. SNOW LOADS OCCUPANCY CATEGORY I IMPORTANCE FACTOR 0.80 EXPOSURE FACTOR 1.0 THERMALFACTOR 1.2 `�~� 4. WIND LOADS 4. DETAILS, SECTIONS AND NOTES ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED OCCUPANCY CATEGORY I IMPORTANCE FACTOR 0.87 BASIC WIND SPEED 90 MPH EXPOSURE B HEIGHT AND EXPOSURE FACTOR 1.05 TOPOGRAPHIC FACTOR 1.00 5. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS WITH � OCCUPANCY CATEGORY I IMPORTANCE FACTOR 1.00 MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ANY OPENINGS, INSERTS, SLEEVES, AND OTHER SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY A 6. LATERAL PRESSURE OF STORED MATERIAL STORED MATERIAL SAND-SALT MIX UNIT WEIGHT OF MATERIAL 110 PCF INTERNAL FRICTION ANGLE 32 DEGREES PILE HEIGHT: 10 FT EXTENDING TOWARD THE CENTER OF THE BUILDING AT 32 DEGREE ANGLE FOR A MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF 27 FT. GENERAL NOTES + _ �- --- m u' T11 1-011 Ll Nil SLOPE SLOPE iLl 0# 0# J A Y1O3 CONT. FTG. EA H lvi 1-011 25'-0 11-011 121-011 11-011 121-011 1 25-011 11-0 LU Cn LIJ 6" CONC. SLAB Sim. A-503 CONTROL JOINT TYP. TYPICAL CONTROL JOINT I SEE D4/S-101 4 TYP. SEE D4/S-1 01 fl rL If If lix BOTTOM BOTTOM BOTTOM BOTTOM LIJ IL 11-411 X 11-41 x 1 1-011 A-503 CONT. FTG. T.O.F. (-81-0� FOUNDATION PLAN (ALT. NO. 1) OL "*� R H T E -� �� C � C � S ' » x / A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O N 221 E. COLLEGE 3T. IOWA CITY, |A 52240 319 -338-7878 319'338-7879 FAX Owner: CrrY OF IOWA CITY Project No.: 07.022 Drown by: Checked by. Date Description Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND oLExnxwcso oo NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. oowsuLT Smop DRAWINGS AND orycn APPROPRIATE umwmwGS. LAY OUT AND 000no|wAnc ALL WORK pmun TO |woTAuxTIow FOR ACCURACY AND wow-|wTsnrsncwos WITH ornEn TRADES. Vsxo PROJECT MANUAL �Dcc�fp=^KFa|c�++-r omAuTnonoEo onpnwm o|ooLoSuns on CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT wR/nEw pEnw/�SIow B,wsuw^mw uowsow PC IS peo*/o/rso. uwAurHomZEm ooAww/wo or DRAWINGS |sPROHIBITED. Sheet Title: FOUNDATION PLAN Sheet Number: S�101 8. ALL HOOKS ARE STANDARD LENGTH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS. 9. HORIZONTAL WALL AND WALL FOOTING REINFORCEMENT: CONTINUOUS WITH BO DEGREE BENDS AND EXTENSIONS, OR CORNER BARS OF EQUIVALENT SIZE WITH MINIMUM LAP SPLICE LENGTHS, AT CORNERS AND INTER GE T|{]N8. 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS, ELEVATIONS AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION AND NOTIFY THE ARCH ITECl7ENG|NEER[)F ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND AT THE SITE |NRELATION TO INFORMATION |N THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 10. DOVYELS.- FULL EMBEDMENT WITH 9O DEGREE HOOKS. MATCH SIZE AND SPACING 2. ANY ENGINEERING DESIGN PROVIDED BY OTHERS AND SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW OR RECORD SHALL BE SEALED BYA PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER LICENSED |NTHE F J CONT. FTG. 41-011 00 OFk4A|NRE|NFORCEMENT. STATE OFIOWA. UJ 3. ELEVATIONS NOTED THUS (+X�X") ARE 7D TOP OF STRUCTURAL FEATURES WITH i--' REFERENCE TO THE FINISHED FIRST FLOOR LINE =O'-O". ' `�~� 4. DETAILS, SECTIONS AND NOTES ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED L - ------ TOBE TYPICAL, AND SHALL APPLY TO SIMILAR CONDITIONS ELSEWHERE UNLESS � SLOPE SLOPE ----- |- OTHERWISE SHOWN OHNOTED ' / 5 . THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS WITH � \ MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ANY OPENINGS, INSERTS, SLEEVES, AND OTHER `\ ITEMS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER OF ANY ITEMS THAT CONFLICT WITH THE + _ �- --- m u' T11 1-011 Ll Nil SLOPE SLOPE iLl 0# 0# J A Y1O3 CONT. FTG. EA H lvi 1-011 25'-0 11-011 121-011 11-011 121-011 1 25-011 11-0 LU Cn LIJ 6" CONC. SLAB Sim. A-503 CONTROL JOINT TYP. TYPICAL CONTROL JOINT I SEE D4/S-101 4 TYP. SEE D4/S-1 01 fl rL If If lix BOTTOM BOTTOM BOTTOM BOTTOM LIJ IL 11-411 X 11-41 x 1 1-011 A-503 CONT. FTG. T.O.F. (-81-0� FOUNDATION PLAN (ALT. NO. 1) OL "*� R H T E -� �� C � C � S ' » x / A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O N 221 E. COLLEGE 3T. IOWA CITY, |A 52240 319 -338-7878 319'338-7879 FAX Owner: CrrY OF IOWA CITY Project No.: 07.022 Drown by: Checked by. Date Description Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND oLExnxwcso oo NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. oowsuLT Smop DRAWINGS AND orycn APPROPRIATE umwmwGS. LAY OUT AND 000no|wAnc ALL WORK pmun TO |woTAuxTIow FOR ACCURACY AND wow-|wTsnrsncwos WITH ornEn TRADES. Vsxo PROJECT MANUAL �Dcc�fp=^KFa|c�++-r omAuTnonoEo onpnwm o|ooLoSuns on CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT wR/nEw pEnw/�SIow B,wsuw^mw uowsow PC IS peo*/o/rso. uwAurHomZEm ooAww/wo or DRAWINGS |sPROHIBITED. Sheet Title: FOUNDATION PLAN Sheet Number: S�101 D A Co 4 1QV01 2 3 4. 2 8 2 k, L; 991-711 21'-5 3/411 561-71/211 211-53/411 D3 D3 A -501 A -501 LL F(***C3 A -503 A-503 SLOPE 3.5:12 ;Z SLOPE 3.5:12 SLOPE 3.5:12 SLOPE 3.5:12 ROOF TRUSSES @ 2-0" O.C. Typ. 71 7 1 ROOF FRAMING PLA A 11-011 1 (3) 1-3/411 x 18" LVL 791-011 VAV I vv I V V I I I I KNEE BRACES F. k 'LL ROOF FRAMING PLAN FA 1/811 = 11-011 2x6 STUDS @ 21-011 O.C. ALIGN WITH ROOF RAFTERS (3) 1-3/4" x 18" LVL 6X6 POST WITH KNEE BRACES C\J ARCHITECT S A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 - 338 -7878 319-338-7879 FAX Consultants: PUBLIC WORKS SALT STORAGE FACILITY Owner: COW, OF IOWA CITY Project No.: 0-ID22 Drawn by. Checked by. Issue: Date Description 04.25.08 BID 1?0CUMr=-NT5 Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON- INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. @ COPYRIGHT UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: ROOF Sheet Number: S .r..i 10 a M c r t 0 N 1 2 3 0 PLAN A2 1/811=11-011 9 MATERIAL !'' (ALTERNATE A4 1/811= 1 1-011 0 k 2 i F ll.,ir t WAft 0 1 T 1 1 D3 1 A -201 1 1 1 0 1 ' � 1 3 N NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECT S A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O N 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319- 338 -7878 319- 338 -7879 FAX D Cm Consultants: Owner: CITY OF IOWA CITY B Project No.: 0 -1.022 Drown by. Checked by. Issue: Date Description 04.25.05 BID DOCUMENTS Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON — INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. CCDF''YFR10 H T UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: A BUILDING" PLAN Sheet Number: A�101 D A 1 2 3 4 5 SURFACE MOUN I C ELECTRICAL PANE ELECTRICAL METE RADIANT HEATING SYSTE SUSPENDED FROM CEILING, TY Ff i"' ,� x 1 � e t LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE SYMBOL LABEL MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER DESCRIPTION LAMP LUMENS WATTS FA LITHONIA IB 454 I -BEAM FLUORESCENT FOUR (4) 54 WATT T5 4400 246 HIGH BAY, 4 LAMP, HIGH OUTPUT LINEAR F54T5HO, NARROW FLUORESCENT RATED DISTRIBUTION W/ 4400 LUMENS IN 25 UPLIGHT DEG. C. AMBIENT (COLD WEATHER RATED SYLVANIA LAMPS) v v v p 0 v u AILL If ELECTRICAL r • • • • 1"%'r 1/811= 1 1-011 1 3 4 ARCHITECT S A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 - 338 -7878 319- 338 -7879 FAX D Consultants: PUBLIC SALT STORAGE FACILITY Owner: MlY O IOWA Project No.: 01. 022 Drawn by: Checked by. Issue: Date Description 04.25.0& Blia r,>oc u ENT5 Note. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON - INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. C CCCUIPYRIGHT UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title; A ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING PLAN Sheet Number: A>�111 a N A 3 r- 2 1 nc, Mom! NON MIMI MOW William Miami NOW NON NON MOW NONE IONS Small NON! NON OWN NOW[ MEN NON Miami NOW Miami Miami NON Small Miami MIMI* Miami NON! mom Mom mom Miami Miami Miami Miami Miami Miami Miami Miami Miami Want Miami Miami Small Miami NINE NON[ Miami NON NON! • mom Mom! mom Miami Miami Small Small mom Small Wool Want Wool name Want Miami mom small Sam Miami "INS WINE MON Mom! Miami Mom! UNION Miami Miami Miami small Miami Miami Wool Small Miami Small Small M Miami NON NINE NINE NON MEN Mom MON!! PRE-FINISHED STANDING /D5 D2 SEAM METAL PRE-FINISHED METAL ROOF; COLOR #4 TRIM (TYP.); COLOR # 2 SNOW GUARD 20'-0" A... PRE-FINISHED METAL WALL PANEL,- F F CLEAR 12 3.5 COLOR #1 PRE-FINISHED METAL PRE-FINISHED METAL GUTTER; COLOR #2 offm GUTTER AND DOWNSPOUT; PRE-FINISHED METAL COLOR #2 M" am DOWNSPOUT; COLOR #2 D3 '00 PRE-FINISHED METAL A-503 C\J i 1 TRIM (TYP.); COLOR # 2 0 PRE-FINISHED METAL WALL PANEL; COLOR #1 2-0" A.F.F. IV, ....... ...... .. ..... ...... Cr) 10# 1 —CONCRETE WALLS mao EXTEND TO 10'-0" A.F.F. DpNORTH ELEVATION EAST/ WEST ELEVATION NORTH ELEVATION 3/32" =1' -0" D3 3/32" =1' -0" D4 3/3211=11-011 Raw mama mom man now name mom mum mmim mum amin mm as man mat samm mma mom mumn mom main mm at moms mimm mama mmat mom mom mom mma am me mom mams somm mmm mum mma mom momp mama mimm ammi mom mams mom main mum main name > SNOW WINE WON 101100 mom main momm mmmi Imma mom mome amma amma mum main mom mom momi amme numn mmm mmm somm Imam mom name comma mmme man Imam mam mom mmm mum mume mom mon man; mom mum immm amme soma mom mmm amm, mom mmon amm mom mmm man mom smum mum mong mum mman mum am mum mum man mma mmm amm mum maim mmm; main mom mmin momm mom Immix mom Imam NOW 01010 WINE 01001 INNIN INNER MEN WON NN• NOUN 010011 NINE Wool Immm OWN mom mom mom ALTERNATE NO.1 PRE-FINISHED METAL TRIM CTYP.); COLOR #2 PRE-FINISHED METAL WALL PANEL; COLOR #1 PRE-FINISHED METAL GUTTER; COLOR #2 PRE-FINISHED METAL TRIM (TYP.); COLOR #2 RAME FOR FUTURE 14'-0"X14'-0" DOOZ CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALL Ni -ON WEST ELEVATION 3/32" =1' -0" 1] *601 Lei JIL I&QfAl 0 0 :11 NUH I H LLLVA I 1UN 3/3211 =1' -0" M ;S )F DESIGN .F. .F. t- SOUTH ELEVATION 3/32° =1' -0" L EAST ELEVATION 2 3 4 5 BI-PARTING, SLIDING DOORS; COLOR #2 OVERHEAD SECTIONAL DOORS; COLOR #2 CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALL LIGTNING PROTECTION; PROIDE BLOCKING AS REQ.D FOR MOUNTING ROOF VENTILATOR; COLOR #2 SNOW GUARD; TYP. PRE-FINISHED STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF; COLOR #4 PRE-FINISHED METAL TRIM (TYP.); COLOR #2 FIBERGLASS FRAMED WINDOWS PRE-FINISHED METAL WALL PANEL; COLOR #1 PRE-FINISHED STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF; COLOR #4 PRE-FINISHED METAL GUTTER; COLOR #2 PRE-FINISHED METAL DOWNSPOUT; COLOR #2 PRE-FINISHED METAL TRIM (TYP.) COLOR #2 CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALL NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECT S A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 - 338-7878 319-338-7879 FAX D Consultants: 19 Project Title: PUBLIC WORKS SALT STORAGE FACILITY Owner: CrrY OF IOWA CITY Project No.: 07.022 Drawn by. Checked by. Issue: Date Description 04.25.05 aic> DOOL)MENT5 Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON-INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL C (Z) R --r FR I (-, H -F UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: ELEVA IONS Sheet Number: A�® 01 go A rr 0 9 I C4 A -501 a4 1 A -501 ![ 1 M %" PLYWOOD ON 2x4 PURLINS @ 2- 0 "O.C., TYP. I 20050 " 1 [ -V (_W [ A -503 12 1 1 1 }— D3 [ a -503 1 1 � [ 1 0 1 [ -+- 1 % SLOPE o [ 1 [ 1 BUILDING SECTION 1 1 1/811 = 11 -0" [ moo 1 [ 1 � ALTERNATE NO. 2 BUILDING SECTION B31/811 = 11-011 C3 A -501 C2 A -503 A3 _ A -503 A3 1/811 = BUILDING i 1 A3 [ A -501 . /0, GNP NEUMANN MONSON ARCHITECT S A P R O F E S S I O N A L C O R P O R A T I O N 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319- 338 -7878 319- 338 -7879 FAX D Consultants: low], Owner: CrrY OF IOWA CITY Project No.: 0 -1.022 Drawn by. Checked by. Issue: Date Description 04.2 5.08 E30 DOGUMENT5 Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON - INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. 0C7PYRIGHT UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: i Sheet Number: ■ 11 2 3 4 5 NEUMANN MONSON METAL STANDING SEAM ROOF R 11: 22 H'0 8 P R 2 8 t N RED ROSIN PAPER OVER FELT PAPER, TYP. @ ALL ROOFING A R C H I T E C T S )12" PLYWOOD SHEATHING RAKE TRIM A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION METAL STANDING SEAM ROOF 2x4 GIRTS @ 24"O.C. .2x4 WOOD GIRTS RED ROSIN PAPER OVER FELT XX- PAPER, TYP. @ ALL ROOFING 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, 1A 52240 WOOD TRUSS 8X8 POST PLYWOOD ROOF SHEATHING OVER 2X4 PURLINS @ 24"O.C. 319 -338 -7878 319-338-7879 FAX D PREF. SHEET METAL WALL PANEL PREF. METAL WALL PANEL TRUSS/TIMBER ANCHORAGE AS PER CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN Consultants: KNEE BRACE AS PER CONTRACTOR'S DESIGN 1 1-0 PREF. SHEET METAL TRIM RAKE DETAIL 11 CLOSURE CLEAT 1 1/211 PREF. SHEET METAL GUTTER C; METAL STANDING SEAM ROOF t0 10 MAINTAIN HEIGHT OF CLOSURE Jk AROUND PERIMETER RED ROSIN PAPER OVER FELT '4VBRNG PAPER, TYP. @ ALL ROOFING xt I Y2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING FRAMING AS PER CONTRACTOR DESIGN R-19 BATT INSULATION METAL LINER PANEL 0 BLOCKING AS REQ'D FOR LIGTING, HEATING ELEMENT, ETC 0 PREF. METAL WALL PANEL AIR BARRIER (@ SIDE BAYS ONLY) INSULATION (@ HEATED BAY ONLY) WNW PLYWOOD V PLYWOOD ER POST 6x6 TIMBER '14M 2x4 WOOD GIRTS 2x6 HORIZONTAL GIRTS @ 24"O.C. X' PLYWOOD SHEATHING x PREF. METAL WALL PANEL Y2 C t C DETAIL ROOF DETAIL 9 WALL TRANSITION DETAIL LOW ROOF C' I Ey U F 10- W A (Z �' I T Y 1 1 /211 = 1' -011 1 1/211 = 1 1-Ul 1 1/20 1' -011 Project Title: TREATED 1x3 TACK STRIP TREATED 1x3 TACK STRIP 2x4 WOOD GIRTS FOR MEMBRANE FOR MEMBRANE 'x x PREF. METAL WALL PANEL 121-011 �A.F�F. A.F.F. PUBLIC WORKS 5/811 PLYWOOD SHEATHING PROTECTION MEMBRANE AIR BARRIER (@ SIDE BAYS ONLY) R:QAI RnTnm ra, PREF. SHEET METAL BASE TRIM S. vnAo R -19 BATT INSULATION (@ HEATED BAY ONLY) 6x6 TIMBER POST AS PER CONTRACTORS 411 DESIGN FACILITY Jklol-01i 1-011 21-011O.C. FRAMED BETWEEN TIMBERS Ask 2 2 2x6 HORIZONTAL GIRTS @ 24"O.C. 2x4 @ MV A.F.F. TREATED 1x3 FILL LINE T.O. 4(7 FOUNDATION A '4VT.O. FOUNDATION MARKER R -19 BATT INSULATION PREF. SHEET METAL BASE TRIM 8x8 TIMBER POSTS PROTECTION MEMBRANE TREATED 3X12 (NOM.) TREATED 3X12 (NOM.) 8 100 BRIDGE PLANK X21' PLYWOOD BRIDGE PLANK Owner: 0 0 18 CITY OF IOWA CITY TIMBER CURB #4's @ 1811 O.C. 2" ASPHALT TOPPING B TREATED TIMBER CURB (2) 311 ASPHALT BASE Project No.: 0-1.022 COURSES Drawn by. 1-011 -oil ......... ....... 1�%'...."'.'A'.'_ Checked by. </ FIN. F V: .............. '777. 14VFIN. FLOOR 11PIFIN. FLOOR FL I.. ... '. ......... ... f ..... ...... .... _k. W < < ... ....... • < J ........ .. w -, ... i < .. ..... ..... . . �A ... .......... ................ Issue: -77 .. . ...... BOND BREAK i Date Description ............. . . .. ........ .. ... . ..... 04.25.08, 131P 1?00UMF_NT5 II <1 BOND BREAK n --------------------------------------------- ------ -------------- ------------------------ ---------------------- .r..,_. -- ---- `7 7 7177`7_71 #4s @ 16" #4s Co) 12" #4s @ 1611 #4s IS 12" GALV. TENSIONING CABLE I AS PER CONTRACTORS ( <1 1-011 Note: DESIGN Jk-3 2 #4's CONT. T.Q. FOOTING FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. <17 DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. 0 6" CONCRETE MUD SLAB LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON—INTERFERENCE COMPACTED BASE < < WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL FASTEN POST TO COPYRIGHT FOUNDATION AS PER CONTRACTORS DESIGN GALV. TENSIONING CABLE UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION AS PER CONTRACTORS WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. DESIGN UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: /-�-&-O" (MIN.) 11--'T.O. FOOTING qVT.O. FOOTING < 'qvT.O. FOOTING J J DETAILS A CONCRETE FOOTING A 0 CONCRETE FOOTING BEYOND • 3 #5s CONT. 11-411 D3 C3 C T 1XI DETAIL POST FOOTING/FOUNDATION DETAIL FOOTING/FOUNDATION DETAIL Sheet Number: 1 1/211 = 11-011 1 1/211 = 1 1-011 1 1/211 = 11-011 A.501 1 2 3 4 5 D C B A 2 3 4 5 3' -0" D4 D3 A -502 A -502 0 co C3 Y C4 A 502 A -502 WINDOW ELEVATION 21/2 " " = 1' -U 0 co 0 &-011 FIBERGLASS WINDOW ASSEMBLY B3 �A-502 A -50 2 WINDOW ELEVATION 1/2" = 1' -0" FIBERGLASS VINDOW ASSEMBLY 1 1 PREF. SHEET METAL WALL PANEL 2x4 GIRT 2x8 WOOD BLOCKING Y2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING FIBERGLASS WINDOW SYSTEM FIBERGLASS WINDOW SYSTEM 2x8 WOOD BLOCKING Y" PLYWOOD SHEATHING 2x4 GIRT PREF. SHEET METAL WALL PANEL rinrnni Ann %A /INDOW SYSTEM METAL WALL PANEL r ti r r 1 2x4 BLOCKING, SHIM AS REQ'D d' i i PREF. SHEET METAL WALL PANEL FIBERGLASS WINDOW SYSTEM FIBERGLASS WINDOW SYSTEM 2x6 WOOD BLOCKING Y2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING PREF. SHEET METAL WALL PANEL WrAA i FT � `J 1 HOLLOW METAL ` + ? i >; ° (f� DOOR FRAME jj p {J/ �j ;` i tea.+''V tll`'" f i ?, WrAA i FT _.. HOLLOW METAL ` + ? i >; ° (f� DOOR FRAME jj p {J/ �j ;` i tea.+''V tll`'" f i ?, � /1� \ rr q f , `t I • y ROD & SEALANT /f 1� PREF. SHEET METAL WALL PANEL Y2' PLYWOOD biro Ila 11 1 LL9 Am .., 10" ,r. EDGE OF CONC. FOUNDATION WALL METAL WALL PANEL 2X BLOCKING 6" DIA. GALV. STL. BOLLARD; CONC. FILLED; PAINTED SAFETY YELLOW \ PREF. SHT.MTL. JAMB `�— TRIM OVERHEAD DOOR WEATHER STRIPPING 3OLLARD; CONC. FILLED; PAINTED OVERHEAD DOOR SAFETY YELLOW OVERHEAD DOOR JAMB DETAIL i/ 1 1/2 = 1' -0" 10" EDGE OF CONC. FOUNDATION WALL METAL WALL PANEL 6"DIA. GALV. STL. BOLLARD; CONC. FILLED; PAINTED SAFETY YELLOW 1X TACK STRIP FOR PREF. SHT.MTL. MEMBRANE - - -- JAMB TRIM 6 11DIA. GALV. STL. BOLLARD; CONIC. FILLED; PAINTED SAFETY YELLOW B 5 SLIDING DOOR JAMB DETAIL 1 1/2 = 1' -0" 6 11DIA. GALV. STL. BOLLARD; CONC. FILLED; PAINTED SAFETY YELLOW d- ¢ PREF. CORNER TRIM r METAL WALL PANEL O 0 t- 0 o- x z 0 0 co 10" 6 "DIA. GALV. STL. BOLLARD; CONIC. FILLED; PAINTED SAFETY YELLOW A5PLAN DETAIL (LD CORNER 11/211 = 1' -0" 2 3 4 5 I Ne ILL FA ARCHITECT S A PROFESSIONAL C O R P O R A T I O N 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 319 - 338 -7878 319- 338 -7879 FAX D Consultants: Project Title: ■ l Owner: CfIY OF IOWA CITY B Project No.: 01.022 Drawn by. Checked by: Issue: Date Description 04.25.08 i3ip Dooutvii NT5 Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON— INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. C COPYRI( —,HT UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: Sheet Number: � D _j a-0 0 "Ir TOP OF CONCRETE 1 9 2X4 GIRTS SPACED PER CONTRACTORS DESIGN 2x6's @ 2-0" O.C. 1/2" DIA. ANCHOR BOLTS @ 41-01, O.C. PREF. SHEET METAL BASE TRIM l 2-0 BTM. OF WALL PANEL #5 @12" O.C. EA. WAY EA. FACE <I 0'-0" FIN. FLR. 1<7 #5 DOWELS @ 12" O.C. C) I Al, (4) #5 <7 Os _--- r-- _- --- ---, co %J 31-011 FOUNDATION WALL DETAIL C ill= 11-011 #5 Ca M PREF. SHEET METAL TRIM hAr—rAI n-rAh quirqu %5LAIVI ROOF PAPER OVER FELT @ ALL ROOFING D SHEATHING D2HEAD DETAIL 1 1/2'1 = 11 -011 OI16 A.F.F. 30'-011 A.F.F. HANGER PREF. SHEET METAL WALL PANEL 2x4 WOOD GIRT WOOD TRUSSES SHEET METAL TRIM (2) LVL BLOCKING 8x8 TIMBER BEYOND SLIDING DOOR / 40 40 C2HEAD DETAIL @ SLIDING DOOR 1 1/211 = 11-011 hAr—rAl STANDING SEAM ROOF ,SIN PAPER OVER FELT TYP. @ ALL ROOFING JOOD SHEATHING ROOF DETAIL gov F 3 1 1/211 = 1 1-011 S 1 0 RI -1 11 MIN ,HEFT METAL GUTTER LE PITCH CONNECTOR HEFT METAL WALL PANEL 78 f-LTVVUUUSHEATHING C3DETAIL@ HIGH ROOF 1 1/211 = 1' -0" METAL STANDING SEAM ROOF RED ROSIN PAPER OVER FELT PAPER, TYP. 9 ALL ROOFING Y2" PLYWOOD SHEATHING GALVANIZED OR S.S. BOLTS PREF. SHEET METAL FALSE GUTTER FRAMING AS PER TIMBER BLDG. MANUF. PREF. SHEET METAL WALL PANEL 2x4 GIRT @ 24"O.C. #5 x 2'-0'x 2'-0" CORNER BAR MATCH HORIZONTAL BAR SPACING ----------- / ------------------ II -------------- — II I ii 1 TYP. WALL REINF. WALL REINFORCING @ CORNERS D4 111=11-011 2 8 22 C117.y #5 @12" #5 @12 ". EACH WAY Ir SLOPE J ------------- 76 4 — — — — — -- — — — 3A za It 0 41 o c #4@121, O.C. 2" RIGID INSUL. I #4 @16" O.C. 8" I 8 oe 00 V-0" CLEAN GRANULAR < FILL C? <7 11-411 00 STOOP DETAIL C5 111=11-011 811 3/4" CHAMFER 6" CONCRETE FILLED PIPE BOLLARD PAINTED PREF. M ETAL WALL PANEL FEDERAL SAFETY YELLOW PROTECTIVE SLIDING DOOR SLIDING DOOR MEMBRANE 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING TREATED 3X12 (NOM) BRIDGE PLANK 4 TREATED TIMBER CURB Cf) UJ 8" ASPHALT it 8" ASPHALT CONCRETE SLAB 01-011 0 -011 N I< . ......... _K-FIN. FLR. 'FIN. FLR. ...... #5s @ 12" 41 . ......... . . ............ . . ..... ............ #5(@ 12 A41 4 v di % 'k"*!..'.'_ . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . ...... ....... 41 a. 01 O.C. #4@ 12" 0. C. CD #4@12 C C EACH FACE EACH FACE 16" DIA. CONCRETE PIER 10 10 •1 1 #4@ 18" O.C. 1 #4@18" O.C. I L 1011 I EACH FACE COMPACTED I EACH FACE 2'-0" COMPACTED -7 .111-0111 1* - e_ 1 GRANULAR BASE e v 1 40 1 100 GRANULAR BASE t 5 #5's CONT. 1 3 #5 CONT. 3 #5 CONT. < 1 10 10 i1 I 01 -31-011 A I I — — LA ZA T.O. FTG -------------- 1 u -0 CD < 0 0 0 1-011 -4 7 �7 21-011 lop 211 1-0 3-611 FOUNDATION DETAIL @ SLIDING DOOR, FOUNDATION DETAIL @ SLIDING DOOR. RAMP WALL DETAIL PIPE BOLLARD DETAIL ill= 11-011 111=11-011 111=11-011 A R C H I T E C T S A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION 221 E. COLLEGE ST. IOWA CITY, IA 52240 314- 338-7878 319-338-7879 FAX D Consultants: PUBLIC WORKS SALT STORAGE FACILITY Owner: CrrY OF IOWA CITY Project No.: 07.022 Drawn by. Checked by. Issue: Date Description 04.25.08 Bic> DOC.UMENT5 Note: FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONSULT SHOP DRAWINGS AND OTHER APPROPRIATE DRAWINGS. LAY OUT AND COORDINATE ALL WORK PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ACCURACY AND NON-INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER TRADES. READ PROJECT MANUAL. C CD F=> --rR 1 (3, H -r UNAUTHORIZED COPYING, DISCLOSURE OR CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION BY NEUMANN MONSON PC IS PROHIBITED. UNAUTHORIZED SCANNING OF DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED. Sheet Title: Sheet Number: A �